« Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Eco-Development »

University of Sciences & Technology Houari Boumediene, Algiers- Algeria

Faculty of Biological Sciences

Laboratory of Dynamic & Biodiversity

« Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Eco-development »

03-05 NOVEMBER, 2017 - TAMANRASSET - ALGERIA

Publisher : Publications Direction. Chlef University (Algeria)

Permission to make digital or hard copies of part or all of this work use is granted without fee provided that copies are not made or distributed for profit or commercial advantage and that copies bear this notice and the full citation on the first page.

Copyrights for components of this work owned by others than Laboratory of Dynamic & Biodiversity must be honored.

Patrons

University of Sciences and Technologies Faculty of Biological Sciences Houari Boumedienne of Algiers, Algeria

Sponsors

Supporting Publisher Edition

Hassiba Benbouali University of Chlef (Algeria) “Revue Nature et Technologie”

NATEC

iii

COMMITTEES

Organizing committee:

❖ President: Pr. Abdeslem ARAB (Houari Boumedienne University of Sciences and Tehnology USTHB, Algiers ❖ Honorary president: Pr. Mohamed SAIDI (Rector of USTHB)

Advisors:

❖ Badis BAKOUCHE (USTHB, Algiers- Algeria) ❖ Amine CHAFAI (USTHB, Algiers- Algeria) ❖ Amina BELAIFA BOUAMRA (USTHB, Algiers- Algeria) ❖ Ilham Yasmine ARAB (USTHB, Algiers- Algeria) ❖ Ahlem RAYANE (USTHB, Algiers- Algeria) ❖ Ghiles SMAOUNE (USTHB, Algiers- Algeria) ❖ Hanane BOUMERDASSI (USTHB, Algiers- Algeria)

Scientific advisory committee

❖ Pr. ABI AYAD S.M.A. (Univ. Oran- Algeria) ❖ Pr. ABI SAID M. (Univ. Beirut- Lebanon) ❖ Pr. ADIB S. (Univ. Lattakia- Syria) ❖ Pr. CHAKALI G. (ENSSA, Algiers- Algeria) ❖ Pr. CHOUIKHI A. (INOC, Izmir- Turkey) ❖ Pr. HACENE H. (USTHB, Algiers- Algeria) ❖ Pr. HEDAYATI S.A. (Univ. Gorgan- Iran) ❖ Pr. KARA M.H. (Univ. Annaba- Algeria) ❖ Pr. KERFOUF A. (Univ. Sidi Bel Abbes- Algeria) ❖ Pr. KHERBOUCHE O. (USTHB, Algiers- Algeria) ❖ Pr. LEK S. (UPS, Toulouse- France) ❖ Pr. LOUNACI A. (Univ. Tizi Ouzou- Algeria) ❖ Pr. MICHA J.C. (FUNDP, Namur- Belgium) ❖ Pr. MOUHIDDINE M. (Univ. Hassan II- Morocco) ❖ Pr. MOULAI R. (Univ. Bejaia- Algeria) ❖ Pr. PAVEL S. (Univ. VPS. Brno- Czech Rep) ❖ Pr. RIBAS A.S. (Univ. Barcelona- Espana) ❖ Pr. SAHEB M. (Univ. O. El Bouaghi- Algeria) ❖ Pr. SCARAVELLI D. (Univ. Boulogne- Italy) ❖ Pr. SHAKMAN E.A. (Univ. Tripoli- Libya) ❖ Pr. SLIM K. (Univ. Fanar - Lebanon) ❖ Pr. TALEB A. (Univ. Tlemcen- Algeria) ❖ Pr. TRIGUI EL MENIF N. (Univ. Bizerte- Tunisia) ❖ Dr. ABIADH A. (Birds Protection League- France) ❖ Dr. GHAYET E.M.H (Univ. Kiel- Germany) ❖ Dr. TIAR G. (Univ. El Taref- Algeria)

Editorial committee

❖ Pr. Abdeslem ARAB: Director of the Dynamics and Biodiversity Laboratory, Algiers; [email protected]. ❖ Pr. Bensaid BOULEKBACHE: Editor in chief of “Revue Nature et Technology” journal, Chlef University, Algeria. ❖ Dr. HAMADI Kamel: Senior Researcher at Dynamics and Biodiversity Laboratory, FSB, USTHB, Algiers. ❖ M. Benaouda MAHMOUD : Secretary of the “Revue Nature et Technologie” Journal.

PREFACE

Ce congrès « Congrès International des Populations et des Communautés Animales 5 : CIPCA’5 » fait suite au « 1er Congrès International d’Ecologie des Populations et des Communautés Animales » qui s’est déroulé à Toulouse (France) au mois de juillet 2002, au « 2ème Congrès International d’Ecologie des Populations et des Communautés Animales de la Méditerranée Occidentale » qui s’est déroulé en Algérie à El-Goléa du 3 au 6 octobre 2004, au « 3ème Congrès International des Populations et des Communautés Aquatiques : Conservation et Gestion des Ressources Bioaquatiques » qui s’est déroulé à El-Goléa en 2009, au « 4ème Congrès International des Populations et des Communautés Aquatiques » qui s’est déroulé en Algérie, à Taghit, en l’an 2013 et aujourd’hui nous sommes au « 5ème Congrès International des Populations et des Communautés Animales avec comme thème : Ecosystèmes, Biodiversité et Ecodéveloppement ». C’est un plaisir et un honneur pour nous d’accueillir dans cette charmante ville de Tamanrasset du grand sud algérien des conférenciers venus de 11 pays étrangers (Maroc, Tunisie, Libye, Syrie, Liban, Turquie, Iran Belgique, Italie, France et l’Espagne), des participants de plus 20 universités algériennes, Ecoles supérieures, Centres de recherches, avec 20 conférences plénières, 31 communications orales et 68 communications affichées (posters). Nous remercions nos sponsors habituels (Sonatrach, Centre Universitaire de Tamanrasset, et évidemment l’USTHB, la FSB et le Laboratoire Dynamique et Biodiversité) qui malgré la crise économique ont bien voulu sponsoriser ce 5ème congrès international (ICAPC’5). Je remercie également mes collègues Messieurs HAMADI Kamel, CHAFAI Amine et BELAIFA Billel pour avoir finalisé ce travail pour ce Proceeding.

This congress “International Congress of Animal Populations and Communities 5: ICAPC’5” follows the “1st International Congress of Ecology of Animal Populations and Communities” held in Toulouse (France) in July 2002, At the “2nd International Congress on the Ecology of Populations and Animal Communities of the Western Mediterranean” held in Algeria at El-Goléa from 3 to 6 October 2004, at the “3rd International Congress of Aquatic Populations and Communities: Conservation and Management of Bioaquatic Resources” which took place in El-Goléa in 2009, at the “4th International Congress of Aquatic Populations and Communities” held in Taghit in 2013 and today we are at the “5th International Congress of Animal Populations and Communities” with the theme: “Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment”. It is a pleasure and an honour for us to welcome in this charming city of Tamanrasset, in the great Algerian south, speakers from 11 foreign countries (Morocco, Tunisia, Libya, Syria, Lebanon, Turkey, Iran Belgium, Italy, France and Spain), participants from more than 20 Algerian universities, Graduate Schools, Research Centres, with 20 plenary lectures, 31 oral papers and 68 poster papers (posters). We thank our usual sponsors (Sonatrach, Tamanrasset University Center and of course the USTHB, the FSB and the Dynamic and Biodiversity Laboratory) who despite the economic crisis have kindly sponsored this 5th International Congress (ICAPC’5). I also thank my colleagues Messrs HAMADI Kamel, CHAFAI Amine and BELAIFA Billel for finalizing this work for this proceeding.

The President of the ICAPC’5 Congress Pr. ARAB Abdeslam

Table on Contents

Diet of the roach Rutilus rutilus (Linnaeus, 1758), introduced species in Ghrib’s dam (Algeria) …………………….…………………01 Yasmine Ilham ARAB, Billel BELAIFA, Abdeslem ARAB and Mohamed Hichem KARA Persistence and Differential Survival of Fecal Indicator Bacteria in Boukordane Waters………………………………….……...... … 07 Siham ARAB and Abdeslem ARAB Diatoms Distribution of Bourdane Lake, Northern Algeria………………………………………………………………………………….… 12 Siham ARAB, Safia AKLI-BIDI, Ismahane ADAOURI and Abdeslem ARAB Structure and distribution of Benthi Macrofauna in Flow Facies………………………………………………………….………………….18 D. BOUCHELOUCHE, L. HAMAMEL, S. KARIME, H. MELAH, N. TAZIBT, I. SAAL, M. HAFIANE, M. MEBARKI, D. HAMZAOUI and Ahmed ARAB. Diversity of Ichthyopathogenic Bacteria in a Like Ecosystem in Northeastern Algeria…………………………………….……………...22 Hanane BOUMERDASSI, Lydia Neila DJOUADI, Mounira OUAR-KORICHI, Farida NATECHE Assessing Spider Species Richness and Composition in an Agrosystem of Mitidja’s Planes………………………………….…………...28 Samira BOUSEKSOU and Ourida KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS Distribution of Brachionidae Family in Six Algerian Dams …………..……………………………………...………………………...…..… 32 Nassima DOUKHANDJI, Soumia HAMIL, Ghiles SMAOUNE and Abdeslem ARAB Impact of the treatment plant on the variation of abundance and diversity of wildlife spatiotemporal pests and their auxiliaries in some cultures ……..…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..... 38 Warda ESSERHANE, Mounia BAHA and Soumia HALIM Impact of pollution on the growth of Barbus callensis Valenciennes, 1842 (Fish, Cyprinidae) in El Harrach Stream, (North of Algeria) …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………41 Hamida FERGANI and Abdeslam ARAB The distributions of benthic macroinvertebrates in the Tafna River…………………………………………………………………………...45 Mouna HAFIANE, Djamila HAMZAOUI, Djaouida BOUCHELOUCHE, Imane SAAL, Mohammed MEBARKI, Abdeslem ARAB Diversity and Spatio-Temporal Distribution of Chironomids (Diptera, Chironomidae) in the Seybouse Wadi (Northeastern Algeria) ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..……52 Ceria HAMACHE, Samah YACHIR, Imane SAAL, D. BOUCHELOUCHE, M. HAFIANE, D. HAMZAOUI, Mohamed MEBARKI and Abdeslem ARAB The Use of Zooplankton Community for Assessing the Water Quality of Ghrib Dam (Algeria) ………………………………………....60 Somia HAMIL, Nassima DOUKHANDJI, Ghiles SMAOUNE, Mounia BAHA and Abdeslem ARAB Faunistic and Ecology of the Benthic Macroinvertebrates of Oued Boubhir (Tizi-Ouzou, Algeria) …………………………………….65 Lina Hanane KECHEMIR and Abdelkader LOUNACI Biodiversity of Spiders (Arthropods, Arachnids) at Algiers Agroecosystem (Algeria).……………………………………………………...74 Malika OUTEMZABET, Lynda OUTEMZABET and Ourida KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS Distribution of Macroinvertebrates in a River of the Aures (Algeria) ………………………………………………………………….….….79 Imane SAAL, Ghiles SMAOUNE, Djaouida BOUCHELOUCHE, Mouna HAFIANE, Djamila HAMZAOUI, Mohamed MEBARKI and Abdeslam ARAB Determination of Collagen Content and Factors of Variation in Algerian Camel Meat………………………………………………..….85 Naima SAHRAOUI, Guy DEGAND, Mohamed Brahim ERRAHMANI, Babelhadj BAAISSA, Djamel GUETARNI, Antoine CLINQUART and Jean Luc HORNICK Zooplankton Community Structure of Boughrara Dam Lake (Tlemcen; Algeria) ………………………………………………...…….…89 Ghiles SMAOUNE, Soumia HAMIL, Nassima DOUKHANDJI and Abdeslam ARAB Regional Tritrophic Relationship of Aphid Parasitoid Species (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Aphidiinae) in Various Habitats of Algerian Southeastern ……….……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………...... 93 Souad TAHAR CHAOUCH, Malik LAAMARI, Hayet AGGOUN and Amira NOURANI Factors Controlling Cyanobacteria Growth in the Two Basins of Zeralda’s Dam ………………………………………………………....98 Safia BIDI-AKLI, Samia YAHIA CHERIF, Sihem ARAB, Ismahan ADAOURI and Abdeslem ARAB

Cystic Echinococcosis and Biodiversity in Algeria………………………………………………………………………………………....……107 Dalila MEZIOUG, Yacine MEDJDOUB MILOUD and Chafia TOUIL

40 Years of Monitoring of Floristic Diversity and Arid Steppe of Algeria……………………………...…………………………………...119 Halima SLIMANI and Ahmed AÏDOUD Altitudinal Distribution of Spiders in Tikjda (Djurdjura National Park; Algeria) ……………………………………………………...…122 Salma CHAIB, Ahlem RAYANE, Ourida KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS and Lynda BELADJAL Ecology of Isopods at Different Vegetal Formation in Algeria…………………………………………………………………………….….126 Ahlem RAYANE, Salma CHAIB, Ourida KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS1 and Lynda BELADJAL Flora and Fauna Organization of the Island of Agueli (Near the Coast of Réghaia), Algeria…………………………………….…….130 Kamel HAMADI, Adel HAMANI and Riadh MOULAI Insecticidal Activity of Cymbopogon scphoenanthus (L.) Spreng Essential oil from Tamanrasset, Algeria on Callosobruchus maculatus F. (Coleoptera; Bruchidae) ……………………………………………………………………………………………………...…….135 Wahiba AOUS, Mohamed HAZZIT, Samia YAHIA CHERIF SADAOUI vii

vii

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities: Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Diet of the roach Rutilus rutilus (Linnaeus, 1758), Introduced Species in Ghrib’s Dam (Algeria)

Yasmine Ilham ARAB1*, Billel BELAIFA1, Abdeslem ARAB1 and Mohamed Hichem KARA2.

1U.S.T.H.B /FSB/LaDyBio BP 32 El Alia 16111 Bab Ezzouar, Algiers, Algeria. Tel: 00213698594076 2Laboratory of marine Bioresources. University of Annaba Badji Mokhtar, Annaba, Algeria Corresponding author: [email protected]

Summary

During one year, we studied the diet of the roach Rutilus rutilus (L.) in the Ghrib's dam (center of Algeria). A total of 309 individuals, of size between 12.3 cm and 26.7 cm, were examined of which 56.9% had an empty stomach. The coefficient of digestive vacuity is low during autumn (33%) and high during spring (80%). A total of 947 preys were found in the examined stomachs: crustaceans (2 groups: Cladocera, Copepoda) and hexapods (5 groups: Diptera, Coleoptera, Trichoptera, Ephemeroptera, Hymenoptera), to which are added plant residue. Based on the Main Food Index (MFI) and Hureau coefficient (Q), we noticed variations on diet of roach, the crustaceans are the preferential preys of the roach in autumn and the hexapods are accessory preys. In summer and winter, crustaceans become secondary preys and hexapods become main preys.

Keywords: Diet; Rutilus rutilus; Ghrib dam; Algeria.

1. Introduction of Italy, it’s a gregarious species, which in its native range feeds off insects, crustaceans, mollusks and The fish fauna in the Algerian freshwaters consists plants. Its reproduction takes place in the spring and its of 48 species belonging to 15 families. Twenty-one sexual maturity is reached at 2-3 years for male and 3-4 species are native (Kara, 2012) and at least 27 were years for female. Its average lifespan is 10 years. introduced intentionally or unintentionally, the Having a low commercial value, it’s appreciated for dominant species belong to the Cyprinidae family recreational fishing. (33.3%) and the Cichlidae (16.6%). Many studies have been dedicated to the Being non-targeted by the national aquaculture reproduction (Gerbron et al., 2014; Kroupova et al., development program, the roach Rutilus rutilus 2014), the dynamic (Angelibert & al, 1999; Hayden et (Linnaeus 1758) is reported for the first time in Algeria al., 2014; Horppila, 1994) and a diet (Dukowska et al., in Kaddara’s dam by Attou and Arab (2013). Currently 2014; Gocke et al., 2013; Kahl et al., 2006; Haertel and its presence has been confirmed in many lacs and dams Eckmann, 2002; Hölker et al., 2002; Kamjunke et al., (Sekkak, Guenitra, Koudiat Mdouer and Ghrib) where it 2002; Okun et al., 2005) of the R. rutilus in its natural forms significant populations which the frequency range. Following its invasion, its growth was studied in exceeds 75% of the fished species. Originating from Norway (Linløkken et al., 2011), in Iran (Sedaghat and Hungary, its introduction in Algeria is unintentional and Abbas Hoseini 2009) and in Turkey (Okgerman et al., is related to the program of capacity building for 2009) where its parasitology was discussed (Oguz, continental ecosystems fishing that started in 1985. 2004; Saç et al., 2016). In the south of the R. rutilus is a cyprinid fish. Its range spreads across Mediterranean Sea, only Djemali (2004) showed central Europe, from the Pyrenees to the Ural. And it’s interest to its growth in Sidi Salem’s dam and Bir absent from the Iberian Peninsula, the Mediterranean Mcherga in Tunisia, while Bahri-Sfaret al. (2010) islands, the north coast of Scandinavia, Italy, Albania studied the parasitosis with Ligula intestinalis Cestoda and Greece (Bruslé and Quignard, 2013). It has been in its congener Rutilus rubilio in Sidi Salem and introduced in Spain and became invasive in north-east Nebhana’s dams.

This is an open access article distributed under the Creative Commons Attribution License CC-BY, which permits unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.

2 Diet of the Roach Rutilus rutilus (Linnaeus, 1758), Introduced Species in Ghrib Lake (Algeria)

In this work, we describe the diet of R. rutilus in monofilament gillnets (l=50 m, h=4 m, mesh=18 mm). Ghrib’s dam where its abundance let us qualify it as The fishing is done in two areas, one close to an island invasive. The importance of these data is crucial to in the center of the dam and the other one is demonstrate the variation on the diet of this specie downstream (Fig. 1). The nets are disposed according the seasons and to preserve and/or appreciate perpendicularly to the shore. They are set in the evening the natural biological resources in the continental around 6pm and taken back the next day around 7am. Algerian hydro systems. 2.3. Study methods 2. Material and methods Roaches have been devoid of their stomach; the analyses of the diet concerned the whole digestive tract, 2.1. Study area from the oesophagus to the anus (Hynes, 1950). The The Ghrib dam is located in Cheliff’s oued, at digestive contents of 309 individuals from 12 cm (21 g) 150 Km west of Algiers (36°07’47.23” North latitude to 28 cm (269 g) were preserved fresh in formalin at 8% and 2°35’53.13” East longitude). It’s located in the sub- and examined later. The content of each stomach is humid bioclimatic area with temperate winter, at an emptied and sorted in a Petri dish under a binocular altitude of 419 m (Fig. 1). magnifier (ampliation of 20×). The different preys are identified with the corresponding identifying keys: Dussart (1967) for the Copepods, Amoros (1984) for the Cladoceras, Tachet et al. (2009) for micro- invertebrates (Dipteras, Trichopteras, Hymenopteras, Coleopteras). We receive the term “residue” and “undetermined” respectively for plant residues and undetermined items. The quantitative analysis of the digestive tracts content consists of calculating the digestive vacuity coefficient (C.V), globally and by season: C.V= ×100 while E.V=number of empty stomachs and E.E=number of examined stomachs, The different ingested preys are classified according to their preponderance: relative abundance (Cn), occurrence (Oc) and weight (Cp) using Hureau’s (1970) coefficient and the MFI Zander (1982): Q=Cn×Cp, while Cn= ×100, where N.P is the number of a given prey and T.P the total number of preys. Cp = ×100,

where P.P is the weight of a given prey category and Figure 1: Geographical location of Ghrib dam (S1: Station 1 and S2: P.P.T the total weight of eaten preys. Station 2) MFI= 2.2. Fish sampling The ingested preys are classified according to the The fish were captured monthly during a year Main food index (MFI) values as follows: MFI>75: (from March 2014 to February 2015) with

ARAB Y.I. et al. 3

preferential prey, 50≤MFI≤75: Main prey, 25≤MFI≤50: secondary prey, MFI<25: accessory prey. The different preys are sorted in descending index order and this gives us two matched series. The number of ranks between the two simples has to be identical, so that if a taxon’s category doesn’t appear in one of the sample, it will still be assigned a rank, if the MFI is identical inside one same taxonomic series, we assign a common rank to each item, which is going to be the average of the ranks that they would have had if there was no Fig. 2: Seasonal variation of digestive vacuity coefficient of R. rutilus in Ghrib dam equality. The static significance of the observed variations is evaluated with Spearman's rank correlation The total number of identified preys and determined coefficient (ρ) (Fritz, 1974), applied to the different in the 309 examined digestive tracts is 947, represented ranks where the different preys belong. by 7 taxonomic classes. These preys are essentially Arthropods, who belong to the subphylum of 3. Results crustaceans (2 families: Cladocera, Copepoda) and the hexapods (5 families: Dipetra, Coleoptera, Trichoptera, The lowest vacuity coefficient values were Ephemeropetra, Hymenopetra), to which are added observed during autumn (33%) and winter (49%) plant residue whose seasonal biomass in a digestive (Fig. 2). They are significantly higher during spring tract vary between 22% and 10%. The Cladoceras, (80%) and summer (67%). Copepodas, plant residue and chironomids are present during the 4 seasons. While Coleopteras are absent during spring and hymenopetras are absent during spring and autumn. Crustaceans are present with an MFI=70 and are represented mainly by Cladoceras. The Hexapodes (MFI=17.3) are secondary preys (Table 1). Table 1: Inventory of the preys ingested by R. rutilus in Ghrib dam OC%: occurrence, CN%: relative abundance, CP%: weight, MFI: Main Food Index, Q: Hureau coefficient. OC% CN% CP% MFI Q Crustacea 54.1 56.5 88.6 70.0 5011.0 Branchiopoda Cladocera 30.8 52.8 88.1 60.7 4650.3 Maxillopoda Copepoda 23.3 3.8 0.5 2.6 1.8 Hexapoda 57.1 12.3 8.7 17.3 106.4 Coleoptera 11.3 2.0 1.9 3.5 3.8 Trichoptera 0.8 0.1 0.3 0.3 0.02 Insecta Ephemeroptera 3.8 1.7 1.3 1.9 2.2 Hymenoptera 2.3 0.2 3.8 2.2 0.8 Diptera (Chironomedae) 39.1 8.3 1.4 5.7 11.4 Plant residues 32.3 23.3 2.1 7.7 49.1 Undefined 37.6 7.8 0.6 3.7 4.8

The results in tables 2 and 3 show that in summer winter (61.1≤MFI≤73.5) and become secondary during and winter, the crustaceans are secondary preys spring (MFI=36) and accessory prey during autumn (28.9≤MFI≤35.4). They become main preys in spring (MFI=4.3). However, STUDENT test (t) shows that and autumn (59.4≤MFI≤87.9) with a dominance of there is significant difference between the four seasons Cladoceras, Hexapodas are main preys in summer and MFI (p<0.05).

Citation: ARAB Y.I., BELAIFA B., ARAB A. and KARA M.H., Diet of the roach Rutilus rutilus (Linnaeus, 1758), introduced species in Ghrib Lake (Algeria), In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, Nov. 03-05, 2017, pp. 01-06. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5

4 Diet of the Roach Rutilus rutilus (Linnaeus, 1758), Introduced Species in Ghrib Lake (Algeria)

Table 2: Classification of different preys depending on the seasons. Spring Summer Autumn Winter Preferential Crustacea Prey Main prey Crustacea Hexapodea Hexapodea Secondary Hexapodea Crustacea Crustacea Prey Accessory Hexapodea Prey

Table 3 Inventory of the preys ingested by R. rutilus in Ghrib dam depending on the season. Summer Autumn Winter Spring Q MFI Rang Q MFI Rang Q MFI Rang Q MFI Rang Cladocera 428.8 19.6 1 8 557.6 80.6 1 488.3 24.4 1 1 783.5 36.3 1.0 Copepoda 39.0 5.9 6 0.9 1.8 3 32.1 6.4 6 133.1 12.1 3.0 Total 935.7 28.9 8 889.1 87.9 1 015.7 35.4 3 833.2 59.4 Ephemeroptera 0.0 0.0 7 0.0 0.0 5.5 372.5 17.0 3 0.0 0.0 4.5 Coleoptera 190.1 12.0 3 0.3 1.1 4 263.2 17.7 2 0.0 0.0 4.5 Trichoptera 58.5 7.2 5 0.0 0.0 5.5 0.0 0.0 7 0.0 0.0 4.5 Hymenoptera 287.5 16.0 2 0.0 0.0 5.5 63.7 10.7 5 0.0 0.0 4.5 Chironomedae 146.2 11.4 4 4.0 3.2 2 170.7 16.1 4 1 268.9 36.0 2.0 Total 4 386.0 61.1 6.9 4.3 4 600.3 73.5 1 268.9 36.0

4. Discussion Corrib, Ross, Lough Cullin, Lough Ennelland Lough Conn lakesin Ireland and Hokajärvi, Haarajärvi, R. rutilus’s diet in Ghrib dam shows a seasonal Haukijärvi and Majajärvi lakes in Finland. In rhythm, reflected by an intense trophic activity Cockshoot Broads lake in Great Britain, Perrow and (CV=33%) in autumn and a slowdown during spring. Irvine (1992) added rotifers to the known roach preys. This period matches a phase in the sexual cycle of the However, Sharma and Borgstrøm (2007) found out that specie, characterized by a strong gametogenic activity the roach’s diet in Årungen lac (Norway) is more (from October to November, unpublished data) which diversified. Besides zooplankton and some micro- requires significant nutrient inputs, necessary for the invertebrates that we found in the individuals in Ghrib production of gametes. During the next season (winter), dam, they report the presence of filamentous algae and the weight and volume increase of the gonads may macrophytes. We note that Richeux et al. (1992) point compress the digest tract and limit the number and size out that phytoplanktons (diatomophyceae) are ingested of the ingested preys, which explains the increase of the in significant amounts, but its weight contribution is digestive vacuity coefficient (CV=49%) which reaches still low in the roach’s diet in Pareloup lake in France. its highest value during spring (80%) when the ovaries Tarkowska-Kukuryk (2008) found other preys like are at the maximum of their development. zygoptera in Kleszczów and Głębokie lakes in Poland. The annual diet of R. rutilus in Ghrib dam Gocke et al. 2013 add the oligochaete essentially consists of crustaceans (Cladoceras, (Eiseniellatetraedra) as a prey of the roach in Germany Copepoda) and insects (Chironomids). In Léman lake in (LadbergerMuhlenbach), while Horppila and Nurminen, France, Gerdeau (2001) found out that Cladoceras, 2009 speak of molluscs in the R. rutilus of Kirkkojärvi especially daphnia, are main preys, while cyclopoida basin in Finland. are casual preys. Dukowska et al. (2014), Hayden et al. The analysis of the seasonal composition of the R. (2014) and Estlander et al. (2010) come with same rutilus diet shows that there is a dominance of conclusion concerning Warta river in Poland, Lough

ARAB Y.I. et al. 5

crustaceans during spring and autumn. Their low &oi=fnd&pg=PA1&dq=Bruslé+J.+and+Quignard+J.P.,+Biologie +des+poissons+d%27eau+douce+européens.+2ème+édition.+201 consumption during summer (MFI=28.9) can be 3&ots=aQAEBI9MM0&sig=J58TVmQVD4KeoZYz09kNf2iIhG explained by their replacement by chironomids larva Y&redir_esc=y#v=onepage&q&f=false and nymphs. This variation in the diet is confirmed by Djemali I., « Evaluation de la biomasse piscicole dans les plans d’eau douce tunisiens : Approches analytique et acoustique » Thèse de Gerdeau’s (2001) work in lake Léman where doctorat en sciences agronomiques, (2005). Institut national chironomids are present in February. However, Gocke agronomique de Tunisie. Institut national des sciences et Technologies de la mer. Available on URL: et al. (2013) shows that Trichoptera and terrestrial https://www.oceandocs.org/handle/1834/1072 fauna (found in degraded condition) are the most Dukowska M., Kruk A. and Grzybkowska M., Diet overlap between two cyprinids: eurytopic roach and rheophilic dace in tail water ingested preys during the whole year, which is not the submersed macrophyte patches, Ecological Informatics, 24 case in Ghrib dam where the specie doesn’t seem to (2014): 112-123. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecoinf.2014.07.003 Dussart B., Les Copépodes des Eaux continentales. Tome I : appreciate the terrestrial fauna. The STUDENT test Calanoides et Harpacticoides. Edit. N. Boublée & Cie, 1967. shows that there is significant difference between the 500pp. https://doi.org/10.1002/iroh.19680530126 four seasons MFI in the qualitative aspect, because the Estlander S., Nurminen L., Olin M., Vinni M., Immonen S., Rask M., Ruuhij Arvi J., Horppila J. and Lehtonen H., Diet shifts and food analysis of the dietary index showed difference of selection of perch Perca fluviatilis and roach Rutilus rutilus in seasons in the nature of the prey. humiclakes of varying water colour, Journal of Fish Biology ,77 (2010): 241-256. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1095- 8649.2010.02682.x 5. Conclusion Fritz E.S., Total diet comparison fishes by Spearman rank correlation coefficient, Copeia, (1974) 210-215. https://doi.org/10.2307/1443025 R. rutilus (L.) is omnivorous species in Ghrib dam, Gerbron M., Geraudie P., Fernandes D., Rotchell J.M., Porte C. and with a list of preys that is equivalent to the one Minier C., Evidence of altered fertility in female roach (Rutilus rutilus) from the River Seine (France), Environmental Pollution, described in its natural range. From a qualitative view, 191 (2014): 58-62. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.envpol.2014.04.015 the diet isn’t a limiting factor for the proliferation of Gerdeaux D., Régime alimentaire des corégones et des gardons du Léman, en milieu pélagique, Campagne, (2001) 137-143. this specie and the diet varies according to the seasons. Available on URL : http://www.cipel.org/wp- However, future work should focus on the trophic content/uploads/2012/08/Camp00_12_Regime-alimentaire- coregones.pdf interactions between the roach and other fish species, Gocke C., Kaschek N. and Meyer E.I., Diet of fishes in a detritus- native and introduced, in order to be able to express the based sandy lowland brook, Limno logica, 43(6) (2013) 451-459. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.limno.2013.02.002 impact of its invasion on the host environment and its Haertel S.S. and Eckmann R., Dieldiet shift of roach and its population. implications for the estimation of daily rations, Journal of Fish Biology, 60 (4) (2002): 876-892. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1095- 8649.2002.tb02415.x References Hayden B., Massa-gallucci A., Harrod C., O’grady M. Caffrey J. and Kelly-Quinn M., Trophic flexibility by roach Rutilus rutilus in Amoros C., Introduction pratique à la systématique des organismes novel habitats facilitates rapid growth and invasion success, des eaux continentales françaises - 5. Crustacés Cladocères. Journal of Fish Biology, 84 (4) (2014): 1099-1116. In Bulletin mensuel de la Société linnéenne de Lyon, 53ᵉ année, 3 https://doi.org/10.1111/jfb.12351 (1984) : 72-107. [HTML version] : Hölker F., Haertel S.S., Steiner S. and Mehner T., Effects of https://www.persee.fr/doc/linly_0366- piscivore-mediated habitat use on growth, diet and zooplankton 1326_1984_num_53_3_10627 consumption of roach: an individual-based modeling approach, Angelibert S., Brossea S., Daubab F. and Lek S., Changes in roach Fresh water Biology, 47 (2002): 2345-2358. (Rutilus rutilus L.) population structure induced on draining a https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-2427.2002.01002.x large reservoir, Sciences de la vie, 322 (1999): 331-338. Horppila J. and Nurminen L., - Food niche segregation between two https://doi.org/10.1016/S0764-4469(99)80069-9 herbivorous cyprinid species in a turbid lake, Journal of Fish Attou F. and Arab A., Impact of the introduced Alburnus alburnus Biology, 75 (2009): 1230-1243. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1095- (Linnaeus, 1759) on the autochthonous Barbus setivimensis 8649.2009.02359.x (Valenciennes, 1842) (Cyprinidae) in Keddara dam (Algeria), Horppila J., The diet and growth of roach (Rutilus rutilus (L.) in Lake Rev. Écol. (Terre Vie), 68 (2013): 193-202. Available on URL : Vesijarvi and possible changes in the course of biomanipulation, http://hdl.handle.net/2042/55965 Hydrobiologia, 294 (1994): 35-41. Bahri-Sfar L., Haddaoui N., Bouzid W., Essetti I., Qninba A. and Ben https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00017623 hassine O.K., Infestation comparée de Ligula intestinalis Hureau J.C., Biologie comparée de quelques poissons antarctiques (Cestoda : Diphyllobothridae) chez deux poissons Cyprinidés : (Nototheniidae), Bull. Inst. Océanogr, 1970, 244 pp. [Text Rutilus rubilio et Scardinius erythrophthalmus dans deux version] retenues de barrages en Tunisie, Parasite, 17 (2010): 241-250. Hynes B.N., The food of freshwater sticklebacks (Gasteroteus https://doi.org/10.1051/parasite/2010173241 aculeatus and Pygosteus pongitius) with a review of methods Bruslé J. and Quignard J.P., Biologie des poissons d'eau douce used in studies of the food of fishes, J. anim. Ecol., 19 (1) (1950): européens. 2ème édition. 2013. [HTML version] on URL: 36-58. DOI: 10.2307/1570 https://books.google.dz/books?hl=en&lr=&id=8XVqV3YIn7oC

6 Diet of the Roach Rutilus rutilus (Linnaeus, 1758), Introduced Species in Ghrib Lake (Algeria)

Kahl U. and Radke R.J., Habitat and food resource use of perch and Perrow M.R. and Irvine K., The relationship between Cladoceran roach in a deep mesotrophic reservoir: enough space to avoid body size and the growth of under yearling roach (Rutilus rutilus competition, Ecology of Freshwater Fish, 15 (2006): 48-56. (L.)) in two shallow lowland lakes: a mechanism for density- https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1600-0633.2005.00120.x dependent reductions in growth, Hydrobiologia, 241 (1992): 155- Kamjunke N., Mendonca R., Hardewig I. and Mehner T., 161. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00028638 Assimilation of different cyanobacteria as food and the Richeux C., Arias-Gonzalez J.E. and Tourenq J.N., Etude du régime consequences for internal energy stores of juvenile roach, Journal alimentaire des gardons (Rutilus rutilus (L.)) du lac de Pareloup of Fish Biology, 60 (3) (2002): 731-738. (Massif Central, France), Annls. Limnol., 28 (3) (1992): 245-252. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1095-8649.2002.tb01697.x https://doi.org/10.1051/limn/1992021 Kara H.M., Freshwater fish diversity in Algeria with emphasis on Saç G., Serezli E.E. and Okgerman H., The occurrence of Ligula alien species, Eur. J. Wildl. Res., 58 (1) (2012): 243-253. intestinalis in its fish host Rutilus rutilus (L.) and the effects of http://dx.doi.org/10.1007/s10344-011-0570-6 parasite on the fish growth (Büyükçekmece reservoir, Turkey), Kroupova H.K., Trubiroha A., Lorenz C., Contardo-Jara V., Lutz I., Journal of Aquaculture Engineering and Fisheries Research, 2 (3) Grabic R., Kocour M. and Kloas W., The progest in (2016): 142-150. doi: 10.3153/JAEFR16016 levonorgestrel disrupts gonadotropin expression and sex steroid Sedaghat S. and Hoseini S. A., Age and Growth of Caspian Roach, levels in pubertal roach (Rutilus rutilus), Aquatic Toxicology, Rutilus rutilus caspicus (Jakowlew, 1870) in Southern Caspian 154 (2014): 154-162. Sea, Iran, World Journal of Fish and Marine Sciences, 4 (2012): https://doi.org/10.1016/j.aquatox.2014.05.008 533-535. DOI: 10.5829/idosi.wjfms.2012.04.05.64149 Linløkken A. N. and Hesthagen T., The interactions of abiotic and Sharma C.M. and Borgstrøm R., Shift in density, habitat use, and diet biotic factors influencing perch Perca fluviatilis and roach Rutilus of perch and roach: An effect of changed predation pressure after rutilus populations in small acidified boreal lakes, Journal of Fish manipulation of pike, Fisheries Research, 91 (1) (2007): 98-106. Biology, 79 (11) (2011): 431-448. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1095- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.fishres.2007.11.011 8649.2011.03040.x Tachet H., Bournaud M., Richoux Ph., Dessaix H. and PATTEE E., Oguz M. C., Oguz Öztürk M. and Güre H., Seasonal variation of the Initiation aux Invertébrés des Eaux Douces, 4ème Edition, 2009. plerocercoid ligula intestinalis (l.) observed in roach (Rutilus Tarkowska-Kukuryk M., Influence of submerged vegetation on the rutilus, l) from the yenice irrigation pond, çanakkale, Turkey, diet of roach (Rutilus rutilus L.) in shallow polesie lakes, OL Vet. Glasnik, 58 (2) (2004): 127-133. Available on URL: PAN, 5 (2008): 145-152. Available on URL: http://www.doiserbia.nb.rs/img/doi/0350-2457/2004/0350- https://www.researchgate.net/profile/Monika_Tarkowska- 24570402127O.pdf Kukuryk/publication/242108198_INFLUENCE_OF_SUBMERG Okgerman H., M. Oral and Yegit S., Biological aspects of Rutilus ED_VEGETATION_ON_THE_DIET_OF_ROACH_Rutilus_ruti rutilus (roach) in Sapanca lake Turkey, Journal of Animal and lus_L_IN_SHALLOW_POLESIE_LAKES/links/0c960528dcec6 Veterinary Advances, 8 (3) (2009): 441-446. [HTML version] 60251000000.pdf https://medwelljournals.com/abstract/?doi=javaa.2009.441.446 Zander C.D., Feeding ecology of littoral gobiid and blennioid fish of Okun N., Mendonca R. and Mehner T., Diel shifts in community the Banyuls area (Mediterranean Sea). I Main food and trophic composition and feeding of juvenile fishes in the pelagic area of a dimension of niche and ecotope, Vie et Milieu, 32 (1982): 1-10. large shallow lake. Limnologica, 35 (2005): 70-77. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.limno.2005.01.005

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities: Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Persistence and Differential Survival of Fecal Indicator Bacteria in Boukordane Waters

Siham ARAB1,2 and Abdeslem ARAB1

1 Laboratory of Dynamics and Biodiversity, FSB, USTHB, LP 32 El Alia, Bab Ezzouar. Algiers-Algeria. 2 Laboratory geomorphology and geohazards (G&G), FSTGAT – USTHB, BP32 El-Alia; Bab-Ezzouar, Algiers, Algeria. Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

Fecal bacteria are indicator organisms used worldwide to monitor water quality. These bacteria are used in microbial source tracking (MST) studies. Ideally, all strains of a given indicator organism (IO) would experience equal persistence (maintenance of culturable populations) in water; however, some strains may have comparatively extended persistence outside the host, while others may persist very poorly in environmental waters. In our study, we had recorded the highest density of fecal bacteria in winter, and the lowest in spring and summer, also in depth higher than surface, were likely because of the Inhibitory effects of solar radiation, which has been shown to influence the survival of these organisms. The concentrations of fecal bacteria were not only a result of temporal or spatial variability in their sources, but also the fact that various bacteria have different lifespans that vary according to environmental factors, such as temperature, pH, concentration in nutrients, and solar radiation which is responsible for 99% of the mortality of fecal coliforms on the surface.

Keywords: Fecal bacteria; Mortality; Lake dam; Algeria

1. Introduction origin in Boukourdane dam reservoir (Algeria). Moreover, the impact risks of the vegetation type, land The deterioration of water quality in aquatic use and soil surface crusting, combined with ecosystems is an increasingly important issue in mammalian presence and grazing were investigated. Algeria. Such changes are particularly important in the Recognizing and understanding the relative influence of Mediterranean, where water resources are limited, natural and human-induced processes on hydrological fragile, threatened and suffer from overexploitation and biochemical functioning and bacteria abundance are (Margat & Vallée, 1999; Mutin, 2000; Khamar et al., prerequisites for improved water resources 2000; Azzaoui et al., 2002). Moreover, reserves are management. Furthermore, there are several cities along decreasing as a result of increasing consumption by Wadis in the watershed that discharge untreated humans, particularly in areas experiencing increased wastewater directly into the Wadis feeding the population densities. Freshwater consumption also reservoir. Therefore, in this study, water quality was generates pollution via the discharge of wastewater, monitored for 2 years (January 2013 to January 2015) at which directly threatens the water quality and integrity four different stations. of the aquatic ecosystems. Further contamination of surface and groundwater can occur via diffuse 2. Materials and methods discharges and agricultural activities. As a result of these many sources of pollution, it has become 2.1. Study area increasingly difficult to estimate the rate of contamination caused by various forms of pollution and Boukourdane dam is located on the bed of Wadi to conduct quantitative monitoring (Ghazal et al., El Hachem, at the juncture of two principal intermittent 2006). Wadis, Menacer and Fedjana (Figure 1). The study area The present study was conducted to evaluate the is approximately 1.3 km south of the Village of Sidi distribution of various bacterial populations of fecal

8 Persistence and Differential Survival of Fecal Indicator Bacteria in Boukordane Waters

Amar (Wilaya1 of Tipasa), located at a latitude of Tergitol medium containing triphenyl tetrazolium 35°32' N and a longitude of 2°18' E and an altitude of chloride and incubated for 24 h at 37°C. 119.5 m. The climate is typically Mediterranean, with a • Fecal coliforms 100 mL-1: samples were filtered and dry and hot period of 5 months stretching from mid- plated as described above, then incubated for 24 h at May to mid-October. The site is also 11 km from the 44°C. Mediterranean Sea in a catchment area of over 177 km2. • Fecal streptococci 100 mL-1: samples were filtered The average annual contribution of the Boukourdane as described above, after which filters were placed on dam reservoir is 2 million m3, presenting a full capacity Slanetz & Bartly medium and incubated for 24 to 48 h of 101.5 million m3 with 700 mm annual rainfall. The at 37°C. reservoir has a maximum depth of 34 m and a total • Sulfite-reducing anaerobes 20 mL-1: samples were surface area of more than 536 hectares. used to inoculate deep agar tubes containing meat-liver Boukourdane dam is intended to supply the cities of agar amended with iron salt and sodium sulfate and then Cherchell, Tipasa and Nador with drinking water and incubated for 24 to 48 h at 37°C. enable irrigation of the valley of Wadi El-Hachem and the areas of Hadjout and the Sahel. We selected four stations distributed on the lake of the dam for monitoring (Figure 1). S1 (in Wadi Menacer) and S3 (in Wadi Fedjana) were surface sampling stations, whereas surface samples and samples from within the water column were collected from S2 (at the juncture of the two Wadis) and S4 (near the dyke) The sampling stations were selected based on the hydrographic system and potential sources of pollution. Sampling, transport and conservation of the water samples followed the protocols described by Rodier et al. (2009). Samples were collected monthly over a period of 2 years, from January 2013 to January 2015, to obtain a representative image of water quality and its seasonal and annual variation. Three parameters were measured in situ, water temperature, pH and dissolved oxygen, which were determined using a Multi 340i/SET WTW analyzer. Samples were also analysed for total coliforms, fecal coliforms, fecal streptococci and sulfite-reducing anaerobes. To accomplish this, samples were collected into sterile bottles from the same location as for the other parameters taking care not to contaminate or modify the samples, and transported to the laboratory in a cooler at 4°C. Upon arrival in the laboratory, samples were analysed according to the protocol described by Rodier et al. (2009), as described below. • Total coliforms 100 mL-1: samples were filtered through membranes (0.45 μm) that were placed on

1 A territorial collectivity

ARAB S. and ARAB A. 9

Figure 1: Distribution of sampling stations on Boukourdane lake dam, wilaya of Tipasa (Algeria 3. Results and discussion in autumn 2013 and winter 2015 than the rest of the year, which was also when the fecal and total coliform 3.1. Characterization of the bacteriological levels were highest. These findings are in accordance community: with those of Talya et al. (1992) and Ouhmidou et al. (2015), but contrary to the results reported by The density of fecal bacteria in the lake water was Mehanned et al. (2014), who found high values in found to undergo important spatial and temporal summer and low values in winter. Based on the fecal fluctuations. The maximum concentrations of total and coliform concentrations, the water quality in the fecal coliforms were recorded in winter 2015 reservoir is good according to SEQ-EAU (2014). The (4500 CFU 100 mL-1), while the minimum values were quantity of micro-organisms present in water increases observed in winter 2013 (320 CFU 100 mL-1 for total with rainfall, although no previous studies have been coliforms and 76,100 mL-1 for fecal coliforms; Tab. I). able to establish a simple law modeling these two The highest levels of fecal streptococci and sulfite- parameters (Ouhmidou et al., 2015). The leaching of the reducing anaerobes were recorded in winter of 2014 soils through runoff can nevertheless be a principal (772 CFU 100 mL-1 and 24 CFU 20 mL-1 respectively). reason for movement of the land’s biomass. The The microbiological quality of rivers is primarily fluctuations observed during our study period likely controlled by human and animal density and the reflected variations in the composition of the effluent in management of their waste in the watershed (Rochelle- autumn and winter relative to summer (Ouhmidou et Newall et al., 2016). The bacterial loads in the water al., 2015). from stations 2 & 4 were lower than in the water from The fecal streptococci showed significant seasonal the Wadis that feed them (stations 1 & 3), the highest variations (p<0.001), being abundant in spring 2013 and loads were all recorded during winter because water winter 2014, and more abundant in-depth at station 4 collects in the Wadis after having taken up bacteria (60 CFU 100 mL-1) than at other stations of the while running over land. Accordingly, this decrease Boukourdane dam reservoir. Based on the fecal may have been caused by dilution or death of the streptococci levels, the water quality was good bacteria. Indeed, Chigbu et al. (2005) and several other according to SEQ-EAU (2014). These results do not researchers indicated that the concentrations of agree with those of Moussa et al. (2013), who found the coliforms vary with seasonal changes (Rosenfeld et al., maximum concentrations in summer and autumn. This 2006), as well as in response to precipitation and river difference was probably a result of the use of the animal flow (Lipp et al., 2001). The bacterial loads were higher feces as fertilizer in the cultivated areas on the edge of

Citation: ARAB S. and ARAB A., Persistence and Differential Survival of Fecal Indicator Bacteria in Boukordane Waters, In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 07-11. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5

10 Persistence and Differential Survival of Fecal Indicator Bacteria in Boukordane Waters

Boukourdane dam reservoir, as well as because the Although their levels were low, they showed elevated station is in the lake, rather than the Wadis, contrary to levels in spring 2013 and winter 2014 (p<0.001); the the results presented by Ouhmidou & Chahlaoui (2015). highest value (35 CFU 100 mL-1) was observed in Sulfite-reducing anaerobes are telluric bacteria that station 1. The presence of these spores would indicate form spores enabling them to persist for long periods of that fecal pollution is old or intermittent (OMS, 2000). time under adverse conditions. In the present study, low levels of sulfite-reducing anaerobes were observed.

Table I Summary table of the average monthly results of the bacterial density in water of the Boukourdane dam: Sulphite-reducing Total Coliforms (TC) Fecal Coliforms (FC) Fecal Streptococci (FS) anaerobes (SRA) J.13 668.75 ± 291.27 164 ± 103.02 3.5 ± 3.10 4 ± 2.58 F.13 936 ± 1 053.81 33.33 ± 19.86 2.33 ± 2.25 5.83 ± 3.37 M.13 728 ± 485.93 111.66 ± 191.02 0.66 ± 1.63 3.83 ± 3.71 A.13 1850 ± 911.84 672.66 ± 814.51 127.33 ± 176.46 12.66/7.11 MY.13 1970 ± 1 964.638 65 ± 43.72 20 ± 22.62 2.66 ± 1.21 JN.13 4 500 ± 00 100.33 ± 60.08 0.00 1.83 ± 0.75 JL.13 3 322.66 ± 737.71 654 ± 786.61 42 ± 87.66 2 ± 1.41 AT.13 330.33 ± 122.76 185 ± 239.51 6.66 ± 6.02 1.33 ± 1.03 S.13 3 575.33 ± 1 432.83 1 286.66 ± 1 329.31 6.66 ± 12.56 6.5 ± 6.41 O.13 4 272.66 ± 556.85 587.16 ± 948.67 4.66 ± 9.60 1.83 ± 1.94 N.13 4 500 ± 00 1 140 ± 1 061.91 54 ± 18.37 7.83 ± 1.47 D.13 1 603.33 ± 2 245.17 470.33 ± 646.27 8 ± 9.12 14.66 ± 8.26 J.14 3 901.33 ± 1 466.42 1 827.33 ± 1 057.67 130 ± 314.52 1.5 ± 1.51 F.14 2 959.33 ± 1 688.81 1 001.33 ± 1162.82 10 ± 9.38 3.83 ± 1.47 M.14 12 ± 11.86 10.66 ± 9.68 2.66 ± 3.26 1.5 ± 1.22 A.14 2 724 ± 2 028.48 596.66 ± 953.97 0.00 1.66 ± 1.96 MY.14 1 791.33 ± 585.43 334.66 ± 153.23 0.00 1.66 ± 1.36 JN.14 2 958.66 ± 1 757.41 678.66 ± 922.13 0.16 ± 0.40 3.16 ± 2.63 JL.14 2 473.33 ± 2 222.86 562.66 ± 956.32 0.00 5.83 ± 1.16 AT.14 1 930.83 ± 1 993.39 1 012.66 ± 1 158.28 1.83 ± 4.02 1.5 ± 1.64 S.14 1 264 ± 1 623.50 474 ± 994.34 0.00 2 ± 1.41 O.14 411.33 ± 500.09 91.16 ± 97.32 0.00 2.5 ± 1.04 N.14 3 894 ± 1 484.39 302.66 ± 117.34 3.33 ± 3.01 2.83 ± 1.47 D.14 4 500 ± 0.00 1 757.33 ± 1 151.33 4.66 ± 3.93 1.66 ± 1.86 J.15 4 500 ± 0.00 1 094.66 ± 1 089.54 32 ± 16.58 4.66 ± 1.03

3.2. Spatial distribution of microbiological According to F1 (87.47%), on the positive portion of parameters the graph, the first group is formed by total coliforms and the sulfite-reducing anaerobes in all of the surface As shown in figure 2, Factorial Correspondence stations. The negative portion forms a second group Analysis (FCA) revealed that the spatial distribution of consisting of in-depth fecal coliforms at station 2 fecal bacteria varied according to density and depth. (where we recorded the highest concentration). According to the plane F1×F2 (99.77%) we notice the According to F2 (12.30%), the negative portion forms a formation of 3 groups.

ARAB S. and ARAB A. 11

third group composed of in-depth fecal streptococci at such as temperature, pH, concentration in nutrients, and station 4. solar radiation. The distribution of total bacteria and total coliforms according to depth is one of the principal factors that References must be considered when conducting bacterial function studies. The increase in luminosity during summer Azzaoui S., El Hanbali M. & Leblanc M., Copper, lead, iron and generally leads to increased algal biomass. Summer manganese in the Sebou drainage basin; sources and impact on surface water quality. Water Qual. Res. J. Canada, 37 (4) (2002): algal development can lead to the decomposition of a 773‑784. https://doi.org/10.2166/wqrj.2002.052 considerable quantity of cells, resulting in the release of Burkhardt W., Calci K.R., Watkins W.D., Rippey S.R. & Chirtel S.J., Inactivation of indicator microorganisms in estuarine waters. organic matter into the water, which supports the Water Res. 34 (8) (2000): 2207-2214. development of heterotrophic organisms. These https://doi.org/10.1016/S0043-1354(99)00399-1 deposits could cause shade limiting photosynthesis and Chigbu P., Gordon S. & Strange T.R., Fecal coliform bacteria disappearance rates in a north-central Gulf of Mexico estuary. algal development, as well as influence the Estuar., Coast. Shelf Sci., 65 (1-2) (2005): 309-318. consumption of oxygen by aerobic microorganisms. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecss.2005.05.020 GHAZAL C., DUMOULIN S. et LUSSIER M.C., 2006. Portrait de The activity of bacteria on the bottom of lakes depends l’environnement du bassin versant de la rivière Nicolet 2006, on the quantity of organic matter in the sediments, as Corporation de gestion des rivières des Bois-Francs pour la Corporation pour la promotion de l’environnement de la rivière well as the temperature and/or solar radiation, which is Nicolet (COPERNIC), 173 pp. responsible for 99% of the mortality of fecal coliforms Khamar M., Bouya D. & Ronneau C., Pollution métallique et on the surface (Burkhardt et al., 2000). organique des eaux et des sédiments d’un cours d’eau marocain par les rejets liquides urbains. Water Qual. Res. J. Canada, 35 (1) (2000): 147-161. https://doi.org/10.2166/wqrj.2000.009. Margat J. & Vallée D. (1999). Ressources en eau et utilisations dans les pays méditerranéens : repères et statistiques. Rev. Méditér. PNUE. PAM. Plan Bleu : 224. Mehanned S., Zaid A. & Chahlaoui A., Étude bactériologique comparative du lac réservoir du barrage Sidi Chahed et ses effluents : Mekkes et Mellah, Larhyss J., 18 (2014): 143-153. Available on URL : https://www.asjp.cerist.dz/en/article/55105 OMS (2000). Directives de qualité pour l’eau de boisson, volume 2, Critères d’hygiène et documentation à l’appui. 2e édition, Organisation mondiale de la Santé. Available on URL : https://www.who.int/water_sanitation_health/publications/gdwq2 -vol2/fr/ Ouhmidou M. & Chahlaoui A., Caractérisation bactériologique des eaux du barrage Hassan Addakhil (Errachidia-Maroc). Larhyss J., 12 (2) (2015): 183-196. Available on URL: https://www.asjp.cerist.dz/en/article/55268 Rochelle-Newall E.J., Ribolzi O., Viguier M., Thammahacksa C., Silvera N., Latsachack K., Dinh R.P., Naporn P., Sy H.T., Soulileuth B., Hmaimum N., Sisouvanh P., Robain H., Janeau J- L., Valentin C., Boithias L. & Pierret A., Effect of Land Use and Figure 2: Results of factorial correspondences analysis (FCA) of the Hydrological Processes on Escherichia Coli Concentrations in Streams of Tropical, Humid Headwater Catchments, Sci. Rep., 6, fecal germs spatial distribution. (S1.P0: Station 1 Depth 0, S2.P0: 32974. https://doi.org/10.1038/srep32974 Station 2 Depth 0, S2.P1: Station 2, Depth 1, S3.P0: Station 3, Depth RODIER J., LEGUBE B., MERLET N. et al. (2009). L’analyse de 0, S4.P0: Station 4 Depth 0, S4.P1: Station 4 Depth 1). l’eau. 9eme éd. Dunod, Paris. Rosenfeld et al., 2006, Système d’évaluation de la qualité de l’eau 4. Conclusion (SEQ-EAU) (2014). Normes qualité des eaux de masses d’eaux naturelles. Talya B.D. & Fmi K., Indicator Bacteria for Fecal Pollution In The The temporal evolution of each indicator (total Littoral Zone of Lake Kinnereth, Water. Res., 26 (11) (1992): 1457-1469. https://doi.org/10.1016/0043-1354(92)90065-C coliforms, fecal coliforms and fecal streptococci) showed specific variations in each bacterial indicator. The concentrations of fecal bacteria were not only a result of temporal or spatial variability in their sources, but also the fact that various bacteria have different lifespans that vary according to environmental factors,

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities: Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Diatoms Distribution of Bourdane Lake, Northern Algeria

Siham ARAB1,2,*, Safia AKLI-BIDI1, Ismahane ADAOURI1 and Abdeslem ARAB1

1 Laboratory of Dynamics and Biodiversity, FSB, USTHB, LP 32 El Alia, Bab Ezzouar. Algiers-Algeria. 2 Laboratory Geomorphology and Geohazards (G&G), FSTGAT – USTHB, BP32 El-Alia; Bab-Ezzouar, Algiers, Algeria. Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

A 47 fresh water diatoms species was recorded during a survey of the catchment area of the Boukourdane dam, northern Algeria. The temporal distribution patterns of diatom communities in relation to environmental parameters were examined using canonical correspondence analysis (CCA) for ascertaining the interdependence between physico-chemical descriptors and diatom assemblages in 192 samples, collected over a period of 2 years, across 4 sampling stations. There was a significant relation between environmental factors and diatom species. A further factor influencing the shape of diatom assemblages was related to the conductivity, different genus of Cyclotella and Nitzschia were found to be strongly related to conductivity and phosphate ions. The maximum dominance of the centric diatom Cyclotella ocellata was recorded during the autumnal season. Nitzschia acicularis and Gyrosigma acuminatum, were the principal species dominating the summer season. An anthropogenic impact was also most evident in structuring diatom assemblages at sites close to lake where agriculture was concentrated.

Keywords: Diatoms; Environmental factors; Water quality; Boukourdane dam; Algeria

1. Introduction 2. Materials and methods

Wetlands are one of the most productive ecosystems 2.1. Study area on Earth (Ghermandi et. al., 2008). As well are known to sustain a varied diversity of both flora and fauna. Boukourdane dam is located on the bed of wadi Flora includes various forms that range from El Hachem, at the juncture of two principal intermittent microscopic planktonic algae to macrophytes. In aquatic wadis, Menacer and Fedjana (Fig. 1). The study area is ecosystem, phytoplanktons play a major role in approximately 1.3 km south of the Village of Sidi Amar maintaining the floral diversity as they are the basis of (Wilaya of Tipasa)1, located at a latitude of 35°32' N aquatic food chain. Limnological studies highlighting and a longitude of 2°18' E and an altitude of 119.5 m. the role of abiotic factors in the distribution of aquatic The climate is typically Mediterranean, with a dry and organisms are legion (Ahriz et al., 2010). hot period of 5 months stretching from mid-May to For diversity and taxonomic study on diatoms mid-October. The site is also 11 km from the population no report is available from the study area. Mediterranean Sea in a catchment area of over 177 km2. The present communication thus deals with the The average annual contribution of the Boukourdane diversity and taxonomic enumeration of planktonic dam reservoir is 2 million m3, presenting a full capacity Bacillariophycean members of Boukourdane dam. of 101.5 million m3 with 700 mm annual rainfall. The Our study relates to diatoms and their temporal reservoir has a maximum depth of 34 m and a total distribution during a period spanning February 2013 to surface area of more than 536 hectares. January 2015. We identified the diatoms communities Boukourdane dam is intended to supply the cities of and investigated the abiotic factors driving their Cherchell, Tipasa and Nador with drinking water and distribution. We also aimed to identify a set of diatom enable irrigation of the valley of wadi El-Hachem and species; some pollution tolerant that could serve as the areas of Hadjout and the Sahel. bioindicators of anthropogenic impact.

1 Province

ARAB S. et al. 13

Figure 1: Study site Boukourdane lake dam and sampling stations.

2.2. Sampling viz. Bourrelly (1972, 1981, 1985), Philipose (1967), (Algae Base, 2016). Samples were viewed under low Transport and conservation of the water samples and high objectives of ZEISS-WINKEL inverted followed the protocols described by Rodier et al. microscope and microphotographs of these samples (2009). Samples were collected monthly over a period were taken using a digital camera and TSview© of 2 years, from January 2013 to January 2015, to software. obtain a representative image of water quality and its seasonal and annual variation. 2.3. Statistical analysis Five parameters were measured in situ, water temperature, pH, conductivity, and dissolved oxygen, The relationship between the physicochemical which were determined using a Multi 340i/SET WTW parameters was evaluated by the Kruskal–Wallis test. analyzer, and transparency, which was determined The overall dataset was analysed by Canonical using a Secchi disk. Additionally, nine physicochemical Correspondence Analysis (CCA) to measure the parameters (nitrate, nitrite, ammonium, ortho- contribution of the environmental parameters to the phosphate, sulfate, calcium, magnesium, chloride and diatoms density. All analyses were conducted using the suspended matter) were analysed at the laboratory. Ade4 package of the R program (R Development Core Sulfate was measured using the gravimetric method, Team 2014). while molar titration was used to evaluate chloride, calcium and magnesium; filtration was employed to 3. Results and discussion measure the suspended matter (Rodier et al., 2009), and the colorimetric method with a continuous flow on an Since the seasonal variations of phytoplankton are automated chain (SKALAR) was used to determine the related to variety of environmental factor s in aquatic nitrate, nitrite, ammonium and ortho-phosphate levels. environments (Washington, 1984; Boney, 1989; Wu & Parallel to abiotic data, samples of microalgae were Chu, 1999) the approach adopted in the present collected the same day using a 50 micro meters mesh investigation, namely to relate temporal changes in net. The samples were fixed using a lugol’s solution in diversity to temporal changes in environmental order to obtain a final concentration of 1% in the conditions, resulted in the development of a better sample. For a long-term storage, we added 4% of understanding of the nature of interactions between the formalin. Sub-samples were placed for sedimentation in phytoplankton community and its environment in the the plankton chambers of 10 ml (for quantitative Boukourdane dam. analysis). The taxonomic identification was done with The temperatures recorded during the study period the help of standard keys relevant available literature indicate that the water of the Boukourdane dam

Citation: ARAB S., AKLI-BIDI S., ADAOURI I. and ARAB A., Diatoms Distribution of Boukourdane Lake, Northern Algeria, In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 12-17. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5

14 Diatoms Distribution of Boukourdane Lake, Northern Algeria

reservoir is favorable to aquatic life, with mediocre contents measured during these periods. Ortho- quality according to the SEQ-EAU2 (2014). Significant phosphate ions primarily originate from domestic and differences in temperatures were found during the study agricultural activities. In the present study, no period (p<0.001). The temporal evolution of the significant differences were observed among stations temperature indicates that the water temperature follows (p>0.05). The highest ortho-phosphate concentrations that of the air. The pH values were slightly alkaline were observed in winter and spring 2013 because of the because of the limestone substrate of the geological increase in organic compounds during the flood period formations in the area catchment, which is rich in (significant difference, p<0.001), which supports a very carbonates, making it possible to buffer the water. thorough mineralization of the organic matter and Based on the pH, the water in the reservoir is of good indicates that the water quality is very good with respect quality according to the SEQ-EAU (2014). Overall, the to ammonium and ortho-phosphate (SEQ-EAU, 2014). pH decreased during summer, which was likely because • Temporal distribution of the diatoms community of increasing water temperature (p<0.001). These according to environmental parameters: findings agree with those reported by El Ghachtoul et A total of 47 taxa of diatoms along with their al. (2005) and Ouhmidou et al. (2015). The dissolved seasonal abundance have been recorded during a survey oxygen rates showed that water in the Boukourdane of the catchment area of the Boukourdane dam. Reservoir is well oxygenated (SEQ-EAU, 2014), with The specific composition of diatoms communities in significantly lower values in summer than in winter Boukourdane dam and their temporal distribution were (p<0.001). This was likely because of a reduction in the influenced by the change of parameters of the medium. solubility of this element when the temperature The determining factors of the development and the increased (Ouhmidou et al., 2015). The observed low seasonal succession of these algae were a combination nitrate concentrations indicate that the water is of good of physical (temperature…), chemical (the presence of quality according to SEQ-EAU (2014), with a nutrients, phosphorus and nitrogen), and biological significant difference (p<0.001). Its temporal evolution factors (competition) (Wille, 1990). was also observed in the studies of Ouhmidou et al. In order to study the temporal distribution of (2015) and Martinelli et al. (1999). The presence of diatomophyceae species relating to 17 measured nitrate in surface water can be linked either to the parameters (Fig 2), the choice of this analysis allowed contributions from agricultural processes (e.g., leaching us to identify the relationships between the physico- of fertilizer containing nitrate) or to the transformation chemical variables and the temporal distribution of this into nitrate of ammonium coming from domestic or species. The histogram of the eigenvalues shows a total animal discharge (Djabri, 1996; El Ouali Lalami et al., variance of 77.30% for the plane CCA1×CCA2 2011; Errochdi et al., 2012). The maximum sulfate (43.85% for axis 1; 33.45% for axis 2). concentrations were recorded during the pluvial period, The effects of water temperature on phytoplankton possibly because of the leaching of the evaporitic have been examined in many fresh water ecosystems deposits from the gypsiferous formation and mines and it was found that water temperature strongly operated in the catchment (Purdy et al., 2002). The regulates the seasonal variation of phytoplankton sulfate levels then decreased significantly in autumn (Richardson et al., 2000: Izaguirre et al., 2001; Susanne 2014 (significant seasonal variation, p<0.001). Most of et al., 2005; Farahani et al., 2006) also light conditions the concentrations recorded in the study period could control phytoplankton growth (Golterman, 1975; exceeded the standard of 350 mg L-1 (SEQ-EAU, 2014). Wetzel, 1983). The density of diatoms increased by The low concentrations of ammonium were because of decreasing of water temperature in winter season. runoff of leaching from the soil (p<0.001). This element A further factor influencing the shape of diatom is preferentially absorbed when the algae assemblages was related to the conductivity, Different simultaneously contain ammonium and nitrate genus of Cyclotella and Nitzschia were found to be (Prochazkova et al., 1970), which explains the low strongly related to conductivity and phosphate ions. The maximum dominance of the centric diatom Cyclotella 2 Système d'Évaluation de la Qualité de l'Eau [In French] ocellata was recorded during the autumnal season. Translation: “River water quality assessment system”

ARAB S. et al. 15

Nitzschia acicularis and Gyrosigma acuminatum, were (2015) who found this ion strongly correlated with the principal species dominating the summer season, the Gyrosigma acuminatum and Nitzschia palea. anthropogenic impact was also most evident in We noticed that the genus Cymateupleura were structuring diatom assemblages at sites close to lake found in autumn 2014 (C. elliptica) and in winter 2015 where agriculture was concentrated. (C. Solea) contrary to El Haouati et al. (2015) who The phosphate, conductivity and carbonate were the found C. Solea during the spring season, for the same physico-chemical variables which significantly environmental conditions where we experienced a re- influenced the diatom communities Soininen & increase in the mineralization of the waters. Kononen (2004) this is consistent with our results Nitzschia palea is a common species of Algerian where we recorded these parameters with the species surface waters (Baudrimont, 1973, Chaïb et al., 2011), Cyclotella sp1, Cyclotella menegheniana, Nitzschia known for its resistance to organic pollution (Lange- acicularis and Synedra acus. Bertalot, 1979) and relatively high concentrations of

Several species dominated the summer season such H2S, (Baudrimont, 1973). We recorded its highest as Nitzschia acicularis and Gyrosigma acuminatum, this concentration in spring 2013 where we noticed a result agrees with those of Rolland (2009). These two considerable increase in sulphate ions (1255.024 mg/l), species were the main diatoms, where the PEG-model which disagree the results of El Haouati et al. (2015) generalized this point on the diatoms, which often where they found it during the autumn season. develop in early spring (Sommer et al., 1986).) We also found calcium ions bound to the species Achnanthes minutissima unlike the results of El Haouati et al.

Figure 2: Factorial representation of the seasons of study, the diatoms species and the environmental variables on the plane (F1×F2) of the CCA.

16 Diatoms Distribution of Boukourdane Lake, Northern Algeria

4. Conclusion Ecotone of Lower Parana Basin (Argentina). Fresh Water Biol., 46 (2001): 63-74. Https://Doi.Org/10.1111/J.1365- 2427.2001.00646.X The diatoms display a considerable diversity in Martinelli, L., Krushe, A.V., Victoria, R.L., de Camango, P.B., lakes and aquatic ecosystems in general. This diversity Benardes, M., Ferraz, F.S., de Mareas, J.M. & Ballester, M.M, Effects of Sewage on The Chemical Composition of Piracaba constitutes an important element in the indices of River Brasil. Water Air Soil Poll., 110 (1999): 67-79. phytoplankton which are used for the evaluation of Https://Doi.Org/10.1023/A:1005052213652 Ouhmidou, M., Chahlaoui, A., Kharroubi, A. & Chahboune, M., trophic lakes. This range of different applications Etude de la Qualité Physico-Chimique Et Bactériologique des underlines the importance of studying the ecology of Eaux Du Barrage Hassan Addakhil d’Errachidia (Maroc). J. Mater. Envir. Sci., 6 (2015): 1663-1671. Available On Url : diatoms, especially in North Africa where water is Https://Www.Jmaterenvironsci.Com/Document/Vol6/Vol6_N6/1 scarce and wetlands under considerable anthropogenic 94-Jmes-922-2014-Ouhmidou.Pdf Prochazkova, L., Blazka, P. & Kvalova, M, Chemical Changes pressure. Involving Nitrogen Metabolism in Water and Particulate Matter During Primary Production Experiments. Limnol. Oceanogr., 15 References (1970): 797-807. Available on Url: Https://Doi.Org/10.4319/Lo.1970.15.5.0797 Purdy, K.J., Embley, T.M. & Nedwell, D., The Distribution and Ahriz, S., Nedjraoui, D. & Sadki, N., The Impact of Industrial Activity of Sulphate Reducing Bacteria in Estuarine and Coastal Pollution on The Ecosystem of Reghaia Lake (Algeria). Desalin Marine Sediments. Antonie Van Leeuwenhoek, 81 (2002): 181- Water Treat, 24 (1-3) (2010): 1-6. 187. Https://Doi.Org/10.1023/A:1020550215012 Https://Doi.Org/10.5004/Dwt.2010.130 Richardson, T.L., C.E. Gibson and S.I. Heaney, Temperature, Growth Algae Base. (2016). Database on Information of Algae, Available and Seasonal Succession of Phytoplankton in Lake Baikal, From Http://Www.Algaebase.Org/ Siberia. Freshwater Biol., 444 (2000):431-440. Bourrelly, P. (1972). —Les Algues D’eau Douces : Initiation A La Https://Doi.Org/10.1046/J.1365-2427.2000.00581.X Systématique –Les Algues Vertes (Tome I). N. Boubée Et Cie. Rodier, J., Legube, B., Merlet, N. Et Al. (2009). L’analyse de L’eau. Paris. 572 P. [Text Version] 9eme Ed. Dunod, Paris. Bourrelly, P. (1981). —Les Algues D’eau Douces : Initiation A La Susanne, F., K. Galina, I. Lyubov and N. Andreas., Regional, Vertical Systématique –Les Algues Jaunes Et Brunes (Tome Ii). Boubée and Seasonal Distribution of Phytoplankton and Photosynthetic Et Cie. Paris. 517 P. [Text Version] Pigments in Lake Baikal. J. Plankton Res., 27 (2005): 793-810. Bourrelly, P. (1985). —Les Algues D’eau Douces : Initiation A La Https://Doi.Org/10.1093/Plankt/Fbi054 Systématique – Eugléniens, Péridiniens, Algues Rouges et algues Système D’évaluation de la Qualité de L’eau (Seq-Eau) (2014). Bleues (Tome Iii). Boubée Et Cie. Paris. 606 P. [Text Version] Normes Qualité des Eaux de Masses D’eaux Naturelles. Djabri, L. (1996), « Mécanismes De La Pollution Et Vulnérabilité des Wetzel, R.G. (1983). Limnology. 2nd Ed., Saunders College Eaux De La Seybouse. Origines Géologiques, Industrielles, Publishing, Philadelphia, ISBN: 0-7216-9240-0. Agricoles Et Urbaines », Thèse De Doctorat En Sciences, Wille, E., Etude de la Dynamique des Populations Phytoplanctoniques Université d’Annaba, Algérie. 261p. Du Lac de Barrage d’esch-Sur-Sûre. Bull. Soc. Nat. Luxemb., 90 El Ghachtoul, Y., Alaoui Mhamidi, M., & Gabi, H., Eutrophisation (1990): 3-16. Available On Url: des Eaux des Retenues des Barrages Smir Et Sehla (Maroc) : Https://Www.Snl.Lu/Publications/Bulletin/Snl_1990_090_003_0 Causes, Conséquences Et Consignes De Gestion. Rev. Sci. Eau, 16.Pdf 18 (2005): 75-89. Https://Doi.Org/10.7202/705577ar Soininen, J. & Kononen, K., Comparative Study of Monitoring South- El Ouali Lalami, A., Merzouki, M., El Hillali, O., Maniar, S. & Finnish Rivers and Streams Using Macroinvertebrate and Benthic Ibnsouda Koraichi, S., Pollution des Eaux de Surface de la Ville Diatom Community Structure. Aquat. Ecol., 38 (2004): 63-75. de Fès Au Maroc : Typologie, Origine Et Conséquences, Larhyss Https://Doi.Org/10.1023/B:Aeco.0000021004.06965.Bd Journal, 9 (2011) : 55 72. Available On URL : Rolland, A. (2009). « Dynamique Et Diversité Du Phytoplancton Http://Larhyss.Net/Ojs/Index.Php/Larhyss/Article/View/113 Dans Le Réservoir Marne (Bassin Versant de la Seine) ». Thèse Errochdi, S., El Alami, M., Bennas, N., Belqat, B., Ater, M. & Fdil, de Doctorat. Univerité de Savoie. 242p. Available On Url : F., Etude de la Qualité Physicochimique et Microbiologique de Https://Hal.Inrae.Fr/Tel-02823324/Document Deux Réseaux Hydrographiques Nord Marocains : Laou et Sommer, U., Gliwicz, Z.M., Lampert, W. & Duncan, A., The Peg- Tahaddart, Méditerranée, 118 (2012): 41-51. [Html Version] Model of Seasonal Succession of Planktonic Events in Fresh Https://Journals.Openedition.Org/Mediterranee/6221 Waters. Arch. Hydrobiol., 106 (4) (1986): 433-471. [Html Farahani, F., H. Korehi, S. Mollakarami, S. Skandari, S.G.G. Zaferani Version] Available On Url: and Z.M.G. Shashm. Phytoplankton Diversity and Nutrients at Https://Www.Researchgate.Net/Publication/243710329_The_Peg the Jajerood River In Iran. Pak. J. Biol. Sci., 9 (2006): 1787-1790. - Https://Dx.Doi.Org/10.3923/Pjbs.2006.1787.1790 Model_Of_Seasonal_Succession_Of_Planktonic_Events_In_Fres Ghermandi, A., Van Den Bergh, J.C.J.M., Brander, L.M., Nunes, h_Waters P.A.L.D. (2008). — The Economic Value of Wetland El Haouati, H., Arab, A., Tudesque, L., Lek, S. & Samraoui, B., Study Conservation and Creation: A Meta-Analysis. [Working Paper of the Diatoms of Reghaia Lake, Northern Algeria. Rev. Ecol., 44229]. Fondazione Eni Enrico Mattei, Milan, Italy. Doi: (Terre Vie), 70 (2015): 44-75. Available On Url : 10.22004/Ag.Econ.44229 Http://Documents.Irevues.Inist.Fr/Handle/2042/56309 Golterman, H. L. (1975). Physiological Limnology: An Approach to Baudrimont, R. (1973). « Recherche Sur Les Diatomées des Eaux The Physiology of Lake Ecosystems. Elsevier Scientific Continentales de l’Algérie, Ecologie Et Paléoécologie », Thèse Publication, Amsterdam, ISBN: 0-444-41270-0. de Doctorat En Science N° 415. Université de Bordeaux, Talence, Https://Doi.Org/10.1002/Iroh.19780630220 France. 265 P. [Text Version] Izaguirre, I., I. O’farrel and G. Tell., Variation in Phytoplankton Chaïb, N., Alfarhan, A.H., Al-Rasheid, K.A.S. & Samraoui, B. Composition and Limnological Features in A Water-Water (2011). — Environmental Determinants of Diatoms Assemblages

ARAB S. et al. 17

Along A North African Wadi, The Kebir-East, North-East Algeria. Int. J. Limnol., 70: 33-40. Https://Doi.Org/10.4081/Jlimnol.2011.33 Lange-Bertalot, H., Pollution Tolerance of Diatoms as A Criterion of Water Quality Estimation, Nova Hedw. Beih., 64 (1979): 285- 304. Corpus Id: 130751407

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Structure and distribution of Benthic Macrofauna in Flow Facies

D. BOUCHELOUCHE*, L. HAMAMEL, S. KARIME, H. MELAH, N. TAZIBT, I. SAAL, M. HAFIANE, M. MEBARKI, D. HAMZAOUI and ARAB Ahmed

Laboratory of Dynamics and Biodiversity, FSB, USTHB, LP 32 El Alia, Bab Ezzouar. Algiers-Algeria. Corresponding e-mail: [email protected]

Summary:

The study of the distribution of benthic macrofauna in the flow facies of the hydrographic network of El-Harrach Wadi allowed us to harvest 36 families of insect larvae. The analysis of this benthic macrofauna harvested highlighted the diversity in both facies. This diversity is much higher in lotic than lentic facies. In the upstream stations, we have noticed the presence of the Ephemeroptera (Baetidae, Caenidae, Heptageniidae) and Trichoptera (Hydropsychidae) in both facies and much more in the lotic facies. On the other hand, the Hemiptera (Gerridae, Corixidae) are individualized in the lentic facies and the Plopoptera (Perlidae, Perlodidae and Capnidae) in the lotic facies. At the stations of the middle part of the stream (the plain), which are influenced by agricultural activities and domestic discharges, we recorded the presence of the Ephemeroptera (Baetidae, Caenidae, Heptageniidae), Trichoptera (Hydropsychidae, Philopotamidae ) and Diptera (Simuliidae, Chironomidae) in both facies but always with high numbers in the lotic facies. On the other hand, the Odonates and the Hemiptera are distinguished in the lentic facies with a dense aquatic vegetation and weak flow. In the downstream part, pollution has reached a worrying extent, caused by discharges from urban and industrial sources. The wadi in this part has become a real open sewer. We have recorded the presence of pollu-resistant taxa, the Diptera (Chironomidae) and the Oligochaete in both facies but much more in the lotic facies.

Keywords: Distribution; Benthic macrofauna; Flow facies; pollution.

1. Introduction 2. Materials and methods

Natural streams always have alternations of facies, 2.1. Study area including their most straight course. These flow features or morphodynamical units are portions of streams with Wadi El-Harrach is one of the largest wadis in the a certain structural and functional uniformity in terms of Mitidja plain. It is located in the north center of Algeria. velocities, water heights, substrate particle size, bed It begins in the Blidian Atlas, crosses the plain of the slope and water line and cross-sectional profiles Mitidja and flows into the bay of Algiers. The total (Malavoi and Souchon, 2001). length of the wadi El-Harrach is about 67 km, of which There is a significant difference in the distribution nearly 18.2 km is traveled in the capital to its of benthic fauna between the lotic (fast-flowing facies) embouchure in the Mediterranean Sea, while the rest of and lentic (slow-flowing facies) environments, on the its route extends over the wilayates1 of Blida and of one hand, on the density of the stands and on the other Medea (Figure 1). hand at the level of the taxonomic richness.

The present work consists of a study on the distribution of benthic macrofauna in the two lotic and lentic fascias and their ecology in the hydrographic network of the El-Harrach wadi.

1 Province

BOUCHELOUCHE D. et al. 19

Figure 1: Map of the study area and localization of sampled stations along Wadi El-Harrach.

2.2. Sampling and Methodology located downstream of the town of Larabaa. These stations are influenced by domestic, agricultural and Monthly sampling was carried out from April 2016 industrial discharges. to March 2017. Seventeen stations (from H1 to H13 on In the lotic facies (running water), sampling is Wadi El-Harrach and from D1 to D4 on the large carried out using a Surber filet, the net is placed in front affluent Djemaa), were selected on the hydrographic of the current, the substrate is lifted with the foot and network of the oued and distributed between altitudes stones are lifted and turned in front the net. While in 11 to 218 m. The two upstream stations H1 and H2 are calm facies (calm water) where the sediments are both located on the two tributaries whose confluence deposited, sampling is carried out using a “filet gives birth to Wadi El-Harrach. These stations are far troubleau”, the opening of the net is dragged slightly on the pollution. The station H3 is located after the the bottom by making reciprocating movements passing confluence of the two affluents which form El-Harrach through the maximum possible habitat (Kamb Tshijik et Wadi, between the two villages of Magtaa Lazreg and al., 2015). Hammam Melouane, this part is often used as a holiday resort in summer and managed as swimming pools. The 2.3. Statistical Analysis middle course (from H4 to H8), is mainly impacted by agriculture whereas, the lower course (from H9 to H13), Analysis of the structure and distribution of is the receptacle of industrial effluents. macroinvertebrates in flow facies and habitat On the great affluent of the wadi El-Harrach which characteristics was carried out using the Factorial is the affluent Djamaa four stations were selected. The Correspondences Analysis (FCA). This analyse were D1 station is located in the Tablet Mountains away from made using the program R (R Development Core Team, pollution. The other stations (D2, D3 and D4) are 2016).

Citation: BOUCHELOUCHE D. et al., Structure and Distribution of Benthi Macrofauna in Flow Facies, In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 18-21. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5

20 Structure and Distribution of Benthi Macrofauna in Flow Facies

3. Results and Discussion • Group 2: it assembles the stations of the upstream and the middle section, only the lentic facies (H6le, To describe the structure and distribution of the H7le, H9le, D1le, D3le). In the lentic facies of these macroinvertebrates studied in the hydrographic network stations we find groups that live in water at low speed of Wadi El-Harrach, we carried out a Factorial and rich in organic matter, nutrients and characterized Correspondences Analysis. This FCA was carried out by very dense vegetation which explains the presence of on a basic data matrix (17 stations × 7 faunistic groups). Hemiptera (Gerridae, Corixidae), Odonata (Aeshnidae, The axes of the FCA account for 58.73% of total inertia Coenagrionidae, Gomphidae), Coleoptera (Gyrinidae). (38.78% for axis 1 and 19.95% for axis 2). Hemiptera are found in various types of stagnant water, This projection (Figure2) shows that: Only the axis and the lentic facies of running water (Dethier, 1986). 1 will be taken into consideration in the interpretation Most of the Odonata families are mostly present in because it explains the maximum of the information. the lentic facies at the level of the vegetation or on the surface of the sediments (Tachet et al., 2010). Among the larvae of the Coleoptera, the Gyrinidae family is most dominant in the H7 and D1 stations (lentic facies), their larvae colonize slow-flowing media in the presence of vegetation and coarse substrate (Mary, 2000). • Group 3: We encounter groups that have a broad ecological valency, Ephemeroptera (Baetidae, Caenidae, Heptageniidae) and Trichoptera (Hydropsychidae, Philopotamidae) which are more or less pollu-resistant. This explains their presence in the upstream and middle parts in both facies of wadi, much more in the lotic facies (H1le, H2le, H3le, H4lo, H5lo, H6lo, H7lo, H8, H9lo, H10le, H11o, D1lo, D2le, D3lo, D4lo) whose current velocity is somewhat sharp. Ephemeroptera are present in almost all stations of the upstream and middle of wadi, and in both facies, they have a broad ecological valency, especially the Baetis

genus, which can live in extreme conditions Figure 2: Projection of taxa and stations on the FCA plane (lo = lotic facies, le = lentic facies). (LOUNACI, 2011). Both Trichoptera and Ephemeroptera occur almost everywhere in the In the positive part of axis 1 we notice the formation upstream and middle fast flow sections (H1, H2, H3, of: H4, H7, D1, D2). Hydropsyche is the most frequent and • Group 1: He's regrouping upstream stations only in most abundant in the rivers of Algeria (Lounaci, 2005). the lotic facies (H1lo, H2lo, H3lo) and which are far In the negative part of axis 1 we notice: from of pollution, where we find the group best known • Group: Consisting of Diptera (Chironomidae, for its polluo-sensitivity, Peloptera (Capnidae, Perlidae, Simulidae, Culcidae) which tolerate high levels of Leuctridae, Taeniopterygidae) which live in running pollution (pollu-resistant) and which adapt to different water, where temperatures are low and oxygenation is types of biotopes. This justifies their presence in the high. Plecoptera are infrequent and scarce, all species two facies of the downstream stations (H10lo, H12lo, are confined to the upper parts at high altitudes H11le) which receive the domestic and industrial waste. (Lounaci, 2011). Plant debris, the source of food for The presence of Diptera in lotic media is explained by larvae (Berthelmy, 1973), explains their presence at the fact that the Simuliidae family, which possessed aquatic and riparian vegetation stations at our study site suckers at the posterior part, allow them to attach to the (H4lot, H3lot). substrate to stop their drift (Tachet et al., 2010). We

BOUCHELOUCHE D. et al. 21

also note that the family of Chironomidae lives virtually Berthelemy C., Données préliminaires sur les Plécoptères de Tunisie, in all aquatic habitats (RAUNIO, 2008). Vehr. Internat. Varein. Limnol., 18 (1973): 1554-1548. https://doi.org/10.1080/03680770.1973.11899641 Dethier N. 1986- Introduction pratique à la systématique des 4. Conclusion organismes des eaux continentales française. Insectes. Hétéroptères aquatiques et ripicoles (genres et principales The study of macroinvertebrate structure and espèces). Association française de limnologie. 54-10 (1985) : 250-261. [HTML version] on URL : distribution revealed that macroinvertebrates are https://www.persee.fr/doc/linly_0366- distributed much more in lotic facies than in lentic 1326_1985_num_54_10_10718 facies. The lotic facies are home to the Diptera, Tachet H. Richoux P. Bourneaud M. Useglio-Polatera P. 2010- Ephemeroptera, Trichoptera and Pecoptera. These Invertébrés d’eaux douce systématique, biologie, écologie. CNRS Edition. Paris. P607. groups prefer cool temperatures and fast currents in the Mary N. 2000- Guide pratique d’identification des macroinvertèbrés presence of coarse substrate. On the other hand, in the benthique des cours d’eau, en vue de l’application de l’indice lentic facies, the Heteroptera, Odonata and Coleoptera biotique de la nouvelle Calédonie. Evaluation de la qualité des st tolerate high temperatures, low speeds and depths, and eaux des rivières de la nouvelle Calédonie. 1 Edition. P92. Available on URL: dense aquatic and riparian vegetation. https://www.oeil.nc/cdrn/index.php/resource/bibliographie/view/2 The presence of domestic and industrial anthropic 5 pressure in the downstream part of the wadi causes a Raunio J., 2008. “The use of chironomids pupal Exuvial technique new structure of the macroinvertebrate distribution. The (CPET) in fresh water. biomonitoring: applications for boreal rivers and lakes”, Academic dissertation, University of Oulu, upstream part that is far from pollution except some Finland. Available on URL: agricultural practices shelters a fauna sensitive to the http://jultika.oulu.fi/files/isbn9789514286834.pdf pollution, represented by the Pleoptera and the taxon with wide ecological valency (Ephemeroptera, Trichoptera and Hemiptera). The part of the average section with less anthropogenic pressure, represented by domestic and agricultural pollution, favors the installation of a rich and well diversified fauna represented by the Ephemeroptera, Trichoptera, Hemiptera, Odonata, Coleoptera. Downstream is home to less rich fauna characterized by Diptera which are pollu-resistant taxa.

References

Malavoi J.R et Souchon Y., Description standardisée des principaux faciès d’écoulement observables en rivières : clé de détermination qualitative et mesures physique. Bull. Fr. Pêche Piscic., 365-366 (2001) : 357-372. https://doi.org/10.1051/kmae:2002040 Kamb Tshijik C.J. Nidey Ifuta S. Ntumbula Mbaya A. Kiamfupwema V., Influence du substrat sur la répartition des macroinvertèbrés benthique dans un système lotique : cas des rivières Gombe, Kinkusa et Mangengenge, Int. J. Biol. Chem. Sci. 9 (2) (2015) : 970-985. https://doi.org/10.4314/ijbcs.v9i2.33 Lounaci A. 2011- Les macroinvertèbrés des cours d’eau de Kabylie : faunistique, écologie et répartition géographique. Congrès annuel de la SZE. Parc Phoenix. Nice. P21. Lounaci A. 2005, « Recherche sur la faunistique, l’écologie et la biogéographie des macroinvertèbrés des cours d’eaux de Kabylie (Tizi-Ouzou, Algérie) ». Thèse de Doctorat. Université Mouloud Mammeri de Tizi-Ouzou Algérie. P208.

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Diversity of Ichthyopathogenic Bacteria in a Like Ecosystem in Northeastern Algeria

Hanane BOUMERDASSI1,2,*, Lydia Neila DJOUADI2, Mounira OUAR-KORICHI 3, Farida NATECHE 2

1Laboratory of Dynamic and Biodiversity, Faculty of Biological Sciences, University of Science and Technology Houari Boumedienne (U.S.T.H.B.), Bp 32 El alia, Bab-Ezzouar Algiers, Algeria. 2Laboratory of Cellular and Molecular Biology, Faculty of Biological Sciences, University of Science and Technology Houari Boumedienne (U.S.T.H.B.), Bp 32 El alia, Bab-Ezzouar Algiers, Algeria. 3Institut Pasteur of Algiers, Dely-Brahim, Algiers, Algeria. Corresponding authors: [email protected]

Abstract

The fish is considered as a healthy food and it’s today an important source of nutritious foods and animal protein for much of the world's population. Over the past 50 years, the global supply of fish consumer has grown at a rate above global population growth. Several cases of massive fish mortality or a decrease in production in some dams have been reported. Fish are susceptible to a wide variety of pathogenic bacteria that can cause disease or malformation, some bacterial species can be either pathogenic to the host or cause a potential disease threat under favorable conditions, especially when various stress factors (temperature, salinity, rearing conditions, etc.) occur. The aim of this work is to characterize the diversity of Ichtyopatogens bacterial present in the water of lake ecosystems, taking the testimony of some fish individuals. For this study the dam of Guenitra (Skikda) was chosen. Sampling of water was carried out aseptically with some fish individuals, then cultured on specific and selective media. The incubation was done at different temperatures (22°C to 37°C), depending on the bacterial species sought. The isolated Ichtyopatogens bacterial strains were identified by the API galleries. Some of them are also identified by molecular identification using the PCR technique and sequencing of the 16S ARN gene. We tested also the resistance of bacteria to different antibiotics. The results showed the presence of some Ichtyopatogens species (Citrobacterfreundii, Salmonella spp, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Providencia rettgeri, Yersinia enterocolitica, Aeromonashydrophila… etc.). This bacterial strain presented a considerable multi-resistance to antibiotics. So, it is important to closely monitor this biotope in order to allow for healthier growth and production of freshwater fish.

Keywords: Ichtyopatogens bacteria; Dam; Fish; Biodiversity; Guenitra

1. Introduction However, the Algerian consumption of fresh fish and seafood is far below the global average (4.7 vs. Fish constitutes important sources of food, nutrition, 19.4 kg.ha-1.yr-1) and remains below the World Health income and livelihoods for hundreds of millions of Organization's recommendations (6.2 kg.ha-1.yr-1), people around the world (FAO, 2016). (Chiheb, 2006) 99.7% of the products come from the As it is a healthy food, its nutritional intakes for coastal and artisanal fisheries, the remaining 0.3% being human diet are recognized. Fish contains lipids, fatty derived from the freshwater fishery practiced in the dam acids, proteins, amino acids, vitamins and minerals. It (basically carp and barbel) (Kadri, 2008). This low has to be noted that it brings a good amount of protein production in continental waters may be due to several without adding too much fat. Even though fish fats are physical or chemical factors. The fish community that of good qualities and necessary to the human body plays a role in the trophic network is sensitive to a wide (Belayachi and Belhadj Amar, 2014). variety of bacteria that can cause diseases or In the last five decades, the growth of the global fish malformations. Many bacterial species are pathogenic supply for human consumption has outpaced population to fish (Noga 1996; Austin and Austin, 1999; Woo and growth, increasing at an average annual rate of Bruno,1999). Some become pathogens when fish are 3.2 percent from1961 to 2013. This rate is twice the rate physiologically unbalanced or in the presence of other of population growth (FAO, 2014; FAO, 2016; stressors, such as poor water quality. Belayachi and Belhadj Amar, 2014).

BOUMERDASSI H. et al. 23

The aim of this work is to characterize the diversity One milliliter of the dam sample was suspended in of Ichtyopatogens bacteria in lake water ecosystems, 9ml of saline water (0.9% NaCl) and serial dilutions of taking the testimony of some fish individuals. For this the sample going from 10−3 to 10-5 were realized. For study the dam of Guenitra (Skikda1, Algeria) was each dilution, 0.1 mL was spread onto the agar surface chosen. of each media and the incubation was carried out at 37°C and 44°C for 24 to 48 hours. 2. Methods 2.5. Isolation of ichtyopathogenic bacteria 2.1. Sampling site As several bacterial groups were targeted, numerous The dam of Guenitra was built in 1984 on the Oued specific and selective media which enable the growth of Fessa river in Oum Toub commune (Ben Rabah, 2006), ichtyophatogenic bacteria were used for the isolation 50 km south-west from Skikda. It belongs to the sub- process. One milliliter of the dam water sample was humid bioclimatic stage in mild winter. inoculated on the agar surface of each specific media It receives water from seven tributaries (rivers of which were incubated at 22°C to 37°C for 24 to 48 Cherfa, Kebir Ouest, Magrammane, Sedjane, Fessa, hours, depending on the aimed bacteria. Bouet Boulekhrachef) (Tandjir et Djebar, 2008). Its initial capacity is estimated at 120 Mm3 (Touati, 2010). 2.6. Bacteria identification The dam provides drinking water and supplies industries besides agricultural and aquacultural In order to identify the obtained bacterial strains, activities (Tandjir et al., 2004; Tandjir and Djebar, macroscopic and microscopic observations, Gram 2008; Mecibah, 2008). staining and physiological tests were performed. Moreover, the biochemical identification was carried 2.2. Physicochemical analysis out by API galleries (Biomérieux) and the taxonomic status of some of the strains was confirmed by To get an idea of the water quality, the physico- 16S rRNA gene sequencing. chemical parameters (temperature, pH, salinity, conductivity, Oxygen concentration) of the water were 2.7. Determination of antibiotic resistance analyzed in situ, using a multi-parameter device. Moreover, 1.5 L were transported at the laboratory for The bacterial strains were tested for their resistance complementary analysis. against twenty antibiotics (Cloxacillin, Oxacillin, Ampicillin, Amoxicillin, Ticarcillin, Céfaclor, 2.3. Sampling collection Cephalotin, Cefotaxim, Cefpirom, Ceftazidim, Ceftriaxon, Neomycin, Streptomycin, Tobramycin, Water withdrawals of Guenitra dam were performed Kanamycin, Spiramycin, Oxytétracyclin, Rifampicin in sterile glass vials in a depth of 10 to 15 cm. and Novobiocin) by the disk diffusion method on Ichtyofauna were fished using fishing nets with Mueller Hinton agar plates. different meshes then transported aseptically to the laboratory where fish were dissected to remove internal 3. Results and discussion organs and gills. 3.1. Physicochemical analysis 2.4. Numeration of the bacterial flora The physicochemical analysis of Guenitra dam Different solid culture media for bacterial water revealed that it has a passable quality for which numeration were prepared allowing us to count the total urban discharges represent the main source of pollution. flora, fecal coliforms and fecal Enterococci.

1 Province

Citation: BOUMERDASSI H., DJOUADI L.N., OUAR-KORICHI M. and NATECHE F., Diversity of Ichthyopathogenic Bacteria in a Like Ecosystem in Northeastern Algeria, In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 22-27. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 24 Diversity of Ichthyopathogenic Bacteria in a Like Ecosystem in Northeastern Algeria

3.2. Counts of bacterial flora pick up new microbial loads during their journey. Furthermore, the leaching of soil through runoff may Counts of bacteria consist in looking for aerobic still be a main reason for the mobilization of biomass germs, which develop in the presence of oxygen. The soil that also contains animals’ fecal matter. enumeration results are presented in the table below: It also has to be noted that the observed decrease in

Table 1 bacterial load in the summer season can be attributed to Counted bacteria in the different seasons the increase of the water temperature, affecting the Spring Summer Autumn Winter growth of the microorganisms and causes a reduction of The total 750×102 510×102 980×102 1500×102 the concentration of germs in the water. A progressive flora increase in the concentration of germs is observed Total 0 5×102 26×102 68×102 coliforms during the winter period. Fecal The same variations in bacterial load were also 0 0 17×102 43×102 coliforms observed by Hamed et al., 2012, in the waters of the Fecal 39×102 9×102 14×102 49×102 dam DJORF-TORBA (Bechar), and Ouhmidou and Enterococci Chahlaoui, 2015, in the waters of the Hassan Addakhil

Dam water is considered as an anthropized dam (Errachidia-Morocco). environment as it receives many domestic, industrial and agricultural effluents (Bouamrane, 2008). 3.3. Isolation and identification of ichtyopathogenic The total flora includes all facultative aerobic bacteria microorganisms that appear as colonies of differentiated Around two hundred to two hundred and fifty sizes and shapes (Jean-Noël, 2008). colonies were found in all seasons, one to five colonies According to the table (1) the bacterial load presents were selected from each plate with respect to character significant fluctuations especially for the total flora of ichtyopathogenic bacteria sought. during winter. In table 2, only the strains of the summer season are All of the bacteria are found during the 4 seasons presented. with high concentrations: up to 1500 CFU/100 mL in From the different isolation media of winter followed by 980 CFU/100 mL in autumn. It is echtyopathogenic bacteria, the macroscopic and noted that the water in the summer season is the less microscopic study revealed 37 Gram negative strains. concentrated for total germs. Besides, the quasitotality of these strains is bacilli- The total coliforms can be indirectly associated with shaped. fecal pollution (Hamed et al., 2012), our dam water The study of biochemical characteristics contain global low concentrations of these germs in distinguished two bacterial groups: (null in spring) but their number reach 68 CFU/100 mL • Fermentative bacteria: Catalase+/Oxydase+ as in summer. Aeromonas hydrophila. Fecal coliforms are indicators of fecal contamination (Hamed et al., 2012). In the waters of the dam, we note • Oxidative bacteria: Catalase+/Oxydase+ as Yersinia a significant presence of this recent fecal flora as we enterocolitica. count 43 CFU/100 mL in winter, exceeding the We report the presence of ichthyopathogenic standards (30×10-2 CFU / mL). However, in spring and bacteria in the waters of our dam such as: Yersinia summer it does not occur. enterocolitica which causes Yersiniosis (red mouth Fecal enterococci occur at levels of 49 CFU/100 mL disease), Aeromonas hydrophila begets a haemorrhagic and at 9 CFU/100 mL in winter and summer, septicaemia (Austin and Austin, 2007) and respectively. Photobacterium damselae which have an intracellular From a general point of view, the microbial load is phase that may be a mechanism to delay or avoid greater in winter, due to the effect of precipitation, phagocytosis and host immune responses, favoring the which increases the flow of the river that feeds the dam, spread of infection (Lopez-Doriga, 2000).

BOUMERDASSI H. et al. 25

Table 2 Strains isolated from Guenitra dal and their characterization Strains codes Macroscopie Microscopie Cat Oxy Identification GB1, GT5, GY2 Brown and shiny colony. Bacillus, Gram - + + Providencia rettgeri White, round and smooth Gram Negative stain GB3 + - Yersinia enterocolitica Water colony. sticks. Young, round and shiny Coccibacillus, Gram (6 strains) GT4 + - Burkholderia cepacia colony. negative staining. Brown, large and bright GM2 Gram negative + + Citrobacter freundii colony. Brown, round and shiny Coccobacillus, Gram GB2, GA2, GP4C1 + - Pasteurella pneumotropica colony. negative GA1, GP4R Colonie brune et grande. Bacillus, Gram negative + - Stenotrophomonas maltophilia Pseudomonas aeruginosa GT1, GT3, GP3M Salmon colony, big and Bacillus, Gram negative + + Pseudomonas fluorescens GP4C2, GP3A1, GP3Y2 flat. Water and Pseudomonas putida Fishes Young, round and shiny GT2, GP3P3 Bacillus, Gram negative + + Aeromonas hydrophila colony. GY1 (GP1A, GP1C2, GP2T1, Serratia liquefaciens GP3A3, GP5A1, GP5A3, P6A) Round colony of medium Serratia ficaria Bacillus, Gram negative + - (GP1C3, GP3P1) size. Serratia marcescens GP5P Serratia plymuthica Coccobacillus, Gram GP1Y, GP6M Invasive brown colony + + Photobacterium damselae negative GP2A2, GP3A3 Yellow colony, mucous. Bacillus, Gram negative + - Pantoea spp Fishes GP3A4, GP3Y1 Brown and rund colony. Bacillus, Gram negative + - Klebsiella pneumoniae ssp ozaenae Diffuse colony, tablecloth Bacillus, Gram negative GP3P4 + - Proteus mirabilis aspect. Totale 37 13+ 5+ 8- 13 genres/ 18 espèces

Determination of antibiotic resistance Oxacillin, Ticarcillin and Cephalotin, whereas 1 to 6 strains were resistant to Neomycin, Ceftriaxon, An antibiogram was carried out for the 37 isolated Tobramycin and Kanamycin. However, no resistance strains against 20 molecules representing different was found against Streptomycin. antibiotic families. The resistance frequencies are High antibiotic resistance rates were noted in our shown in table 3. study, particularly for β-lactam antibiotics and exceed The antibiogram of the 37 bacterial strains of the those observed in clinical settings. It has been shown Guenitra dam showed considerable resistance to the that environmental microbes (non-pathogenic or tested antibiotics, especially for β-lactams, as shown in opportunistic pathogens) are often more antibiotic the histogram above. Indeed, Cefpirom and Ceftazidim resistant than pathogens; therefore, their role as have the highest resistance frequencies (35/37 strains) providers of resistance genes is under consideration followed by Cloxacillin and Ampicillin (31/37 strains). (Witte, 2000; Kümmerer, 2004). As well, 29 and 28 strains were resistant to Amoxicillin,

Citation: BOUMERDASSI H., DJOUADI L.N., OUAR-KORICHI M. and NATECHE F., Diversity of Ichthyopathogenic Bacteria in a Like Ecosystem in Northeastern Algeria, In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 22-27. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 26 Diversity of Ichthyopathogenic Bacteria in a Like Ecosystem in Northeastern Algeria

Table 3 Antibiotic resistance frequencies. Number of resistant Antibiotic Code isolates / 37 isolates Cloxacillin CX (1 μg) 31 Oxacilline OX (5 μg) 28 Pénicillins Ampicillin AMP (10μg) 31 Amoxicillin AX (25 μg) 29 Ticarcillin TI (75 μg) 28 Béta-Lactamins Céfaclor CJ (30 μg) 32 Cephalotin CEP (30 μg) 28 Cefotaxim CTX 18 Céphalosporins Cefpirom CFP (30 μg) 35 Ceftazidim CAZ (30 μg) 35 Ceftriaxon CTR (30 μg) 6 Neomycin N (30 μg) 2 Streptomycin S (25 μg) 0 Aminosids Tobramycin TOB (30 μg) 1 Kanamycin K (30 μg) 2 Macrolids Spiramycin SR (100 μg) 12 Tétracyclins Oxytétracyclin O (30 μg) 12 Rifamycins Rifampicin RIF (5 μg) 10 Streptogramins Virginamycin VI (15 μg) 12 Novobiocine Novobiocin NV (30 μg) 13

Our results are in agreement with previous studies 4. Conclusion that have reported high rates of resistance to β-lactam antibiotics in aquatic environments. Indeed, Alouache et This study proves that water and fishes of Guenitra al. (2012) reported resistance rates varying from 26.4% dam shelter ichtyopathogenic bacterial communities to 97% whereas Djouadi (2016) pointed out 86.4% and presenting an important rate of resistance to antibiotics. 84.5% for Oxacilline and Penicilline, respectively. Hence, there is a certain need to control this habitat in This remarkable resistance to β-lactam antibiotics order to allow growth and healthy flow of dam fishes. can be explained by the fact that these molecules are widely prescribed as they possess a broad spectrum. References Their overuse has certainly led to the selection of Alouache, S., Kada, M., Messai, Y., Estepa, V., Torres, C., and resistant bacteria that have spread in our ecosystems. Bakouri, R., Antibiotic Resistance and Extended-Spectrum β- An increasing number of bacteria are described as Lactamases in Isolated Bacteria from Seawater of Algiers Beaches (Algeria), Microbes and Environments, 27 (1) (2012): resistant to beta-lactams, mainly by the production of 80-86. https://doi.org/10.1264/jsme2.ME11266 beta-lactamatase, an enzyme often encoded by Austin, B., and Austin, D.A., (1999). Bacterial fish pathogens: disease transferable genetic elements (Riccio et al., 2000; of farmed and wild fish. 3rd edition. Springer and Praxis Publishing Ltd., Chichester, UK. Thomson and Smith, 2000). Thus, resistance to Austin, B., and Austin, D.A., (2007). Bacterial fish pathogens: disease antibiotics is not only transmitted vertically during of farmed and wild fish. 4th edition. Springer and Praxis Publishing Ltd., Chichester, UK. multiplication from a bacterium to its descendent but Belayachi, D.A., and Belhadj Amara, K., (2014). Etude de l'intérêt de can also be acquired by horizontal gene transfers among Dunaliella sauna (micro-algue halophile) sur la culture de I'Artémie en Oranie. Mémoire fin d’étude, Opt. Amélioration de phylogenetically distant bacteria. la production végétale. U.A.B.T. Algérie, 122p. Available on URL : http://dspace.univ-tlemcen.dz/handle/112/7338

BOUMERDASSI H. et al. 27

Ben Rabah, S., (2006), « État actuel des ressources en eau dans la Thomson, K., and Smith, M., The new α-lactamases of Gram-negative wilaya de Skikda (essai de synthèse) bilan – gestion – bacteria at the dawn of the new millennium, Microb. Infect., 2 perspective », Mémoire de magister, F.S.T., U. B. M., Annaba, (2000): 1225-1235. 150. Available on URL : https://biblio.univ-annaba.dz/wp- https://doi.org/10.1016/s1286-4579(00)01276-4 content/uploads/2014/06/ETAT-ACTUEL-DES-RESSOURCES- Touati, B., (2010), « Les barrages et la politique hydraulique en EN-EAU-DANS-LA-WILAYA-DE-SKIKDA-ESSAI-DE- Algérie : état, diagnostic et perspectives d’un aménagement SYNTHESE-BILAN-–-GESTI.pdf durable » Thèse, Opt. Aménagement rural, U.M.C. Algérie, Bouamrane, N. D., (2008), « Ecosystèmes aquatiques continentaux : 385p. Available on URL: Contribution à l’étude de la qualité physico-chimique des eaux du http://www.secheresse.info/spip.php?article27182 barrage de Cheurfa (Sig, Mascara) », Mémoire de magistère, Witte, W., Ecological impact of antibiotic use in animals on different F.S., ES-SENIA. Oran. 189. Available on URL : complex microflora: environment, Int. J. Antimicrob. Ag., 14 (4) https://theses.univ-oran1.dz/document/TH2928.pdf (2000): 321–325. CHIHEB, M., (2006). Le développement de l’aquaculture en Algérie. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0924-8579(00)00144-8 Journal de la filière aquacole en France, 18-22. Woo, P.T.K., and Bruno, D.W., (1999). Fish diseases and disorders; Djouadi, L.N., (2016), « Recherche de micro-foyers de Mycobactéries volume 3: viral, bacterial and fungal infections. CABI, non tuberculeuses et d’autres bactéries opportunistes à partir de Publishing, Oxon, UK. 944 p. divers environnements algériens », Thèse, F.S.B., U.S.T.H.B., Alger, 226. Available on URL : http://hdl.handle.net/123456789/5160 FAO., (2016). The State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture 2016. Contributing to food security and nutrition for all. Rome. 200. FAO., (2014). The State of World Fisheries and Aquaculture 2014. Contributing to food security and nutrition for all. Rome. 108. Hamed, M., Guettache, A., Bouamer, L., (2012), “Etude des propriétés physico-chimiques et bactériologiques de l'eau du barrage Djorf-Torba Bechar » Mémoire de fin d'étude. Biol. Opt. : Contrôle de qualité et d'analyse. U.B., Algérie. 69. JEAN-NOËL, S., Bon état des eaux en question en France, N° 25, pp. 1-9 Toulouse 2008. Kadri, F., (2008), « L'aquaculture en Algérie situation et perspective : cas de la région de Ouargla », Mémoire fin d’étude, Sci. Agro. U.K.M.O., Algérie, 90. [HTML version] on URL : https://docplayer.fr/56396400-L-aquaculture-en-algerie-situation- et-prespective-cas-de-la-region-de-ouargla.html Kümmerer, K., Resistance in the environment, J. Antimicrob. Chemother., 54 (2) (2004): 311-320. https://doi.org/10.1093/jac/dkh325 Lopez-Doriga, V., Andrew, C., Barnes Nuno, M. dos Santos, S., and Anthony, E., Ellis, Invasion of fish epithelial cells by Photobacterium damselae subsp. piscicida: evidence for receptor specificity and effect of capsule and serum Microbiology, Printed in Great Britain. 146 (1) (2000): 21–30. https://doi.org/10.1099/00221287-146-1-21 Mecibah, I., (2008), « Les ressources en eau et gestion intégrée du bassin versant d'Oued Guebli (Nord-Est Algérien) », Mémoire de magister. U.B.M.A., Algérie. 178. Available on URL : http://www.secheresse.info/spip.php?article26728 Noga, E.J., (1996). Fish disease, diagnosis and treatment. Mosby, St Louis, Missouri. Ouhmidou, M., Chahlaoui, A., Caractérisation bactériologique des eaux du barrage Hassan Eddakhil (Errachidia-Maroc), Larhyss journal, 22 (2015): 183-196. Available on URL: http://larhyss.net/ojs/index.php/larhyss/article/view/286 Riccio, M., Franceschini, N., Boschi, I., Caravelli, B., Cornaglia, G., Fontana, R., et al., Characterization of the metallo-α lactamase determinant of Acinetobacter baumannii AC-54/97 reveals the existence of bla (IMP) allelic variants carried by gene cassettes of different phylogeny. Antimicrob. Agents. Chemother., 44 (2000): 1229-1235. https://doi.org/10.1128/aac.44.5.1229-1235.2000 Tandjir, A. and Djebar B., Carpiculture au barrage Guenitra (Skikda, Algérie), Sci. and Tech., Vol. 0 (29) (2008): 30-34. https://www.asjp.cerist.dz/en/article/57960 Tandjir, A., and Djebar, B., L'analyse canonique des correspondances appliquée à l'hydrobiologie. Annale de INA El Harrach, 25 (1) (2004): 139-156. Available on URL: https://www.asjp.cerist.dz/en/article/3455

Citation: BOUMERDASSI H., DJOUADI L.N., OUAR-KORICHI M. and NATECHE F., Diversity of Ichthyopathogenic Bacteria in a Like Ecosystem in Northeastern Algeria, In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 22-27. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Assessing Spider Species Richness and Composition in an Agrosystem of Mitidja’s Planes

Samira BOUSEKSOU1,2,* and Ourida KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS2

1University of Algiers Benyoucef Benkhedda, Faculty of Sciences, Natural and Life Sciences Department, 2 Didouche Mourad Street, 16000 Algiers, Algeria. 2Laboratory of Dynamic and Biodiversity, Faculty of Biological Sciences, University of Sciences & Technology Houari Boumediene, BP 32, El Alia, Bab Ezzouar, Algiers- Algeria. Corresponding author : [email protected], [email protected]

Abstract

Spiders are considered as one of the most important invertebrates in agroecosystems. They are predators of crops harmful insects, but their use in biological control requires a thorough study of their environment. To carry out this study, we chose one plot at the Mitidja’s plain, using a pit fall trap. This parcel consists of oilseed rape. Our research also looks at the activity, travel and migration of spiders. For that reason, we defined levels, put pitfall Barber traps from the edge of field to the middle. In total, 1069 adults were collected, they belong to 18 families 49 genera and 73 species. This study shows a high diversity at the edges of crops with fairly stable spider communities. This may be related to the diversity of flora that offers different microhabitats and ecological niches for different spider species. The edges of crops are quite favorable environment unlike to their center where they conduct to the development of some adapted species only. The selection of these areas is based not only on the microclimate and stability but also the richness in prey. Mechanical damage, the denudation of the soil, and all human disturbances often cause the reduction on biodiversity.

Keywords: Spiders; Biodiversity; Composition; Crop; Oilseed rape.

1. Introduction Technical Institute of Great Crops (TIGC) located in Oued Smar at El-Harrach, Algiers, (Figure1) where we The study of the ecology and biodiversity of could define levels from the edge (L0, L1) to the center Spiders is of major interest in science. These Spiders (L2, L3, L4) of culture. are considered a group of high importance invertebrates in agro ecosystems because of their abundance (Morris, 1997; Morris et al., 1999; Nyffeler, 2000a,b; Pantaleoni et al., 2001; Sacchetti, 1990), many studies have shown that this order is an excellent biological control for the detection and evaluation of environmental problems (Kherbouche-Abrous et al., 2008), they are predators of harmful crop insects. To study the possibilities of spiders for biological control requires first a good knowledge of the ecology and population dynamics of the species (Alderweireldt, 1993; Nyffeler & Benz, 1987; Marc & Canard, 1997; Hagen et al., 1999; Marc et al., 1999). Our work is to study the Spider richness and composition in an agro ecosystem of Mitidja’s planes.

Study of biotope

We chose a large plot of "oilseed rape: Brassica napus", named (OR), in the experimental station of the

BOUSEKSOU S. and KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS O. 29

TIGC

(OR)

Figure 1: Localization of the agroecosystem of oilseed rape (OR) at the Technical Institute of Great Crops (TIGC) of Oued Smar (study area) in northern Algeria (source Uma).

2. Material and Methods

The biological material was captured with Barber trap (Figure2).

Figure 2: Making pitfall traps.

Citation: BOUSEKSOU S. and KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS O., Assessing Spider Species Richness and Composition in an Agrosystem of Mitidja’s Planes, In. ICAPC5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, Nov. 03-05, 2017, pp. 28-31. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC5/Art_06_ICAPC5 30 Assessing Spider Species Richness and Composition in an Agrosystem of Mitidja’s Planes

3. Results and discussion E 3.1. Analytical study of biological material collected The results of study show that the Order of the Mites is the most dominant followed by the Spiders and Opiliones and finally the order of Pseudoscorpions (Table 1).

Table 1 Rate of different Orders of Arachnids. Figure 4: Study of diversity by Shannon-Weaver index (H ') and Sites OR OR OR OR OR Rate Total Evenness (E) in rape field. Orders L0 L1 L2 L3 L4 (%)

Opilions 39 74 71 841 124 1149 25.84 4. Conclusion Mites 224 315 370 306 570 1785 40.14

Pseudo- 3 4 0 4 21 32 0.72 scorpions The study of biodiversity and the ecology of Spiders 263 270 296 278 374 1481 33.30 Araneae reveal that these species would move in sites Total 529 663 737 1429 1089 4447 100,00 where preys are more frequent. Mechanical damage, the denudation of the ground, and all human disturbances

often cause reducing their need for food and hence the A total of 1481 individuals were collected: 782 reduction in biodiversity. However, populations are males (53%), 287 females (19%) and 412 juveniles annually Spiders can recolonize very rapidly fields and (28%) (Figure 3). Three families are mainly breed. represented: Linyphiidae, Gnaphosidae and Lycosidae.

Only mature individuals (1069 adults) were taken into References consideration for specific richness. These spiders belong to 18 families, 49 genera and 73 species. Alderweireldt M., 1993: Fluctuation seasonal activity of spiders in

fields of corn and Italian ryegrass. Wnsbr. Belg. Arachnol. Ver., 8: 32-43. Hagen K.S., Mills N.J., Gordh G. & Mc murtry J.A., 1999: Terrestrial arthropod predators of insects and mite pests. In: Bellows, T.S., Fisher, T.W. (Eds.), Principles of Biological Control. Academic Press, San Diego, USA: 383-503. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978- 012257305-7/50063-1 Kherbouche-Abrous O. Beladjal L. & Maelfait J.P., 2008 : « Ecologie et biodiversité des aranéides (Arachnides, Arthropodes) dans les cédraies du Parc National de Djurdjura (Algérie) ». Actes du

congrès International sur la diversité biologique des Invertébrés en milieux agricoles et forestiers, ENSA (ex. INA), El- Harrach Figure 3: Abundance of spiders (male, female and juvenile) in oilseed Alger,14-17 avril 2008: 205-218 rape field. Marc P. & Canard A. &Ysnel, F., Spiders (Araneae) useful for pest Study of diversity limitation and Bioindication. Agriculture, Ecosystems & Species diversity calculated with Shannon-Weaver Environment, 74 (1-3) (1999): 229-273. http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/S0167-8809(99)00038-9 (H') and evenness (E) varied between 2.72 and Marc P. & Canard A., Maintaining spider biodiversity in 2.93 bits/ind, respectively for ORL4 (center) et ORL0 agroecosystems as a tool in pest control. Agriculture, Ecosystems (edge). The diversity gradually decreases with and Environment, 62 (2-3) (1997): 229-235. increasing distance from the edge to the center field. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-8809(96)01133-4 Morris T. Symondson W.O.C. Kidd N.A.C. & Campos M., Las arañas The evenness value is higher due to the high abundance y suincidenciasobre Prays oleaeen el olivar, Boletìn Sanidad of some particular species (Figure4). Vegetal Plagas, 25 (1999): 475-489. Available on URL: https://www.mapa.gob.es/ministerio/pags/Biblioteca/Revistas/pdf _plagas%2FBSVP-25-04-475-489.pdf

BOUSEKSOU S. and KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS O. 31

Morris, T., 1997: “Interrelaciones entre olivos, plagas y depredadores”. Ph.D. Thesis. University of Granada, Granada. Espania. Available on URL: https://digibug.ugr.es/handle/10481/37574 Nyffeler & M. Benz G., Spiders in natural pest control: a review, Journal of Applied Entomolology, 103 (1-5) (1987): 321-339. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1439-0418.1987.tb00992.x Nyffeler M., Ecological impact of spider predation: a critical assessment of Bristow’s and Turnbull’s estimates. Bull. Br. Arachnol. Soc., 11 (9) (2000a): 367–373. Available on URL: https://www.conservation.unibas.ch/team/nyffeler/pdf/nyffeler20 00bas.pdf Nyffeler M., Killing power of the orb-weaving spider Argiope bruennichi (Scopoli, 1772) during a mass occurrence. Newslett. Br. Arachnol. Soc., 89 (2000b): 11–12. Available on URL: https://conservation.unibas.ch/team/nyffeler/pdf/nyffeler2000nba. pdf Pantaleoni R.A. Lentini A. & Delrio G., 2001: Lacewings in Sardinian olive groves. In: McEwen, P.K., New, T.R., Whittington, A.E. Ed. Lacewings in the Crop Environment. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, pp. 435-446. Sacchetti P., Osservazioni sull'attività e sulla bioetologia degli entomofagi di Prays oleae (Bern.) in Toscana. I. I predatori. Redia, 73 (1) (1990): 243-259. Available on URL: https://www.cabdirect.org/cabdirect/abstract/19911154537

Citation: BOUSEKSOU S. and KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS O., Assessing Spider Species Richness and Composition in an Agrosystem of Mitidja’s Planes, In. ICAPC5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, Nov. 03-05, 2017, pp. 28-31. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC5/Art_06_ICAPC5 The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Distribution of Brachionidae Family in Six Algerian Dams

Nassima DOUKHANDJI1,*, Soumia HAMIL2, Ghiles SMAOUNE1 and Abdeslem ARAB1.

1Laboratory Dynamics and Biodiversity - University of Science and Technology Houari Boumediene; 2Laboratory of Animal Eco-Biology - Upper Normal School of Kouba Bachir El Ibrahimi Corresponding author: [email protected]

ABSTRACT

The objective of this present study is to inventory the species belonging to the family of Brachionidae and their repartitions through six lakes of dams in Algeria. The latter belongs all to the subhumid bioclimatic floor to warm winter. For this purpose, we carried out 4 seasonal samplings during the year 2014-2015. The results obtained have a total of 10 species: 7 of the genus Keratella, 2 of the genus Brachionus and one species of the genus Notholca. The three species K. Quadrata, K. Tropica and K. Cochlearis have a wide repartition. They are present in 5 dam lakes. Whereas B. angularis, B. leydigii and K. lenzi are found only in one dam. From an abundance point of view, the species K. Cochlearis. var hispida comes in first position with 44.18% of the total number of individuals followed by the species K. Tropica with 36.10%. The most diversified dams are those of Zardezas and Beni Amrane. They host 7 and 6 species respectively. contrary the Zit Emba dam, that harbors only one species. The study of the Physico-chemical quality of these dam water shows a quality that varies from one season to another, from one medium to another and from one parameter to another.

Key words: Keratella; Notholca; Limnic system; Freshwater.

1. Introduction: nationally and globally. For this purpose, we will try to bring to readers' knowledge a small part of this Rotifera is important group of fish-food organisms biological diversity of the rotifer’s fauna of and an integral component of aquatic food-webs, in Brachionidae family. For Ayoagui and Bonecker particular (Sharma and Sharma, 2015). He is a Phylum (2004), this family is usually represented by a large of primary freshwater Metazoa containing two major number of species belonging to the genus Brachionus groups: the heterogonic Monogononta and the and Keratella. exclusively parthenogenetic Bdelloidea (Segers, 2008). Rotifers play a pivotal role in many freshwater 2. Material and Methods ecosystems. They are ubiquitous, occurring in almost all types of freshwater habitat, from large permanent lakes 2.1. Study area to small temporary puddles, and interstitial and capillary water; from acidic mining lakes to natron The six dams in our study are located in the lakes and the open ocean, from hyperoligotropic Alpine Northeast of Algeria. The dams of Guenitra (G), lakes to sewage ponds. They commonly occur in Zardezas (Zr) and Zit Emba (Zb) are located in the densities up to 1 000 individuals per liter, and are wilaya of Skikda and the dams of Hamiz (Hz), Keddara important filter-feeders on algae and bacteria. Their (Kd) and Beni Amrane (Ba) in the wilaya of 1 ubiquity and abundance explain their standing as one of Boumerdes (Figure 1). The geographic coordinates and the three main groups of freshwater zooplankton in the water courses supplying these dams are summarized limnological studies, together with the ‘Cladocera’ in the table. I (Anomopoda) and Copepoda, and as organisms used in mass aquaculture (Segers, 2008). They are permanently and obligatorily connected to aquatic habitats in all active stages, only their resting stages are drought- resistant. Rotifers are the most important live food organisms for use as starter food for rearing small fish larvae (Watanabe et al., 1983). Algeria by its large superficy has a high level of biodiversity which unfortunately remained little known 1 Province

DOUKHANDJI N. et al. 33

Figure 1: Locations of the study sites in Algeria

Table I The geographical coordinates and the watercourses feeding the sites studied Barrage Geographical coordinates watercourses Guenitra Altitude: 173 m, Wadi Fessa Latitude: 36°42'48''N Longitude: 06°38'04''E Zardezas Altitude: 190 m, Wadi Saf Latitude: 36°35'18''N Longitude: 06°54'00''E Zit Emba Altitude: 217 m, Wadi Hamman Latitude: 36°40'51''N Longitude: 07°18'27''E Hamiz Altitude: 167 m, Wadi El Had, Latitude: 36°36'03''N Wadi Hamiz Longitude: 03°21'07''E Wadi Djemaa Keddara Altitude: 149 m, Wadi Keddara, Latitude: 36°39'01''N Wadi El Had Longitude: 03°25'01''E Wadi Isser Beni Amrane Altitude: 78 m, Wadi Isser Latitude: 36°40'11''N Longitude: 03°36'30''E

2.2. Sampling and Methodology Shiel, 1995). We used a bottle with a capacity of 1.5 liter. Five physico-chemical variables were measured in Plankton samples were collected seasonally situ (temperature, pH, conductivity, salinity and between spring 2014 and winter 2015, using a 50 micro dissolved oxygen by a multiparameter analyser of the meters mesh net. Samples were fixed in 5% formalin type WTW 340i). solution. Rotifers were identified using conventional light microscopy and appropriate identification keys (Pourriot and Francez, 1986; Koste and Shiel, 1987;

Citation: DOUKHANDJI N., HAMIL S., SMAOUNE G. and ARAB A., Distribution of Brachionidae Family in Six Algerian Dams, In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 32-37. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5

34 Assessing Spider Species Richness and Composition in an Agrosystem of Mitidja’s Planes

3. Results from 19.5 to 21.1°C, dissolved oxygen from 6.8 to 8.3 mg.L-1, pH from 7.8 to 8.4, conductivity from 686.3 3.1. Abiotic variables to 1289.7 µs.cm-1, Salinity from 0 to 0.4 psu. (Table II).

The results of physical and chemical parameters measured in localities of study, as follows: Temperature

Table II Physico-chemical characteristics of the sites studied Variable: Beni Amrane Guenitra Hamiz Keddara Zit Emba Zardezas Mean 19.5 20.0 19.9 20.2 19.5 21.1 Water temperature (°C) Sd 7.4 6.2 6.3 6.9 4.7 6.1 Mean 6.8 7.8 8.3 8.2 7.5 7.5 Dissolved oxygen (mg.L-1) Sd 1.2 2.1 1.6 1.3 2.2 2.5 Mean 8.0 8.1 8.3 8.4 7.8 7.9 pH Sd 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.3 0.4 0.3 Electrical Mean 1 289.7 539.3 819.3 980.3 686.3 710.3 conductivity (μs.cm-1) Sd 393.7 72.0 72.1 78.9 59.2 66.7 Mean 0.4 0.0 0.2 0.3 0.1 0.1 Salinity (psu) Sd 0.2 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1

3.2. Biotic variables List of Brachionidae family species in six Algerian dams: The results obtained have a total of 10 species: 7 of Class: Monogononta Plate, 1889 the genus Keratella, 2 of the genus Brachionus and one Ordre: Ploimida Hudson et Gosse, 1886 species of the genus Notholca. From an abundance Famille: Brachionidae Ehrenberg, 1838 point of view, the species K. Cochlearis. var hispida comes in first position with 44.18% of the total number • Brachionus angularis angularis Gosse, 1851: of individuals followed by the species K. Tropica with Syn: Brachionus daitojimensis Sudzuki, 1992 36.10% (Tab. III). The list of Brachionidae family Syn: Brachionus donghuensis Sudzuki and Huang, 1997 includes the names of species, synonyms according to Syn: Brachionus lyratus yonaguniensis Sudzuki, 1992 Segers (2007), geographical distribution (with the Syn: Brachionus minimus Bartsch, 1877 following abbreviations: AFR for Afrotropical region, Syn: Brachionus morondavaensis Sudzuki, 1998 ANT for Antarctic region, AUS for Australian region, Syn: Brachionus papuanus Daday, 1897 NEA for Nearctic region, NEO for Neotropical region, Syn: Brachionus pseudokeikoa Sudzuki, 1992 ORI for Oriental region, PAC for Pacific region, and Syn: Brachionus pyriformis Sudzuki and Huang, 1997 PAL for Palearctic region). Syn: Brachionus syennensis Schmarda, 1859

Table 3 Syn: Brachionus testudo Herberg, 1853 Brachionidae family species dominance Brachionus quadridentatus Hermann, 1783 species Dominance% Geographical distribution: AFR, AUS, NEA, NEO, Brachionus angularis Gosse. 1851: 0.48 ORI, PAL Brachionus leydigii Cohn. 1862 4.28 Loc. {Zr} Keratella Cochlearis (Gosse. 1851) 4.20 Keratella Cochlearis. var hispida (Lauterborn. • Brachionus leydigii leydigii Cohn, 1862 44.18 1900) Syn: Brachionus quadratus Rousselet, 1889 K. tecta sp. 0.81 Syn: Brachionus quadratus tridentatus Zernov, 1901 Keratella tecta (Gosse. 1851) 7.67 Geographical distribution: AFR, AUS, ORI, PAL Keratella Quadrata Quadrata O.F. Muller. 1786 1.86 Loc. {Zr} Keratella tropica (Apstein. 1907) 36.11 • Keratella Cochlearis Cochlearis (Gosse, 1851) Keratella lenzi Hauer. 1953 0.08 Notholca squamula (Müller. 1786) 0.32

DOUKHANDJI N. et al. 35

Syn: Anuraea Cochlearis recurvispina Jägerskiöld, Geographical distribution: AFR, ANT, AUS, NEA, 1894 NEO, ORI, PAL Syn: Anuraea stipitata Ehrenberg, 1838 Loc. {Ba, Zr}. Geographical distribution: AFR, ANT, AUS, NEA, NEO, ORI, PAL 4. Discussion

Loc. {Ba, G, Hz, Kd, Zb} Water temperature affirmed sub-tropical nature of • Keratella Cochlearis. var hispida (Lauterborn, the sampled ecosystems concurrent with their 1900) geographical location (Sharma and Sharma, 2015). Syn: Keratella Cochlearis (Gosse, 1851) According to the results obtained and for SEQ-EAU2 Syn: Anuraea Cochlearis Gosse, 1851 2014, the quality dam water is bad for the keddara dam Syn: Keratella Cochlearis Cochlearis (Gosse, 1851) in summer and very good in winter for all the dams. Geographical distribution: AFR, ANT, AUS, NEA, Rotifers have a wide range of tolerance for extreme NEO, ORI, PAL. temperatures (Ahlstrom, 1933). The preferred Loc. {Ba, G, Hz, Kd} temperature for the same rotifer species is different from one region to another. For example, K. Tropica is • Keratella tecta (Gosse, 1851) found in Spain with an interval between 18.5 and Geographical distribution: AFR, AUS, NEA, NEO, 24.5°C (De Manuel 2000) While in Australy between 8 ORI, PAL and 35°C (Koste and Shiel, 1987a). The oxygen water Loc. {Ba, G, Kd} quality of our study environments is between average, • Keratella tecta sp. good to very good. This is considered as a condition of Loc. {Hz, Zr} a favorable environment for the development of rotifer fauna, as some species tolerate low oxygen • Keratella Quadrata Quadrata O.F. Muller, 1786 concentration less than 3 mg/L (Chang and Hanazato, Syn: Anuraea aculeata Ehrenberg, 1832 2004). DO affects the abundance of zooplankton Syn: Keratella Quadrata neali Berzins, 1961 (Sulehria and Malik, 2012). The pH values were Syn: Keratella Quadrata valgoides Edmonson and slightly alkaline. It depends to the geological nature of Hutchinson, 1934 Thailand’s crossed by the water, as well as external Geographical distribution: AFR, AUS, NEA, NEO, inputs (Parrinet et al., 2000). These values exceed ORI, PAL. slightly the preferred upper limit for these metazoans; Loc. {Ba, G, Hz, Kd, Zr} because, Rotifer communities prefer pH between 6.5 • Keratella tropica (Apstein, 1907) and 8.5 (Neschuk et al. 2009), but there are exceptions Syn: Anuraea tropica Apstein, 1907 like K. Cochlearis Cochlearis that prefers a pH between Syn: Keratella Quadrata valga asymmetrica Ueno, 4.2 and 8.8. This species has been found in the dam of 1938 hamiz with a pH that is equal to 8.74. Based on the pH, Syn: Anuraea valga var. tropica Apstein, 1907 the water in their lakes is of very good quality Geographical distribution: AFR, AUS, NEA, NEO, according to the SEQ-EAU (2014). In general, the ORI, PAL range of the electric conductivity of naturel freshwater Loc. {Ba, G, Hz, Kd, Zr} lakes is of 0.1 to 0.5 ms/cm à 25 (Schultze, 2013). Which explains the strong mineralisation of the three • Keratella lenzi Hauer, 1953 dams: Beni Amrane, Keddara and Hamiz. Though, a Geographical distribution: AFR, NEA, NEO, ORI moderate electrical conductivity (about 40 μS.cm-1) can Loc. {Zr} favor the growth and even the dominance of rotifers (Toledo et al. 2003; Hulyal and Kaliwal 2007). • Notholca squamula (Müller, 1786) The three species K. Quadrata Quadrata, K. Syn: Brachionus squamula Müller, 1786 Tropica and K. Cochlearis Cochlearis have a wide Syn: Notholca lapponica Ruttner Kolisko, 1966 Syn: Notholca striata striata frigida Rylov, 1922 2 [In French] « Le Système d'Évaluation de la Qualité de l'eau »

36 Assessing Spider Species Richness and Composition in an Agrosystem of Mitidja’s Planes

repartition. They are present in 5 dam lakes, because for De Manuel (2000) et (Koste and Shiel, 1987a) they are cosmopolite species. References From an abundance point of view, the species K. Ahlstrom, E. H., A revision of the rotatorian genus Keratella with Cochlearis. var hispida comes in first position with description of three new species and five new varieties. Bull. Am. 44.18% of the total number of individuals followed by Mus. Nat. Hist., 80 (1943): 411-457. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00048912 the species K. Tropica with 36.10%. According to Ayoagui, A.S.M. and Bonecker, C.C., Rotifers in different Ahlstrom (1943), the first species is cosmopolite. it is environments of the upper Parana River floodplain (Brazil): richness, abundance and the relationship to probably the most frequent rotifer through the world. It connectivity. Hydrobiologia, 522 (2004): 281-290. feeds on algae and bacteria (De Beauchamp, 1965; https://doi.org/10.1023/B:HYDR.0000029980.49859.40 Boon, P.I. and Shiel, R.J. (1990). Grazing on bacteria by zooplankton Boon and Shiel, 1990; Pourriot and Meybeck, 1995) Its in Australian billabongs. Mar . HYPERLINK presence is linked to pollution (Braioni and Gelmini, "http://www.publish.csiro.au/journals/mfr/index.html" 1983; Koste and Shiel, 1987b). But this link seems to HYPERLINK "http://www.publish.csiro.au/journals/mfr/index.html"Freshwater depend of the mineralisation of the environment Res., 41:247-257. (Margalef et al., 1976). This species has been reported Braioni, M.G. and Gelmini, G. (1983). Rotiferi Monogononti. Fauna d’Italia. Calderini, Bologna. 180pp. for the first time in the dam of Keddara by Hamaidi- Chang, K. and Hanazato, T., Diel vertical migrations of invertebrate Chergui et al. 2013. While for the second is very predators (Leptodora kindtii, Thermocyclops taihokuensis, and Mesocyclops sp.) in a shallow, eutrophic lake. Hydrobiologia, widespread in tropical freshwaters, extending into sub- 528 (2004): 249-259. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10750-004-3952-x tropical areas in the summer (Green, 1980). It is the De Beauchamp, P. (1965). Classe des Rotifères. Pp 1225-1379 In : P. most abundant during the summer season. This same Pierre GRASSE (eds). Traité de zoologie, Anatomie, systématique, Biologie. Masson and Cie, Paris. species had marked peaks in abundance in summer in De Manuel Barrabin, J, The rotifers of Spanish reservoirs: ecological, Foum El Gherza dam in Algeria (Doukhandji and Arab, systematical and zoogeographical remarks. Limnetica, 19 (2000): 91-167. http://www.limnetica.com/es/rotifers-spanish-reservoirs- 2017) ecological-systematical-and-zoogeographical-remarks Koste and Shiel (1987b), consider N. squamula as Doukhandji, N. and Arab, A., The spatio-temporal distribution of rotifers in a dam in a saharan climate region (Foum el Gherza, special in its gender, it is not found only in the water Algeria). Rev. Écol. (Terre Vie), 72 (2017): 168-176. above 15°C. In our study it is present during the winter http://hdl.handle.net/2042/62077 Green, J., Asymmetry and variation in Keratella Tropica. season. Its presence in the two dams Beni Amrane and Hydrobiologia, 73 (1980): 241-248. Zardezas can be linked to its favorite food of Diatoms https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00019454 (Braioni and Gelmini, 1983). Hamaidi-Chergui, F., Hamaidi, M. S., Errahmani, M. B. and BENOUAKLIL, F., Studies on biodiversity of rotifer in five We have found that most of the species present in artificial lakes in Algeria: systematical and zoogeographical Beni Amrane and Hamiz dams are also present in the remarks, Kragujevac J. Sci., 35 (2013): 115-138. https://www.pmf.kg.ac.rs/KJS/images/volumes/vol35/kjs35chergi Keddara dam because this lake receives an excessive uhamaidi115.pdf water from those latter. Hulyal, S. B. and Kaliwal, B. B., Water quality assessment of Almatti reservoir of Bijarpur (Karnataka State, India) with special reference to zooplankton. Environ. Monit. Assess, 139 (2007): 5. Conclusion 29-306. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10661-007-9835-7 Kost, W. and Shiel, R. J., Rotifera from Australian Inland Waters. II. Epiphanidae and Brachionidae (Rotifera: Monogononta), Invert. The knowledge of the rotifer species in Algeria is Taxon., 7 (1987a): 949-1021. https://doi.org/10.1071/IT9870949 very limited. The present study allowed us to update the Koste, W. and Shiel, R.J., Tasmanian rotifera: Affinities with the rotifers list of Brachionidae family and their distribution Australian fauna. Hydrobiologia., 47 (1987b): 31-43. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00025723 through 6 dams in Algeria. In order to acquire and Margalef, R., Planas, D., Armengol, J., Vidal, A., Prat, N, Guiset, enrich our knowledge of rotifer biocoenosis, it is A., Toja, J. and Estrada, M., (1976). Limnologia de los embalses españoles. Dir. Gral. Obras Hidráulicas, Ministerio de Obras necessary to make further sampling at other sites and to Públicas. Public n.123. Madrid. 85pp. ISBN 84-500-2099-9 study all species of this fauna. Neschuk, N., Claps, M. and Gabellone, N., Planktonic rotifers of a saline-lowland river: the Salado River (Argentina). Ann. Limnol. Int. J. Lim., 38 (2009): 191-198. https://doi.org/10.1051/limn/2002017 Parinet, B., Alhout, B., Leguebe, M. and Gbongue, A. (2000). Etude analytique et statistique d’un système lacustre soumis à divers processus d’eutrophisation. Rev. Sci. Eau, 13 : 237-267. https://doi.org/10.7202/705393ar

DOUKHANDJI N. et al. 37

Pourriot, R. and Francez, A.J., Introduction pratique à la systématique http://ij-aquaticbiology.com/index.php/ijab/article/view/109 des organismes des eaux continentales français. Rotifères, Bull. Shiel, R.J. (1995). A guide to identification of rotifers, cladocerans Mens. Soc. Linn. Lyon, 5 (1986): 1-37. [HTML] and copepods from Australian Inland water. CRCFE Ident. Guide https://www.persee.fr/doc/linly_0366- 3 Albury.144pp. https://www.mdfrc.org.au/bugguide/resources/3- 1326_1986_num_55_5_10760 1995-Shiel-Guide_to_Rotifera_Cladocera_Copepoda.pdf Pourriot, R. and Meybeck, M. (1995). Limnologie générale. Masson. Sulehria, A.Q.K. and Malik, M.A., Population dynamics of planktonic Paris, 947pp. Rotifers in Balloki Headworks, Pakistan J. Zool., 44 (2012): 663- Schultze, M. (2013). Limnology of Pit Lakes. Pp 23-224 in: W. 669. http://zsp.com.pk/pdf44/663-669%20_7_%20PJZ-561- Geller, M. Schultze, B. Kleinmann and C. Wolkersdorfer (eds). 11%20NEW%20Balloki-Seas- Acidic Pit Lakes. Springer. VarComments%20on%20Revision-1.pdf Segers, H., Annotated checklist of the rotifers (Phylum Rotifera), with Système d’évaluation de la Qualité de l’eau (SEQ-EAU) (2014). notes on nomenclature, taxonomy and distribution. Zootaxa, 1564 Normes qualité des eaux de masses d’eaux naturelles. (2007): 1-104. Toledo, J. J., Castro, J. G. D., Santos, K. F., Farias, R. A., HACON, S. https://www.mapress.com/zootaxa/2007f/zt01564p104.pdf and SMERMANN, W., Evaluation of environmental impacts Segers, H, Global diversity of rotifers (Rotifera) in freshwater. caused by the effluents of fish-farming tanks in the Pisciculture Hydrobiologia, 595 (2008): 49–59 Station at Alta Floresta, MT, Rev. Prog. Ciên. Agr-Amb. Alta https://doi.org/10.1007/s10750-007-9003-7 Floresta, Portuguese, 2 (2003): 13-31. Sharma, B. K. and Sharma, S., Biodiversity of freshwater rotifers Watanabe, T., C. Kitajima and S. Fujita, (1983). ―Nutritional values (Rotifera: Eurotatoria) of Mizoram, Northeast India: composition, of live organisms used in japan for mass propagation of fish: a new records and interesting features, Intl. J. Aquat. Biol. 3 review. Aquaculture 34: 115–143. (2015): 301-313. https://doi.org/10.1016/0044-8486(83)90296-X

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Impact of the Treatment Plant on the Variation of Abundance and Diversity of Wildlife Spatiotemporal Pests and their Auxiliaries in some Cultures

Warda ESSERHANE, Soumia HAMIL and Mounia BAHA

Ecole normale supérieur des enseignants Kouba Alger- Algérie Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

The agrosystem is simplified in favor of one or a few crops; the medium is thus highly unbalanced. Naturally, plants and animals will recolonize it, so, it is in these groups that are classified as weeds and crop pissoir study consists in the evaluation the effects of the use of two active ingredients, chemical (Lambda-cyhalothrine) and biological (Spinosad)at the homologated dose and at the half-dose applied to the entomofaune associated with different crops at the level of private farms located in Mitidja. The comparative study of the two products shows that they have the capacity to control the pullulations of pests at the homologated dose. The spectrum of activity of Spinosad of Spinosad is limited compared to Lambda-cyhalothrine. Spinosad has an important toxicity on lepidoptera, diptera and Thysanoptera, while it is neutral on homoptera. As for the Lambda cyhalothine, it shows an efficacity on all species associated with citrus growing. The half-dose of two active ingredients demonstrates a regulatory efficacity on pests which is lower than that of the homologated dose. There is a rapid recovery of biotic activity following the increase in the population.

Keywords: Lambda-cyhalothrine; Spinosad; Aphide, Toxicity; Homologated dose

1. Introduction 3. Presentation of the experimental dispositive

Pesticides, especially insecticides, can have a major Our experimentation took place on two different impact on beneficial insects, including on pollinators cultures (an orange orchard and a tomato crop with a and predatory insects that feed on other insects. 150 tomatoes plant and 40 Thomson trees. At the national level, although a significant The experimental dispositive is illustrated in figure percentage as for biological control, its place is still 1. Our observations made with a daily frequency for very weak, of farmers already has some knowledge each unit, we selected four trees at random, and for each about the existence of auxiliary fauna as biological tree we collected four leaves: two leaves to the south control is difficult to establish in most cases of pest and two leaves to the north of the fronds. These attacks and because of delicate control techniques observations allow us to followed the abundance of (GUETTALA, 2009). aphids and ladybugs

2. Materials and Methods

The first study station of parcel of tomatoes is located at Benchabane, at 7 Km north of Boufarik1, spread out over 5 hectares of area. The second citrus station is located on the left side of the Oued El Alleug- Guergour road, at 11 Km west of the town of Oued El Alleug in Blida. Which spans 10 hectares of area?

1 In Blida province

This is an open access article distributed under the Creative Commons Attribution License CC-BY, which permits

unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.

ESSERHANE W. et al. 39

Figure 1. Experimental stations of the study

chemical product (Lambda-cyhalothrine) applied to their homologated dose and on half-doses. An ecotoxicological aspect is highlighted by a comparative study of the effect of these active ingredients on the different trophic groups as well as the responses of the different functional groups of the half dose of these active ingredients. Our results show that Lambda-cyhalothrine has a toxic effect on residual populations of aphids in

homologated dose, and an effect that is moderately Figure 02: Evaluation of the effect of the chemical and biological toxic for half-dose, in contrary of the Spinosad which treatments on the trophic groups of the orange showed a neutral effect in dose and half dose Bourgeois et al. (2007), show that an application of lambda-cyhalothrine can reduce the aphid population to a 95%, and an increase in soybean yield of 7.3%. It can be said that Lambda-cyhalothrin at homologated dose has a high efficacity for 16 days in the regularization of the aphid’s population. On the other hand, the Spinosad showed a neutral effect on this population. In contrast, the half-dose of Spinosad does not have a regulatory effect on this population. According to Rochefort et al (2006), Spinosad is very toxic on bees when exposed to direct spraying; the toxicity of two products on Bees is due to the mode of Figure 03: Evaluation of the Effect of the Chemical and Biological Treatments on Trophic Groups of Tomato penetration. The two active ingredients act by contact

DL: dose Lambda-cyhalothrine, DDL: half-dose of Lambda-cyhalothrine, DT: dose of and ingestion. It can be hypothesized that both products Spinosad, DDT: half-dose of Spinosad. are toxic in homologated doses on bees. The half dose of lambda-cyhalothrine having also a toxic effect on 4. Results and discussion this population. The toxicity gradient ranges from the

dose of Lambda-cyhalothrine, followed by the dose of We have tried in this study to shed light on the Spinosad, then the half dose of Lambda-cyhalothrin and efficacity of a biological product (Spinosad) and a

Citation: ESSERHANE W., BAHA M. and HALIM S., Impact of the Treatment Plant on the Variation of Abundance and Diversity of Wildlife Spatiotemporal Pests and their Auxiliaries in some Cultures, In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 38-40. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 40 Impact of the Treatment Plant on the Variation of Abundance and Diversity of Wildlife Spatiotemporal Pests and their Auxiliaries in some Cultures

finally the half-dose of Spinosad which has a weak effect.

5. Conclusion

In this study, we tried to understand the effectiveness the efficacity of two active ingredients, one based on a synthetic pyrethroid the Lambda- cyhalothrine, the other biological Spinosad. The ecotoxicological aspect was demonstrated by the study of the impact of the homologated dose and the half dose of these active ingredients on the different functional groups of orange and tomato. Our results showed that the two active ingredients have the regulatory capacity of the populations of all phytophagous plants. The activity spectrum of Spinosad is narrow compared to that of Lambda-cyhalothrin. Spinosad has significant efficacy on Lepidoptera, Diptera, Thysanoptera, while it is neutral on Homoptera (Aphidae, Jassidae and Coccidae). The half-dose of both products shows a lower protective efficacy than the full dose. The pests quickly resumed their biotic activity. What is required is a combination or an alternation with other chemicals or other antagonists in the context of integrated pest management.

References

Bourgeois M. et Mathieu S., 2007, Évaluation en parcelles commerciales de l'impact de l'insecticide lambda-cyhalothrine utilisé à deux stades différents du soya sur la réinfestation des champs par le puceron du soya, Programme Prime-Vert, Volet 11, Appui à la Stratégie Phytosanitaire, 18 p. Available on URL: https://www.agrireseau.net/references/6/strat_phyto/v11_rapportf inal012.pdf Guettala F.N., 2009, « Entomofaune, Impact Economique et Bio- Ecologie des Principaux Ravageurs du Pommier dans la région des Aurès », Thèse de Doctorat d’état en sciences agronomique., Univ. Batna 178p. Available on URL: http://www.secheresse.info/spip.php?article79551 Rochefort S., Lalancette R., Labbe R.B. and Brodeur J., 2006 - Recherche et développement de biopesticides et pesticides naturels à faible toxicité pour les organismes non ciblés et respectueux de l’environnement, Rapport final – Volet Entomologie, M. D. D. E. P., Québec, 80p. [HTML version] on URL : https://pdfslide.fr/documents/recherche-et-developpement- de-biopesticides-et-pesticides-naturels-.html

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Impact of Pollution on the Growth of Barbus Callensis Valenciennes, 1842 (Fish, Cyprinidae) in El-Harrach Stream, (North of Algeria)

Hamida FERGANI* and Abdeslem ARAB

USTHB. Laboratory of Biodiversity and Dynamics, Faculty of Biological Sciences. BP 32, El Alia, Algiers, Algeria. Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

The present study aims to highlight the relationship between the micropollutants in the environment and the evolution of parameters related to the growth of a particular population of fish: Barbus Callensis as an ecotoxicity bioindicator. Our contribution focuses on the study of the hydro-system of the watershed of El-Harrach stream. This site is under heavy human pressure: four sampling stations were chosen mainly in relation to their proximity to urban areas. On each station, fish surveys were performed in parallel with a physicochemical analysis of the water. Treatment of the physicochemical data of the water reveals the existence of an upstream-downstream gradient degradation of water quality. All urban and agricultural discharges generally cause deterioration of parameters related to fish growth that seem particularly disturbed as a result of pollution. The measurements of size and weight of the fish present a good indication of female individuals in large classes and males in small classes. However, we noted changes resulting in a reduction of these parameters at the polluted stations. The study of the weight-length relationship shows that the growth of B. Callensis in both sexes is minorant allometry in other words the length of the object is growing faster than its weight. In addition, the condition factor for both sexes varies considerably between stations as a result of urban waste and Agricole.

Keywords: Pollution; Bio-indicator; Growth; Barbus Callensis; El-Harrach stream.

1. Introduction chemical parameters of the water at the stations was conducted during the same period as the fisheries. Our contribution focuses on the study of the hydro Depending on the pollution, a comparative study of system watershed of Oued El-Harrach and this study is parameters related to growth, focusing on the study the based on the fish of the Cyprinidae family to which the length-weight relationship and allometry as well as species Barbus Callensis belongs Valenciennes, 1842 condition coefficient. species endemic to the North African part of the African continent Almaça, 1976, 1990). In Algeria, despite its 2. Materials and Methods wide distribution of streams, this species synonymous of B. Callensis (Valenciennes, 1842; Daget Leveque, The watershed of El-Harrach stream is located south (1984), remains unclearly defined and the information of Algiers in the central part of the Tell Atlas where it concerning it is fragmentary. This species is currently originates 60 km from Algiers, runs 51 km from north attracting increasing curiosity of many researchers to south and 31 km from East to West, it reaches the sea (Bacha & Amara, (2007); Aberkane & Iguer-Ouada, after a course of 37.5 km. The total area of the basin is (2011); Ould Rouis et al., (2012) and Mimeche et al., 1270 km2. As Atlas Blidean is oriented from south to (2013). Moreover, there is now considerable data on the north, it is widely exposed to northwest winds phylogenetic relationships, reproductive traits and originating from the Mediterranean. Four sampling sites various ecological characteristics for this species were chosen (Figure 1); station I is located upstream of (Berrebi et al., 1995; Kraiem, 1996, 1997 and Aberkane all discharge points of micropollutants, whilst station IV & Iguer Ouda, 2011). is located downstream of two villages. This latter site Four stations were chosen and have provided twelve receives farmland, and domestic and urban wastes. series of samples (from April 2014 to March 2015). Samples of barbels that we examined were collected Monthly fisheries and using a gillnet yielded a total of monthly from March 2014 to April 2015. During the 580 individuals (during July and August the river was months of March 2014 to April 2015 we used different dry, and none were captured). The analysis of physico- nets with varies diameter of stitches (20, 25 and

This is an open access article distributed under the Creative Commons Attribution License CC-BY, which permits

unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.

42 Impact of pollution on the growth of Barbus callensis Valenciennes, 1842 (Fish, Cyprinidae) in El Harrach Stream, (North of Algeria)

30 mm). The recovery of gonads was made by ventral Ameur et al., (2003) and Marcano et al., (2007). incision of each individual according to the technique of

Fig 1: Hydrographic network of the study area.

Various statistical analyzes were performed to IV. The same goes for the size of males who have an assess and highlight the different relationships that may average size of 15 cm at station I faced by 13 cm at connect and exist between the variables and station IV. observations.

3. Results and Discussion

During our sampling carried out over 12 months (from April 2014 to March 2015), the 580 fish caught were the subject of a series of biological analyzes relating primarily to the study of some aspects of growth based on pollution.

3.1. Study of size structure

Figure 2: variations in the average size of male and female of The size (cm) measurements of male and female B. Callensis based on the stations. El-Harrach stream (2014-2015). individuals collected in the stations are shown below in (Lt: Total length; F: Female; M: Male). figure 2. The measurements obtained show a good 3.2. Study of weight structure: representation of female individuals in larger sizes and male individuals in small sizes. However, we noted The weight (g) measurements of the collected male change which resulted in a decrease in size of the and female individuals are summarized below in individuals based on stations. Indeed, the mean size of figure 3. females is 18 cm at station I against 14.6 cm at station

FERGANI H. and ARAB A. 43

32.07 g at station IV. The same applies to the average weight of male individuals who have an average value of 31.41 g at station I face 22.28 g at station IV.

3.3. Study of the Weight-Length relationship

In ichthyology, the correlation between weight and length of the fish is of great importance. In practice, it can estimate the mass of the fish starting at its length Figure 3: Variation in average weight of both males and females and deduce subsequently the population biomass. The de B. Callensis based on stations. El-Harrach stream (2014 -2015). (Wt: Total Weight; F: Females; M: Males). weight-length relationship was determined on the plots of the size (cm) measured in abscissa and weight (g) The weight measurements recorded show a good ordinate. representation of female individuals in the larger weights and male individuals in the smaller weights. 34. Weight-length spatial relationship by gender However, we noted change which resulted in a decrease in the individuals’ weight based on stations. Indeed, the The parameters of this relationship in both sexes at average weight of females is 61.8 g at station I against stations of study are illustrated in table 1. Table 1 Evolution of the Weight-length relationship in both females and males of B. Callensis. El-Harrach stream (2014-2015); (Wt: Total weight).

We note that the b obtained is less than 3 indicating that the growth of B. Callensis in both sexes is a minorant allometry in other words the cube of the total length grows faster than weight. However, we noted changes in the value of b according to the stations; station IV has the highest values for both sexes, the highest values are seen in females. These values also vary depending on the stations and the polluted station

(station IV).

3.4. Allometry and condition factor (Kc) of B. Callensis

The parameters of the condition factor (Kc) obtained in females and males in the resorts of study are shown in figure 4.

Figure4: Evolution of the condition factor (Kc) based on stations for both sexes of B. Callensis. El-Harrach stream (2014-2015).

Citation: FERGANI H. and ARAB A., Impact of pollution on the growth of Barbus callensis Valenciennes, 1842 (Fish, Cyprinidae) in El Harrach Stream, (North of Algeria), In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 41-44. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 44 Impact of pollution on the growth of Barbus callensis Valenciennes, 1842 (Fish, Cyprinidae) in El Harrach Stream, (North of Algeria)

Out of the 580 individuals examined, the minimum Acknowledgment value of condition factor recorded is 1.0 for the females (Station II) and 1.22 for males (station IV). The We thank the members of the Laboratory of maximum value is 8 for the females (station I) and 14.6 "Dynamics and Biodiversity", Faculty of Sciences and for males (station I). The average values recorded are Biology at the University of Sciences and Technology 4.15, inferior for the females than males (8.05). The of Houari Boumediene (Algiers, Algeria) for their comparison test shows a highly significant difference in contribution to the realization of this article. condition factor based on both sexes (Kruskal-Wallis, p-value<5%). References However, we found that the condition factor varies Aberkane A. & Iguer-Ouada M., 2011- Etude de la reproduction du considerably stations in both sexes, for males the values Barbeau (Barbus barbus Callensis). Edition universitaires decrease in station I (9.9) at station IV (1.5); same européennes : 95p. Ameur B., Bayed A. & Benazzou T., Rôle de la communication de la observation in females with an average K is 6.4 and 3.7 lagune de Merja Zerga (Ghrab, Maroc) avec l'océan atlantique respectively at station I and IV (polluted station). The dans la reproduction d'une population de Mugil cephalus L. (Poisson Mugilidae), Bulletin de l'institut Scientifique, Rabat, : comparison test shows a highly significant difference of 25 (2003) : 77-82. this condition factor based on stations (Kruskal-Wallis, Bacha M. & Amara R., Les poissons des eaux continentales p-value <5%). d’Algérie. Etude de l’ichtyofaune de la Soummam, SFI-Cybium, 31 (3) (2007) : 351-358. [HTML version] on URL : http://sfi- cybium.fr/en/node/1034 4. Conclusions and Prospects Berrebi P., Kraiem M.M., Doadrio I., El Gharbi S. & Cattaneoberribi G., Ecological and Genetic Differentiation of Barbus Callensis Population in Tunisia, J. Fish. Biol., 4 (1995): 850-864. The study of the biological response of living https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1095-8649.1995.tb06007.x Kraiem M.M., The Diet of Barbus Callensis (Cyprinidae) in Northern organisms to these chemical pollutants in the aquatic Tunisia, SFI-Cybium, 20 (1) (1996): 75-85. Available on URL: environment is a new tool that is not intended to http://sfi-cybium.fr/en/node/1865 Kraiem M.M., Chronologie de la reproduction et cycle de duplicate or replace the chemical monitoring, but must développement des gonades chez Barbus Callensis Valenciennes, be integrated into environmental monitoring programs. 1842 (Pisces, Cyprinidae) de Tunisie, Bull. INSTM, 24 (1) (1997) : 74-88. Available on URL: Additional physicochemical analyzes, bio-indicators http://hdl.handle.net/1834/8805 can serve as early warning system for contamination; Marcano D., Cardillo E., Rodriguez C., Poleo G., Gago N., Guerrero what drove us to conduct a comparative study of the H.Y., Seasonal Reproductive Biology of Two Species of Freshwater Catfish from the Venezuelan xoodplains. General and growth parameters in Barbus setivimensis to determine Comparative Endocrinology, 153 (1-3) (2007): 371-377. their variations depending on the pollution. Whatever https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ygcen.2007.01.042 Gaujous D.,1995. La pollution des milieux aquatiques, deuxième éd. the proposed process, none are appropriate for all Technique & documentation – Lavoisier, Paris, p. 217. circumstances and it is necessary to establish a Gaujous D.,1998. La pollution des milieux aquatiques. Aide-mémoire, deuxième éd. Technique & documentation – Lavoisier, Paris, repertoire of methods that can be used only to detect or 200p. predict a risk of pollution. At the end of the twelve companions of samples taken at the section studied, the results of physico-chemical analyze show that the water in question show a strong mineralization in areas receiving agricultural and urban waste. The faunal analysis shows considerable variation in morpho-metric parameters, weight. Fish growth seems significantly disrupted as a result of urban and agricultural discharges. Finally, these preliminary results could open new horizons in bio-ecological study of the genus Barbus to as bio-indicator of pollution especially in the ecotoxicology field.

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

The Distributions of Benthic Macroinvertebrates in the Tafna River

Mouna HAFIANE, Djamila HAMZAOUI, Djaouida BOUCHELOUCHE, Imane SAAL, Mohammed MEBARKI, Abdeslem ARAB

U.S.T.H.B./F.S.B./ Dynamics and Biodiversity Laboratory. BP 32 El Alia, Bab Ezzouar, Algiers-Algeria. Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

Tafna River presents different pollution areas according to their exposure to environmental disturbances. Degrees of mineralization and oxidizable materials are the most relevant alterations in the assessment of the physicochemical quality of water. Rivers receive several environmental and hydromorphological disruptions along their path. The different analyzes and metrics exploited showed the effect of disturbances on the benthic macroinvertebrates at Tafna River located in north-western of Algeria. These disturbances act on their distributions and abundances, in severe cases, they can completely eliminate the polluo-sensitive groups. We collected 13 798 benthic macroinvertebrate individuals in the nine stations, selected during the period of study extending from March to October 2013. This population is represented by 29 families, their distribution is heterogeneous between upstream and downstream. An undisturbed sector, characterized by well oxygenated and less mineralized waters generally. The station of one of the tributaries situated upstream is populated by sensitive families to pollution such as the Leuctridae Plecoptera and the Glossosomatidae Trichoptera. As for the disturbed sector, it is characterized by excessively mineralized water, loaded with suspended matter and an oxygen deficit. Moreover, the taxonomic richness is low, where it varies between 3 and 7 families with the dominance and abundance of Chironomidae, genus Chironomus essentially, with a total of 2625 individuals in a single station. The relationship obtained from the correlation coefficient between the abundances of EPT (Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, Trichoptera) and that of Chironomidae shows a negative reaction. This reaction is explained by a coefficient r= -0.19 (p=0.05). This is explained by the anthropogenic impact and degradation of water quality in relation to undisturbed sections. These results show the important effect of environmental disturbances on the distribution of benthic macroinvertebrates in their environments.

Keywords: Macroinvertebrates; EPT; Chironomidae; Distribution; Disturbances; Tafna River.

1. Introduction In this study, we studied the benthic macroinvertebrates in Tafna Wadi, located in the Broadly diverse and occupying a variety of northwest of Algeria. We have detailed in this study the habitats, macroinvertebrates are excellent indicators of distribution of the three orders Ephemeroptera, habitats quality, and are increasingly used in different Plecoptera, Trichoptera: EPT and Chironomidae types of biological indices (Tachet et al., 2010). Benthic Diptera. This choice was made first in relation to their macroinvertebrates have long been regarded as essential considerable abundances in the rivers, and, secondly, on bioindicators of their environments. Among this benthic the degrees of their sensitivity to environmental macrofauna, the groups most sensitive to disturbance disturbances. In this sense, several studies have been are the Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, Trichoptera: EPT. made by different authors: Menetrey et al. (2011); Thus, they are the three most widely represented Ligeiro et al. (2013); Mereta et al. (2013); Touron- benthic macroinvertebrates. Indeed, Ligeiro et al. Poncet et al. (2014); Mackintosh et al. (2015); (2013) show that the variation in EPT richness is Villeneuve et al. (2015); Macher et al. (2016); Milner et explained by the disturbance gradient that influences al. (2016). The interest main of this work is to monitor habitat variability. the distribution of EPT as well as Chironomidae to Several studies in the field of hydrobiology have depends to their sensitivities to environmental been tackled in Algeria by several authors: Lounaci disturbances. et al. (2000); Arab et al. (2004); Belaidi et al. (2010); Chaib et al. (2013) and Mebarki et al. (2013), (2017).

46 The Distributions of Benthic Macroinvertebrates in the Tafna River

2. Materials and methods Rachgoun beach. The length of the main Wadi is 170 Km. The total area (Algeria and Morocco) is 7245 2.1. Study area Km2, while its area in Algeria is 5259 Km2. We selected 9 stations along the main watercourse Wadi Tafna is located in the northwestern of and distributed between 875 and 10 m. One station T3 Algeria. It springs in mountains of Tlemcen, crosses the is both located on tributary Wadi Khemis (Table 1, plains of Maghnia and Remchi, and reaches in Figure 1).

Table 1 Geographic coordinates of the stations sampling Stations Code Altitude (m) Latitude Longitude Sebdou T1 875 34°39'23.72"N 1°19'29.24"O Ain Gheraba T2 661 34°41'45.15"N 1°27'14.98"O Beni Snous T3 855 34° 38' 51’’N 1° 33' 09"O El Kef T4 488 34°43'57.60"N 1°34'26.37"O Boughrara T5 251 34°53'25.61"N 1°38'17.51"O Ain Ftah T6 201 34°58'29.30"N 1°34'57.35"O Gouassir T7 50 35° 4'35.25"N 1°27'10.70"O Fatmi Larbi T8 14 35° 8'8.55"N 1°26'35.01"O Rachgoun T9 10 34°17'87"N 1°27'39.81"O

Figure 1. Localization of sites and sampling stations

2.2. Sample collection 2.3. Data processing

Monthly sampling was carried out from March to • At the study stations, physicochemical parameters October 2013. are measured in situ such as dissolved oxygen (mg.L-1), The harvesting of macroinvertebrates is performed electrical conductivity (μS.cm-1) using multiparameter using a Surber net type with a frame surface analyzer, type WTW 340i, as well as Materials in (25 cm×25 cm) and a 250 µm mesh size. Suspension MES (mg.L-1) in the laboratory. • The abundance of the orders Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera and Trichoptera (EPT) and the family Chironomidae were determined. Chironomidae are a

HAFIANE M. et al. 47

family of Diptera that are widely distributed and 3.3. Taxonomic richness of EPT abundant in Mediterranean streams. Chironomidae are known for their ability to withstand a high degree of The taxonomic richness is represented by the EPT pollution in the environment. A high proportion of index. This index varied between EPT=7 in station T3 Chironomidae is regarded as a sign of poor water selected in the tributary Wadi El Khemis, indicating a quality. For this reason, we have exploited their slight disturbance of the environment. EPT=1 in presence in this work. stations T1 and T9, this very low value indicates an • To discuss the results the Pearson correlation test is advanced level of disturbance. The values of this index calculated to test the type of correlation between the at the other stations indicate that the sites are abundances of EPT and Chironomidae. The normality moderately disturbed, as they vary between 2 and 5 of the parameters tested by the Jarque-Bera test. For (Figure 2). these statistical tests, we used the program R (Logiciel R, 2016).

3. Results and discussion

3.1. Physicochemical parameters

Physicochemical quality differs from one station to another. The T3 station is characterized by a generally average physicochemical quality. The waters are well

-1 oxygenated and less mineralized: 8.42 mg.L of Figure 2. Variation of EPT index between stations dissolved oxygen and 565 µS.cm-1 of electrical conductivity. 3.4. Abundance of EPT The other stations are generally of poor physicochemical quality according to the different The abundance is clearly observed in figure 3. The alterations, too bad in stations T1 and T9 with high abundance of EPT is very important in station T6, is degrees of mineralization: 3623 µS.cm-1 in station T1. represented by 95.47% of total abundance at this station. This abundance is important in stations T4, T7, 3.2. Taxonomic richness T8 and station T3 at Wadi El Khemis. This last station

We collected 13 798 benthic macroinvertebrate is the only one hosting the Plecoptera. The abundance is individuals. This population is represented by 29 low in stations T1, T2, T5 and T9. families, their distribution is heterogeneous between upstream and downstream. The most abundant are Diptera, Hephemeroptera, Trichoptera, Heteroptera and Mollusc. In the T3 station of the tributary El Khemis, we recorded the highest taxonomic richness: 16 families. The other stations have a taxonomic richness varying between 7 and 10 families. The stations T1, T5 have 5 families, and the last station T9 has 3 families. The EPT were represented by 9 families and 5334 individuals, as for Diptera Chironomidae, they have an Figure 3. Variation in abundance of EPT between stations effective of 5 226 individuals.

Citation: HAFIANE M., HAMZAOUI D., BOUCHELOUCHE D., SAAL I., MEBARKI M. and ARAB A., The Distributions of Benthic Macroinvertebrates in the Tafna River. In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 45-51. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 48 The Distributions of Benthic Macroinvertebrates in the Tafna River

3.5. Abundance of Chironomidae The station T1 is characterized by a low taxonomic richness, absence of the Plecoptera and Trichoptera and We note a variable abundance between the different also a remarkable abundance in Chironomidae Wadi Tafna stations. The higher abundance is recorded (Chironomus) 48.55% of the total abundance in the in station T5 with 62.86%, followed by station T1 with station. 48.55%. The low abundance values: 6.21%, 12.18%, The taxonomic richness of EPT is important in 2.86% and 9.88% are recorded respectively in the station T3 at a tributary El Khemis; EPT index=7. It stations T3, T4, T6 and T7. Lastly, no individual of hosts the Plecoptera Leuctridae, and the taxonomic Chironomidae was collected in station T9 (Figure 4). composition in EPT is 66.22%, and a low taxonomic

composition of chironomids: 6.21% of the total composition in the station (Table 2).

Figure 4. Variation in abundance of Chironomidae between stations

Table 2 Main metrics associated with benthic communities, (T.: total) Stations T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8 T9 Taxonomic richness Taxonomic richness T. 5 10 16 10 9 5 7 7 3 Ephemeroptera 1 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 0 Plecoptera 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 Trichoptera 0 0 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 EPT* 1 3 7 4 3 3 2 2 1 Taxonomic composition % EPT* 27.57 22.44 66.22 49.28 15.45 95.47 76.73 70.89 12.72 % Ephemeroptera 27.57 22.44 41.68 46.21 12.63 58.33 47.26 37.65 0.00 % Plecoptera 0.00 0.00 1.80 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 % Trichoptera 0.00 0.00 22.74 3.07 2.82 37.14 29.47 33.33 12.72 % Chironomidae 48.55 39.49 6.21 12.18 62.86 2.86 9.88 16.40 0.00

3.6. Correlation (P=0.05), this value means a negative and average correlation between them (Figure 5). The equation of The abundances of EPT were compared with those this model is: EPT= - 0.016 Chiro +3.24. of Chironomidae. We tested the normality of the two parameters using the Jarque Bera test: p(EPT)=0.432 80 25 and p(Chiro)=0.140. The two values of the Jarque Bera R=-0.1948 (p=0.05) test are greater than α=0.05. These results show that the 60 two parameters EPT and Chironomidae correspond to a 40 normal distribution. Therefore, we apply the Pearson Chiro correlation test to test the correlation between the 20

9 abundances of the two parameters. 0 The result of the relationship between EPT and 20 40 60 80 EPT Chironomidae represented by their abundances is expressed by the correlation coefficient r=0.19 Figure 5. Scatterplots-Correlation EPT-Chironomidae

HAFIANE M. et al. 49

4. Discussion stretches. However, some taxa can withstand high disturbance loads in the water. The EPT, which are sensitive to disturbances, are These results show a heterogeneous distribution of poorly represented in the disturbed stations, which is EPT. This distribution is based on environmental why they have a heterogeneous distribution between the conditions along the watercourse. According to Mereta study stations. Physico-chemical constraints associated et al. (2013), EPT were relatively rare in disturbed sites with urbanization may lead to a decrease in the richness because of their susceptibility to human disturbance. At of macroinvertebrates or a reduction of sensitive taxa or these stations, deteriorated water quality removes both at the same time (Mackintosh et al., 2015). polluo-sensible taxa and favors the installation of • The T3 station is rich in EPT, where eleven families polluo-tolerant, and taxonomic diversity is low at these of EPT are present on the set of 16 families harvested in stations. The latter are characterized by organic this station. These families include the Plecoptera pollution with different degrees, particularly the T1 Leuctridae and the Trichoptera Glossosomatidae and station characterized by the abundance of Hydroptilidae, which are sensitive to environmental Chironomidae genus Chironomus. According to disturbances. Touron-Poncet et al. (2014); Chironomidae have an This station is characterized by well oxygenated and adaptation to survive in a low oxygen environment, less mineralized waters with 8.42 mg.L-1 of dissolved giving them resistance to pollution. oxygen in April and 7.83 mg.L-1 in November, and an The relationship between EPT and Chironomidae is electrical conductivity of 565 µS.cm-1 in May. The very important. In contrast to abundantly transplanted waters are not turbid, where MES=25.21 mg.L-1. EPT in undisturbed or low-disturbed environments, The Trichoptera Glossosomatidae represents a Chironomidae Diptera find their ideal environment family sensitive to disturbance, however, not as generally in nutrient-rich and low-oxygen waters. sensitive as the Plecoptera. Their presence is reported in According to Alhou et al. (2008), Organic pollution and stations T3. According to Leclercq et al. (1996). The the presence of nutrients were the main factors appearance of Glossosomatidae is explained by a explaining the differences in the distribution of quality of water well supplied with oxygen. Chironomidae between the selected stations. • The others stations, are characterized by medium to According to Mackintosh et al. (2015), high turbidity: 69 mg.L-1 in T6, 356.76 mg.L-1 in T9. Chironomidae are able to tolerate a wide range of The degrees of mineralization varied 1357 µS.cm-1, environmental conditions, including eutrophication and 1712 µS.cm-1 in T4 and T7 respectively. It reaches anoxia conditions. This corroborates our results. The 3623 µS.cm-1 in T1. Taxonomic diversity is medium to station T1 is the richest in Chironomidae, genus low, with almost the same taxonomic composition. Chironomus, it counts 2625 individuals out of the total Baetidae and Hydropsychidae are the most abundant, of 5226 individuals, characterized by an oxygen followed by Caenidae. These three families Baetidae, deficiency with values of 0.62 mg.L-1 and 1.21 mg.L-1 Caenidae for Ephemeroptera and Hydropsychidae for in August and September respectively. According to Trichoptera, host stations with high loads of Mackintosh et al. (2015). This dominance of disturbances, but with very low numbers. As for Chironomidae indicates that water quality is altered in Sharma and Rawat (2009), they show that these systems, relative to the degree of urbanization. Ephemeroptera tolerate low to moderate pollution and This distribution of EPT and Chironomidae is well generally require a high concentration of dissolved explained by the results of the Pearson correlation. It is oxygen. a negative relationship between the development of • In stations T4, T5 and T1, we report the abundance EPT and Chironomidae in the 9 study stations, it has a of Chironomidae. As well as a timid presence of the negative correlation coefficient r= -0.19. This result Ephemeroptera and Trichoptera, represented confirms their distribution between the different respectively by the Baetidae and Hydropsychidae. perturbed and undisturbed sections. According to Macher et al. (2016) the abundance of This result confirms their distribution between the sensitive EPT taxa generally decreases in disturbed different perturbed and undisturbed sections. This

Citation: HAFIANE M., HAMZAOUI D., BOUCHELOUCHE D., SAAL I., MEBARKI M. and ARAB A., The Distributions of Benthic Macroinvertebrates in the Tafna River. In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 45-51. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 50 The Distributions of Benthic Macroinvertebrates in the Tafna River

negative correlation is confirmed by other authors, such Journal of Limnology, 40 (4) (2004): 317327. https://doi.org/10.1051/limn/2004029 as Gray and Delaney (2008), where they found a Belaidi N., Taleb A., Mahi A. and Messana G., Composition and negative correlation between EPT, present in Distribution of Stygobionts in the Tafna Alluvial Aquifer dominance in undisturbed environments, and the (Northwestern Algeria), Subterranean Biology, 8 (2010): 21-32. https://doi.org/10.3897/subtbiol.8.1227 Chironomidae Diptera are dominant in disturbed Bonada N., Rieradevall M. and Prat N., Benthic Macroinvertebrate environments. This correlation reported in their work is Assemblages and Macrohabitat Connectivity in Mediterranean Climate Streams of Northern California, Journal of the North strong and of negative type (r= - 0.809). American Benthological Society, 25 (1) (2006): 32-43. Therefore, the three EPT orders represent a https://doi.org/10.1899/0887- 3593(2006)25[32:BMAAMC]2.0.CO;2 remarkable sensitivity to the perturbations of the media. Chaib N., Bouhala Z., Fouzari L., Marziali L., Samraoui B. and Indeed, Ligeiro et al. (2013) show that the variation in Rossaro B., Environmental Factors Affecting the Distribution of Chironomid Larvae of the Seybouse Wadi, North Eastern EPT richness is explained by the disturbance gradient Algeria, International Journal of Limnology, 72 (2) (2013): 203 that influences habitat variability. As for the Milner et 214. https://doi.org/10.4081/jlimnol.2013.e16 al. (2016), the marked change in the macroinvertebrate Huang Q., Gao J., Yin H., Gao Y., Zhao J., Liu L. and Huang J., Development and Application of Benthic Macroinvertebrate community in the study site was characterized by the Based Multimetric Indices for the Assessment of Streams and predominance of chironomids, the latter being Rivers in the Taihu Basin, China, Ecological Indicators, 48 (2015): 649 659. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2014.09.014 associated with decreased diversity. And according to Leclercq L., Rosillon F., Vander Borght P., Loncin A. et El Mossaoui Adandedjan et al. (2013), stations with unstable M., Qualité chimique et biologique du bassin de la Semois (partie Belge), Bulletin Français de la Pêche et de la Pisciculture, (1996): conditions are the places of anthropogenic activities and 341/342 : 81-108. http://dx.doi.org/10.1051/kmae:1996007 enriched in organic matter and, as a result, abound in Ligeiro R., Hughes R.M., Kaufmann P.R., Macedo D.R., Firmiano polluo-tolerant species such as Chironomidae Diptera. K.R., Ferreira R.W., Oliveira D., Melo A.S. and Callisto M., Defining Quantitative Stream Disturbance Gradients and the Additive Role of Habitat Variation to Explain Macroinvertebrate 5. Conclusion Taxa Richness, Ecological Indicators, 25 (2013): 45–57. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2012.09.004 Lounaci A., Brosse S., Lounaci Daoudi D., Mebarki M. and Thomas EPT and Chironomidae have been shown to be A., Current Knowledge of Benthic Invertebrate Diversity in an Algerian Stream: A Species Checklist of Sébaou River Basin important in assessing water quality. A site is classified (Tizi-Ouzou), Annales de Limnologie, 136 (2000) (2): 123-133. in good condition, where total taxonomic richness is Macher Jan N., Salis Romana K., Blakemore Katie S., Tollrian R., Matthaei Christoph D. and Leese F., Multiple Stressor Effects on high, particularly that of EPT, and the abundance of Stream Invertebrates: DNA Barcoding Reveals Contrasting Chironomidae, genus Chironomus is low. Among the Responses of Cryptic Mayfly Species, Ecological Indicators, 61 whole of the EPT, the Hydropsychidae (Trichoptera) (2016): 159–169. http://dx.doi.org/10.22453/LSJ-019.2.135149 Mackintosh T.J., Davis J.A. and Thompson R.M., The influence of and Baetidae (Ephemeroptera) are eurytope, present at Urbanization on Macroinvertebrate Biodiversity in Constructed the level of all the sections, however, with low to very Stormwater Wetlands, Science of the Total Environment, 536 (2015): 527–537. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.scitotenv.2015.07.066 low abundances in the disturbed sections. Martinez-Haro M. et al., A Review on the Ecological Quality Status The distribution of EPT and Chironomidae is Assessment in Aquatic Systems Using Community-based Indicators and Ecotoxicological Tools: What Might be the Added related to the various environmental disturbances, Value of their Combination, Ecological Indicators, 48 (2015): 8- where they show their sensitivity to the degrees of water 16. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2014.07.024 pollution. Mebarki M., Hafiane M., Hamzaoui D., Bouchelouche D. and Arab A., Impact des rejets de la station thermale sur la qualité des eaux d’oued El Harrach (Nord de l’Algérie). Proceeding congress th References edited by CHOUIKHI A. & ARAB A. USTHBFBS., 4 International Congress of the Population & Animal Communities, Dynamics & Biodiversity of the terrestrial and aquatic Adandedjan D., Montcho S.A., Chikou A., Laleye Ph. et Gourene G., Ecosystems’’CIPCA4’’TAGHIT(Bechar) Algeria. (2013) 213- Caractérisation des peuplements de macroinvertèbrés benthiques 222. Available on URL: à l’aide de la carte autoorganisatrice (SOM), Comptes Rendus https://fbiol.usthb.dz/IMG/pdf/paper_35.pdf Biologies, 336 (5-6) (2013): 244248. Mebarki M., Taleb A. and Arab A., Environmental Factors https://doi.org/10.1016/j.crvi.2013.04.009 Influencing the Composition and Distribution of Mayfly Larvae Alhou B., Micha J.C. And Goddeeris B., Diversity of Chironomidae in Northern Algerian Wadis (Regional Scale), Revue d’Ecologie: in Relation to Pollution of the River Niger at Niamey, Niger, Terre et Vie. 72 (3) (2017): SOUS PRESSE. International Journal of natural and applied sciences, 4 (3) Menetrey N., Oertli B. and Lachavanne J.B., The CIEPT: A (2008): 256265. https://doi.org/10.4314/ijonas.v4i3.49858 Macroinvertebrate Based Multimetric Index for Assessing the Arab A., Lek S., Lounaci A. and Park Y.S., Spatial and Temporal Ecological Quality of Swiss Low Land Ponds, Ecological Patterns of Benthic Invertebrate Communities in an Intermittent Indicators, 11 (2011): 590-600. River (North Africa), Annales de Limnologie-International https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2010.08.005

HAFIANE M. et al. 51

Mereta S.T., Boets P., Demeester L. and Goethals P.L.M., Development of a Multimetric Index Based on Benthic Macroinvertebrates for the Assessment of Natural Wetlands in South West Ethiopia, Ecological Indicators, 29 (2013): 510-521. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2013.01.026 Milner A.M., Woodward A., Freilich J.E., Black R.W. and Resh V.R., Detecting Signiﬁcant Change in Stream Benthic Macroinvertebrate Communities in Wilderness Areas, Ecological Indicators, 60 (2016): 524-537. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2015.07.025 Sharma R.C. and Rawat J.S., Monitoring of Aquatic Macroinvertebrates as Bioindicator for Assessing the Health of Wetlands: A Case Study in the Central Himalayas, India, Ecological Indicators, 9 (2009): 118-128. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2008.02.004 Tachet H., Richoux P., Bourneaux M. and Usseglio-Polatera P., 2010. Invertébrés d’eau douce, systématique, biologie, écologie. CNRS Editions. 607 P. Touron-Poncet H., Bernadet C., Compin A., Bargier N. and Cereghino R., Implementing the Water Framework Directive in Overseas Europe: A multimetric Macroinvertebrate Index for River Bioassessment Caribbean Islands, Limnologica, 47 (2014): 34-43. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.limno.2014.04.002 Villeneuve B., Souchon Y., Usseglio-Polatera P., Ferreol M. and Valette L., Can We Predict Biological Condition of Stream Ecosystems? A Multisensory Approach Linking Three Biological Indices to Physiochemistry Hydromorphology and Land Use, Ecological Indicators, 48 (2015): 88-98. https://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2014.07.016

Citation: HAFIANE M., HAMZAOUI D., BOUCHELOUCHE D., SAAL I., MEBARKI M. and ARAB A., The Distributions of Benthic Macroinvertebrates in the Tafna River. In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 45-51. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Diversity and Spatio-Temporal Distribution of Chironomids (Diptera, Chironomidae) in the Seybouse Wadi (North-Eastern Algeria)

Ceria HAMACHE, Samah YACHIR, Imane SAAL, D. BOUCHELOUCHE, M. HAFIANE, D. HAMZAOUI, Mohamed MEBARKI and Abdeslem ARAB.

USTHB / FSB / Laboratory of Dynamic and Biodiversity, BP 39 El alia, Algiers Corresponding author: [email protected]

ABSTRACT A survey of the Seybouse Wadi (North-Eastern Algeria) between July 2016 and April 2017 was conducted in 9 sampling sites located on the main river and its two tributaries (Bouhamdane and Cherf) using Chironomids larvae. The aim of this study was to analyze the spatio-temporal distribution of Chironomids (Diptera, Chironomidae) and determine their diversity along the stream. Four subfamilies of Chironomidae have been reported; Orthocladiinae represent the highest abundance with 59%, followed by Chironominae with 36.40%, then Tanypodinae and Diamesinae with the lowest abundances: 3.26% and 1.33% respectively. The Chironominae subfamily are represented by two tribes: Chironomini and Tanytarsini. From 3983 collected larvae, 31 Chironomids species were identified using Epler’s identification key (2001, 2014). Assessment of their relationships with several environmental parameters was performed using the Canonical Correspondence Analysis (CCA). Fortunately, the improved conditions observed in spring allowed the presence of a more diversified fauna. In winter, we recorded a remarkable decrease in diversity. The highest evenness and diversity of Chironomids larvae were reported in S9 (El Hadjar), with higher concentrations of organic and/or inorganic pollutants. The majority of taxa comprised cosmopolitan species widely distributed along the sampling sites as: Cricotopus annulator and Rheocricotopus sp. Eukiefferiella sp and Eukiefferiella gracei were the most dominant in moderately polluted sites with mean abundances of 6.95% and 0.85% respectively while Chironomus riparius, Polypedilum nubifer and Tanytarsus sp were abundant in more polluted sites. These three species could be considered as tolerant species since they have the ability to survive in extreme environmental conditions with low dissolved oxygen and high concentrations of pollutants.

Keywords: Diversity; Distribution; Seybouse; Chironomidae

1. Introduction Bhattacharya et al., 2006). Consequently, several studies have used them as indicators of environmental In the Mediterranean climate regions, biological water quality changes (Janssens De Bisthoven and communities and their ecological traits are influenced Gerharddt, 2003; Mousavi et al., 2003; Adriaenssens by a high seasonal variability of temperatures and et al., 2004; Janssens de Bisthoven et al., 2005; Luoto, precipitation. (Bonada et al., 2007a). 2010). in the rivers of the Mediterranean, they were The Seybouse Wadi is an important freshwater very resistant to hydrological variability and were ecosystem in North-Eastern Algeria and it is considered among the first colonizers after the drought (Langton a vital ecological asset rich in biological diversity. and Casas, 1999, Marziali et al., 2009a, 2009b). In spite Among families of macroinvertebrates, Chironomidae of this sensitivity to drought and changing abiotic are probably the most widely distributed and species conditions, the Chironomidae of North Africa tend to be rich family constituting between 30% and 50% of the neglected in most ecological studies, probably due to biomass of aquatic macroinvertebrates (Armitage et al., their taxonomic complexity (Bazzanti et al., 2008). 1995; Cranston, 1996; Harrison, 2002; Porinchu and A special focus of our study was to investigate the MacDonald, 2003). Chironomids larvae occupy diversity and structure of Chironomids communities in extremely varied biotopes because of their ability to relation to the physical and chemical variables of water tolerate a wide array of environmental water quality quality, and highlight the different factors influencing gradients and their extraordinary ecological range and their distribution in study sites. environmental sensitivity make them particularly useful for assessing and interpreting changes in water quality of aquatic ecosystems (Dickman and Rygiel, 1996;

HAMACHE C. et al. 53

2. Materials and methods The climate of the Seybouse basin is typically Mediterranean with a hot and dry summer, and a cold 2.1. Study area and rainy winter.

The Seybouse river, locally known as Seybouse 2.2. Sampling sites Wadi is located in North-Eastern Algeria. Its catchment is about 6 471 km², one of the largest watersheds in The study was conducted seasonally at 9 sampling Algeria. It arises from the confluence of two rivers, The sites between July 2016 and April 2017. The selection Cherf and the Bouhamdane Wadi, which join at Medjez of these sites was carried out taking into consideration Amar to form the Seybouse Wadi which discharges into the objective of the study, ease of accessibility, the the Mediterranean Sea in Annaba. availability of macroinvertebrate habitats and extent of Major anthropogenic activities in the Seybouse impacts…etc. The characterization of studied River catchment influencing its water quality include mesohabitats of the streams is presented in table 01. the uncontrolled discharge of industrial effluents in urban areas, and agricultural activities such as cultivation and livestock farming.

Figure 01. Location of the study area and sampling sites along the main course of the Seybouse Wadi and its tributaries (North-Eastern Algeria). See

Table 01 List of the sampling sites with geographical and typological information Stations Names of the sampled Latitude (N) Longitude (E) Altitude (m) Substrat Observations code sites S1-Bw Bouhamdane Wadi 36°26' 36.4" 7°18' 38.2" 249 Pierres/Blocs Water pamping S2-Cw Cherf Wadi 36°26' 35.3" 7°18' 39.2" 249 Stones / Blocks / Sludge Water pamping S3 Seybouse1 36°26' 35.4" 7°18' 43.2" 249 Stones / Pebbles / Rocks / S4 Salah 36°27'43.6" 7°20'23.2" 232 Sand / Pebbles / rocks Water pamping Water pamping. S5 Héliopolis 36°29' 4.19" 7°26'20.14" 189 Rocks / Slab Urban waste

Agriculture. S6 Boumahra Ahmed 36°28' 7.2" 7°18' 39.2" 162 Sand / Pebbles Water pamping S7 Bouchegouf 36°28' 5.05" 7°42' 12.6" 96 Sand /Blocks / Rocks / S8 Boukamouza 36°35' 33.0" 7°45'35.2" 61 Stones/Pebbles Water pamping S9 El Hadjar 36°47' 56.6" 7°45'35.2" 9 Sand / Rocks Fishing activity

Citation: HAMACHE C., YACHIR S., SAAL I., BOUCHELOUCHE D., HAFIANE M., HAMZAOUI D, MEBARKI M. and ARAB A., Diversity and Spatio- Temporal Distribution of Chironomids (Diptera, Chironomidae) in the Seybouse Wadi (Algeria). In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 52-59. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 54 Diversity and Spatio-Temporal Distribution of Chironomids (Diptera, Chironomidae) in the Seybouse Wadi (Algeria)

2.3. Environmental and Chironomids data 3. Results

The following environmental variables were 3.1. Physical and chemical water quality variables measured for each sampling site using a multiparameter probe: water and air temperature (°C), Maximum temperature dissolved oxygen values potential hydrogen (pH), potential Red/Ox (mv), were recorded in summer at the downstream stations, -1 salinity (P.S.U), electrical conductivity: EC (μS.cm ) and minimum values in the upstream stations. -1 and dissolved oxygen: DO (mg.L ). The geographical Generally, the downstream sites, revealed evidence of coordinates of the sampling sites were determined with impaired environmental. a geographical positioning system (GPS). Several Seybouse Wadi shows a homogeneous distribution environmental variables were visually estimated: water of mineralization with the exception of S2 in Autumn transparency, substrate type, presence of riparian and S7 in Winter which have good mineralization. vegetation. Same for the EC. For the chemical analysis of water (calcium Important values in suspended matter, Nitrate and -1 -1 -1 (mg.L ), magnesium (mg.L ), chloride (mg.L ), nitrite Nitrite, which are pollution parameters, were recorded -1 -1 (mg.L ), nitrate (mg.L ) and suspended in summer and autumn at downstream stations, -1 solids (mg.L )), samples are taken from each station in particularly at S5 and S6, which are probably indicative plastic bottles and transported to the laboratory in an of high organic loads. ice-filled cooler box. All chemical analyses were performed within 24 h of sample collection. 3.2. Spatio-temporal variation in abundances of Simultaneously larvae of Chironomidae were Chironomids species collected at the 9 sampling sites using a "Surber" net (250 µm) in the middle of the current and near the During the study period, 3 983 individuals of banks. The opening of the net is placed in front of the Chironomidae were identified belonging to 31 taxa, 15 current so as to receive the dislodged organisms. The of them only were determined to the specific level. net has been removed so that no organism can be Their distribution by subfamilies shows a quantitative carried away by the current. dominance of Orthocladiinae with 2350 (59%) Chironomids larvae were preserved in 5% followed by Chironominae with 1450 individuals formaldehyde solution and transported to the laboratory (36.40%). While Tanypodinae and Diamesinae account for sorting, identification and abundance counts. Head for only 3.26% and 1.33% respectively. Orthocladiinae capsules were extracted with fine forceps and mounted showed the highest generic richness (14 taxa). on microscope slides. Faunal identification was performed under a light microscope. Chironomids larvae were identified according to the keys described by EPLER (2001-2014) and OLIVER et al. (1978).

Figure 02: Relative abundance of Chironomidae sub-families in Seybouse Wadi

HAMACHE C. et al. 55

The maximum value of the Shannon index is that the seasonal variation of diversity and Evenness of 2.94 bits/ind for S9. However, the least diversified the 9 stations show a raise in the diversity in Spring stations are S1 and S3 with 2.02 and 2.03 bits/ind (3.70 bits/ind). However, this diversity decreases during respectively. Evenness values ranged from 0.57 (S5) to the Autumn (2.75 bits/ind). Same for the evenness 0.70 (S7). Species Richness between 8 (S2) and 20 values. species (S9). According to the same figure, we can say

Figure 03: Spatial and seasonal Variation of the values of H' and E.

The distribution of Chironomidae in the different contain the majority of Chironominae species. Among study stations shows that S4, S6 and S8 contain the the most abundant, we mention: Chironomus riparius, largest number of species of Orthocladiinae, the most Tanytarsus sp and Chironomus decoreus group which frequent are represented by: Rheocricotopus robacki, are very widespread species, confirming their tolerance Eukieferiella sp and Orthocladius sp, Cricotopus to severe environmental conditions. They have been annulator and Cricotopus sp1. The Tanypodinae are detected in almost all sites and especially in sites with also well represented in these sites, among these species high trophic levels or high pollution and where we we mention: Sympotthastia, Thienmanyia and Tanypus. always notice a significant decrease in dissolved The remaining stations have the lowest abundances of oxygen. However, the lowest abundances of Orthocladiinae species, these stations seem to support Chironominae species are represented by Polypedilum the various disturbances of the environment (industrial nubifer, Cryptochironomus sp and Phaenopsectra sp. and urban discharges, excessive pumping of These species are abundant in moderately polluted areas water…etc.), we quote: Eukieferiella claripennis and such as S3, S4 and S8. Cricotopus sylvestris. Species of Tanypodinae and Diamesinae are completely absent in stations S3 and S5. S5, S7 and S9

Figure 04: Spatial variation in species abundances.

The relative abundance and distribution of sites during each of the sampling seasons are presented chironomids species recorded at each of the sampling in the figure below (Figure 5). It shows that

Citation: HAMACHE C., YACHIR S., SAAL I., BOUCHELOUCHE D., HAFIANE M., HAMZAOUI D, MEBARKI M. and ARAB A., Diversity and Spatio- Temporal Distribution of Chironomids (Diptera, Chironomidae) in the Seybouse Wadi (Algeria). In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 52-59. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 56 Diversity and Spatio-Temporal Distribution of Chironomids (Diptera, Chironomidae) in the Seybouse Wadi (Algeria)

Rheocricotopus robacki, Cricotopus annulator and only during limited periods of the year. Indeed, they are Eukiefferiella sp are present throughout the period of absent during the Summer, Autumn and Winter and study with remarkable differences, exuviae and adults reveal relatively weak abundances at Spring. also appear during this period confirming the The Tanypodinae and Diamesinae species are the multivoltine and opportunistic state of these species. least abundant throughout the year: only Procladius sp Chironomus riparius, Dicrotendipes nervosus, and Sympotthastia sp shows a maximum of 2016% and Polypedilum nubifer, Polypedilum scalaenum and 2.20% respectively in spring. Tanytarsus sp are also present during the 4 seasons. All It should be noted that in periods of floods (Winter), these species use drought adaptations such as cocoon the abundances of the four sub-families were relatively construction and recolonization. Whereas low. Phaenopsectra sp and Microtendipes pedellus appear

Figure 05: Temporal variation in species abundances.

3.3. Chironomids communities and water quality by zero velocity of the current (stagnant) was correlated relationships strongly with Procladius sp, Tanytarsus sp, Cryptochironomus sp, Dicrotendipes nervosus. on the Canonical correspondence analysis (CCA) other hand, Rheocricotopus sp was greatly associated ordination plot revealed strong relationships between with the stations having good oxygenation due to the chironomids communities and measured physical and speed of the current (S3, S5, S8). chemical water quality variables. Figure 06 shows the F2 also opposes two groups of stations. In its projection of species and environmental parameters as positive part, it groups S5 and S7 characterized by a well as the stations in factorial plans F1 and F2 which degradation of water quality. These stations are highly contribute to 52.59% of total inertia (F1: 35.19%, F2: correlated with chironomids taxa that seemed to be 17.41%). Prior to the application of CCA, rare species more pollution tolerant and consisted mostly of the tribe and those sampled only once or twice during the study Chironomini, particularly Chironomus riparius, were eliminated from the analysis. Chironomus sp and Dicrotendipes nervosus. These F1 shows two groupings of stations. in the positive species were positively correlated with high Nitrites. part, the downstream station S9, which is characterized

HAMACHE C. et al. 57

Figure 06: Projection of physico-chemical, biological and study stations from using CCA of the Wadi Seybouse.

4. Discussion ecological diversity is proved by their physiological tolerance to severe environmental conditions (Warrin et 4.1. Physical and chemical water quality variables al., 2008). Ecological studies have shown that the distribution of Chironomidae larvae is conditioned by The physical and chemical water quality variables environmental factors such as depth, substrate type, provide a clear distinction between downstream and trophic level of the environment and chemical factors upstream stations. The main cause of high electrical such as oxygen concentration (Lobinske et al., 1996). conductivity and the good mineralization of some sites The type of substrate is also one of the main factors in Seybouse Wadi, apart from anthropogenic sources, is determining the distribution of Chironomidae in aquatic probably due to the river’s geological nature. environments. The structure and density of populations Industrial effluent discharges and agricultural are conditioned by the characteristics of the sediment in activities are likely the main contributors of the which they live. Procladius is an eurytope genus that observed high organic loading at S5 and S6. can grow on any substrate (Zerguin, 2009), which explains its abundance compared to other genera. Other 4.2. Spatio-temporal variation in abundances of species are found in substrates consisting of coarse Chironomids species medium sands mixed with pebbles, such as: Cryptochironomus (Zerguine, 2009) which was Chironomidae are largely cosmopolitan elements collected at station S8 (Boukamouza). found in most aquatic ecosystems (Pinder, 1986). Their

Citation: HAMACHE C., YACHIR S., SAAL I., BOUCHELOUCHE D., HAFIANE M., HAMZAOUI D, MEBARKI M. and ARAB A., Diversity and Spatio- Temporal Distribution of Chironomids (Diptera, Chironomidae) in the Seybouse Wadi (Algeria). In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 52-59. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 58 Diversity and Spatio-Temporal Distribution of Chironomids (Diptera, Chironomidae) in the Seybouse Wadi (Algeria)

Most species of Tanypodinae are reported to be appeared to be good indicators of water enriched with sensitive to water quality changes (Ochieng et al., 2008) nutrients and organic matter. which is also reflected in the present study. Although Procladius sp. is known to have varying degree of 5. Conclusion tolerance to water quality changes, it was found only at site 8 and 9 with an insignificant contribution to the Our study in North-Eastern Algeria concerned the total abundance. It could be that other ecological knowledge of the Chironomidae communities in the conditions that were not measured in the present study Seybouse Wadi during four successive seasons (2016- were responsible for their rare occurrence. Cricotopus 2017), the ecology and the systematics of this family sylvestris and Eukieferiella claripennis are widely were studied. distributed species in our study area. Indeed, according This study showed 31 species of Chironomidae to (Lobinske et al., 1996) they are among the most divided into 4 sub-families: the Orthocladiinae, opportunistic species that tolerate the severe conditions Chironominae, Tanypodinae and Diamesinae. Indeed, of the environment. the subfamily Orthocladiinae is the richest in species The high abundance of Chironomus riparius in the and number of individuals with 14 species and 2350 heavily polluted sites 5, 6 and 7 was expected because individuals. The specific richness in this watercourse of their ability to tolerate oxygen depletion and have depends mainly on the ecological conditions. It been reported in several studies at polluted sites increases with the reduction of anthropogenic impacts. (Adriaenssens et al., 2004; Janssens De Bisthoven et The species composition of the Chironomidae al., 2005; Ochieng et al., 2008; Simião-Ferreira et al., communities shows qualitative and quantitative 2009). The high abundance of the genus Chironomus at differences between habitats indicating larval selectivity the polluted sites is probably due to its ability to use for site selection. This selectivity is influenced by hemoglobin for oxygen transportation and individuals various abiotic factors, including the nature of the within this genus are therefore able to survive in oxygen substrate, organic matter, salinity, oxygen content and depleted environments (Adriaenssens et al., 2004). The temperature. The present study therefore provides majority of species belonging to Diamesinae subfamily evidence of the bioindication potential of Chironomidae are cold stenotherm. Only the genera Potthastia and larvae and at refined taxonomic resolution, they could Sympotthastia are less demanding and tolerate be applied in the bio-assessment of freshwater temperatures up to 15°C (Zerguine, 2009), which ecosystems. explains its presence at S4 and S9. The Seybouse River chironomids communities also References showed seasonal variations with more species being collected during spring, it’s the favorable period of Adriaenssens V., Simons F., Nguyen L.T.H., Goddeeris B., Goethals P.L.M., De Pauw N., Potential of Bio-Indication of Chironomids development of the majority of species (presence of Communities For Assessment of Running Water Quality in organic matter: source of food). ROSSARO (1991) Flanders (Belgium), Belg. J. Zool., 134 (2004) (1): 32-40. Available on URL: http://hdl.handle.net/1854/LU-363778 reported that most chironomids taxa enter a resting Armitage P. Cranston P.S. and Pinder L.C.V., Chironomidae - stage during winter and could result in the collection of Biology and Ecology of Non-biting Midges. Chapman & Hall, London. 572 p. fewer species. Bazzanti M., Grezzi F., Bella V., Della, Chironomids (Diptera) of Ordination techniques, such as CCA, are Temporary and Permanent Ponds In Central Italy: A Neglected multivariate statistics used to elucidate the relationships Invertebrate Group In Pond Ecology and Conservation, J. Freshw. Ecol., 23 (2008): 219-229. between biological community and their environment https://doi.org/10.1080/02705060.2008.9664194 (Ter Braak and Verdonschot, 1995). It shows strong Bonada N., Dolédec S. and Statzner B., Taxonomic and Biological Trait Differences of Stream Macroinvertebrate Communities correlation between species and environmental Between Mediterranean and Temperate Regions: Implications variables. This study further revealed that nutrient For Future Climatic Scenarios, Global Change Biol., 13 (2007): 1658-1671. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2486.2007.01375.x concentrations and electrical conductivity are important Bhattacharya G., Sadhu A.M., Majumdar U., Chaudhuri P.K., Ali A., in interpreting the results of the CCA ordination and Assessment of Impact of Heavy Metals on the Communities and species such as Chironomus sp and Dicrotendipes sp Morphological Deformities of Chironomidae Larvae in the River

HAMACHE C. et al. 59

Damodar (India, West Bengal), Supplementa Ad Acta Mesohabitats (South Italy), River Research, 26 (2009a): 1036- Hydrobiologica, 8 (2006): 21-32. 1051. https://doi.org/10.1002/rra.1303 Cranston P.S. et Pinder L.C.V., (1995), Chironomidae - Biology and Marziali L., Lencioni V. Et Rossaro B., The Chironomids (Diptera, Ecology of Non-Biting Midges. Chapman & Hall, London. 572p. Chironomidae) From 108 Italian Alpine Springs. Verhandlungen, Dickman M., Rygiel G., Chironomids Lava Deformity Frequencies, Verh. Int. Ver. Theor. Angew. Limnol., 30 (2009b): 1467-1470. Mortality and Diversity in Heavy-Metal Contaminated Sediment https://doi.org/10.1080/03680770.2009.11902356 of a Canadian Riverine Wetland, Environ. Int., 22 (6) (1996): Mousavi S.K., Primicerio R., Amundsen P., Diversity and Structure of 693-703. Available On URL: Chironomidae (Diptera) Communities Along a Gradient of Heavy https://www.sciencebase.gov/catalog/item/5053570ae4b097cd4fc Metal Contamination in a Subarctic Water Course, Sci. Total d2f60 Environ., 307 (1-3) (2003): 93-110. Epler J. H., 2001, “Identification Manual for the Larval https://doi.org/10.1016/S0048-9697(02)00465-5 Chironomidae (Diptera) of North and South Carolina”, PhD Ochieng H., Van Steveninck E.D., Wanda F.M., Mouthpart Thesis, North Carolina, USA. 521p. Available on URL: Deformities in Chironomidae (Diptera) as Indicators of Heavy https://files.nc.gov/ncdeq/Water%20Quality/Environmental%20S Metal Pollution in Northern Lake Victoria, Uganda, Afr. J. ciences/BAU/Benthos%20Reference/intro.pdf Aquat. Sci., 33 (2008) (2) : 135-142. Epler J.H., 2014. Identification Guide to the Larvae of the Tribe https://doi.org/10.2989/AJAS.2008.33.2.4.501 Tanytarsini (Diptera: Chironomidae) in Florida .1-88. Available Oliver D. R, Mcclymevt D. and M.E. Roussel., a Key to Some on URL: Chironomidae (Diptera) From the Mackenzie and Porcupine http://publicfiles.dep.state.fl.us/dear/labs/biology/biokeys/tanytars River Wastersheds, Fisheries and Marine Service, 33 (8) (1978): ini.pdf 1-73. Harrison A.D., 2003. Chironomidae. In, Day J.A, Harrison A.D., de Pinder L. C. V., Biology of Freshwater Chironomidae, In Mittler Te, Moore I.J. (Eds.), Guides to the Freshwater Invertebrates of Radovsky Fj, Resh., Annual Reviews, (1986): 1-23. Southern Africa, vol. 9. Diptera WRC Report No. TT 201/02. Porinchu D.F., Macdonald G.M., The Use and Application of DWAF, Pretoria South Africa, pp. 110-158. Freshwater Midges (Chironomidae, Insecta, Diptera) in Janssens De Bisthoven L., Gerharddt A., Chironomidae (Diptera, Geographical Research, Prog. Phys. Geogr., 27 (3) (2003): 378 Nematocera) Fauna in Three Small Streams of Skainia, Sweden. 422. https://doi.org/10.1191%2F0309133303pp388ra Environ. Monit. Assess., 83 (2003): 89-102. Rossaro B., Analysis of Environmental Gradients Determining https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1022494222666 Chironomids (Insecta Diptera) Species Composition Using Janssens De Bisthoven L., Gerhardt A., Soares A.M.V.M., Multivariate Analysis, Acta Biol., 68 (1991): 209-224. Chironomidae larvae as Bioindicators of an Acid Mine Drainage Simião-Ferreira J., Demarco Jr. P., Mazão G.R., Carvalho A.R., in Portugal, Hydrobiologia, 512 (2005): 181-191. Chironomidae Assemblage Structure in Relation to Organic https://doi.org/10.1007/s10750-004-1387-z Enrichment of an Aquatic Environment, Neotrop. Entomol., 38 Langton P. Et Casas J., Changes in Chironomids Assemblage (4) (2009): 464-471. http://dx.doi.org/10.1590/S1519- Composition in Two Mediterranean Mountain Streams Over a 566X2009000400004 Period of Extreme Hydrological Conditions, Hydrobiologia, 390 Ter Braak C.J.F., Verdonschot P.F.M., Canonical Correspondence (1999): 37-49. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1003589216389 Analysis and Related Multivariate Methods in Aquatic Ecology. Lobinske R. J., Ali A. Et Stout J., Qualitative and Quantitative Studies Aquat. Sci. 57 (3) (1995): 256-289. on Chironomidae and Selected Physico-Chemical Parameters in https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00877430 Two Tributaries of the Wekiva River, Central Florida, Entomol., Warrin, E., Din, Z.B. and Che Salmah, M.R., Use of Tropical 79 (4) (1996):531-542. Available on URL: Chironomids Larva (Diptera: Chironomidae) as Indicator https://journals.flvc.org/flaent/article/view/59253 Organism for Aquatic and Sediment Toxicity. Proceedings Luoto T.P., The Relationships Between Water Quality and International Conference on Environmental Research and Chironomids Distribution in Finland- a New Assemblage-Based Technology, 25 (2008): 14-19. Tool for Assessments of Longterm Nutrient Dynamics, Ecol. Zerguine K., 2009. « Contribution a l'étude des Chironomidae Indic. 11 (2) (2011): 255-262. (Diptera, Insecta) des Mares temporaires de la Numidie https://doi.org/10.1016/j.ecolind.2010.05.002 Orientale. Aspect de Biologie, Ecologie et Systématique », Thèse Marziali L., Armanini D.G., Cazzola M., Erba S., Toppi E., Buffagni De Doctorat. Université Badji Mokhtar Annaba. 319p. A. Et Rossaro B., Responses of Chironomids Larvae (Insecta, Available on URL : https://biblio.univ-annaba.dz/wp- Diptera) To Ecological Quality in Mediterranean River content/uploads/2015/02/Debbiche-Zerguine-Karima.pdf

Citation: HAMACHE C., YACHIR S., SAAL I., BOUCHELOUCHE D., HAFIANE M., HAMZAOUI D, MEBARKI M. and ARAB A., Diversity and Spatio- Temporal Distribution of Chironomids (Diptera, Chironomidae) in the Seybouse Wadi (Algeria). In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 52-59. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

The Use of Zooplankton Community for Assessing the Water Quality of Ghrib Dam (Algeria)

Somia HAMIL1,2*, Nassima DOUKHANDJI1, Ghiles SMAOUNE1, Mounia BAHA2 and Abdeslem ARAB1.

1Laboratory of Dynamics and Biodiversity (LaDyBio); FSB, USTHB, L.P. 32, El Alia, Bab Ezzouar, Algiers, Algeria. 2Laboratory of Eco-Biology Animals (L.E.B.A.); École Normale Supérieure de Kouba Bachir El Ibrahimi, B.P. 92, Algiers 6050, Algeria Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

Bio-monitoring using indicator organisms became a widely known and accepted method for water quality assessment. The quality of water at Ghrib Dam was evaluated by the Saprobiological method using the Pantle-Buck Saprobity index, monthly during two-year, May 2013 to June 2015 at two stations. By qualitative and quantitative analysis of the zooplankton community, bio-indicator species were selected for evaluation of water quality. A total of 62 taxa were recorded from 3 groups. The dominant group is Rotifers due to the presence of the greatest number of taxa. The main constituents of the community are the species of the genera: Keratella, Hexarthra, Brachionus, Collotheca and Polyarthra. Cladocera is subdominant group in zooplankton of the Ghrib Dam, while Copepoda are represented with small number of taxa. Out of 45 Rotifers 41 were Bio-indicator, from 13 Cladocera 9 were Bio- indicator and out of 3 Copepods 1 were Bio-indicator. During the study period, the Saprobity index varied between 1.27 and 1.76, which classifies the water quality in Class I and II (Oligosaprobic and oligo- β-mesosaprobic). There was a general trend of decrease in the Saprobity index from the beginning to end of the seasons. This is a result of natural processes (terminated degradation of introduced organic matter as well as settlement of suspended matter introduced with the supply water).

Keywords: Bioindicator species; Saprobity index; Oligo-β-mesosaprobic; Ghrib Dam.

1. Introduction stratification, and pollutants) and biotic parameters (e.g. Limitation of food, predation, and competition) Zooplanktons are microscopic animals living near to (Ramchandra et al., 2006). In Algeria, the quality of the surface of the water body. They are poor swimmers, waters is deteriorated by various forms of pollution. instead relying on tides and currents as a transport Water resources have become increasingly limited, mechanism. They feed upon phytoplanktons, difficult to exploit, and often are exposed to significant bacterioplanktons, or detritus. Zooplanktons constitute a amounts of wastewater. Ghrib Dam is the second largest vital food source for fish. They also play an important reservoir lake in service in the west of the country. The role as Bioindicators and help to evaluate the level of Ghrib Dam is situated in the province of Ain Defla1, water pollution (Contreras et al., 2009). They are west-central Algeria. It is built on the Chelif River at an assumed to be a vital part in indicating water quality average altitude of 460 m, with latitude 36°08’41.66”N (Jakhar, 2013), eutrophication (Ismail, 2016), and and longitude 02°34’18.08”E. the dammed waters are production of a freshwater body. In order to determine designed to irrigate the Mitidja plain, to the east, and the status of a freshwater body it is necessary to the plains of the upper and lower stretches of the Chelif measure seasonal variations and presence of River to the west. The water quality of the Ghrib dam zooplanktons (Zannatul and Muktadir, 2009). Differing has deteriorated since 2005 due to the annual waste varieties of species, biomass diversity and wealth of water discharges from urban (2366 hm3) and industrial zooplankton groups can be utilized to determine the areas (0.035 hm3). The aim of this study is to assess strength of a biological system. The potential of water quality of the Ghrib Dam using the zooplankton as a bioindicator species is high on the physicochemical parameters and bioindicators grounds that their development and conveyance are subject to some abiotic (e.g. temperature, saltiness, 1 Province

HAMIL S. et al. 61

organisms (rotifers, cladocerans and copepods). It is 3.55 m. The dissolved oxygen was higher during winter necessary to determine the degree, the nature and the and spring as compared to the summer months at both origin of pollution and its impact on the fauna and the sites. The conductivity was low as can be expected in a flora. freshwater body; the pH ranged between 6.52 and 9.12 and was almost always alkaline at all sites. The 2. Materials and Methods concentration of nitrate in Ghrib dam water is ranging from 0.56 to 5.07 mg.L-1. The value of orthophosphate Monthly samples were collected at two sites (St1; fluctuates from 0.005 mg.L-1to 0.32 mg.L-1. The 36°08’05,31” N/02°35’07,35” E, St2; 36°09’06.72” N / maximum value (0.23 mg.L-1) was recorded in the 2°34’08,4” E) in Lake Ghrib, from June 2013 to May month of March (spring) and minimum value in the 2015. For zooplankton quantitative analysis 5 liters month of August (summer). were taken from surface water at each sampling site by During this study we observed 45 species of filtering through a zooplankton net of 50 μm mesh rotifers. The most species rich family was Brachionidae diameter. Collected samples were kept in plastic bottles with 18 species. The rest of the families were with some lake water to which 5% formalin was added represented by just a few species. Keratella quadrata is as a preservative. Samples were studied under the present during most of the study period at densities compound microscope and specimens identified at the above in both sites respectively 1518 and 548 ind.L-1. species level when possible. Zooplankton numbers were At both study sites, during the study we observed 13 expressed as number of organisms per liter. Physical species of cladocerans and three species of copepods, and chemical variables such as temperature, pH, Arctodiaptomus salinus, Copidodiaptomus numidicus dissolved oxygen and conductivity were measured in and cyclops strenus strenus. The most abundant the field using the Multi-parameter 340i Set WTW and cladoceran was Ceriodaphnia reticulate although its transparency was also measured using a Secchi disk. density was very important in winter (435 ind.L-1 at the Dissolved nitrates and phosphates were detected second station) fellow by Diaphanosoma brachyurum spectrophotometrically method. with 342 ind.L-1 at the first station. Also, we noted the Saprobic indices (S) were calculated using the appearance of Daphnia in the spring presented by formula proposed by Pantle and Buck (1955): Daphnia longispina, Daphnia magna and Daphnia S=Ʃ(s.h)/Ʃh; where (S) is the Pantle and Buck (1955) pulex are presented with low density. saprobic index; (s) is the valence of each rotifer In determining the trophic level of the lake, rotifer (Sládeček, 1983) and (h) the relative frequency species are used as an indicator. During this research (1, uncommon; 3, common; 5, abundant). The saprobic carried out in Ghrib dam, QB/T was found to be 7. index S is based on the following ranking scale: 1.0 to Consequently, an evaluation based on the rotifer index 1.5, oligosaprobic; 1.6 to 2.5, β- mesosaprobic; 2.6 to says that the lake has eutrophic characteristics in terms 3.5, α-mesosaprobic; 3.6≥4.4, polysaprobic. The trophic of zooplankton. state of the reservoir was calculated using ratios based The composition of zooplankton communities on the number of Brachionus to Trichocerca species clearly reflects values of Saprobity index. Mean values (B/T ratios; Sládeček, 1983). of the Saprobity index along stations ranged between 1.27 and 1.76. The highest values were recorded at 3. Results: station (St1), particularly in May (1.79) (Figure 2). Significant differences in the value of the Saprobity The physicochemical variables observed at both index were recorded at both stations (p<0.05), i.e. its study sites during this period are shown in figure 1. The values clearly indicate a change in the water quality. temperature ranged between 6°C and 28°C with no The results of the Saprobity index show that the water significant differences between sites. Only the first site quality along the investigated localities is between the (St1) is part of a shallow water body where the first and second class, i.e. from oligo to beta maximum depth did not surpass 3 m; the Secchi mesosaprobic. There was a general trend of decrease in transparency was also low ranging between 0.22 m and the Saprobity index from the beginning to end of the

Citation: HAMIL S., DOUKHANDJI N., SMAOUNE G., BAHA M. and ARAB A., The Use of Zooplankton Community for Assessing the Water Quality of Ghrib Dam (Algeria). In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 60-64. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 62 The Use of Zooplankton Community for Assessing the Water Quality of Ghrib Dam (Algeria)

seasons. This is a result of natural processes (terminated settlement of suspended matter introduced with the degradation of introduced organic matter as well as supply water).

Figure 1: Monthly variation of the physicochemical parameters; STr: Secchi disk transparency, WT: water temperature, DO: dissolved oxygen, pH, EC: conductivity,

NO3, PO4, during June 2013 to May 2015 in Ghrib Dam

Figure 2: Monthly change of Saprobity index score at both stations of Ghrib Dam.

HAMIL S. et al. 63

4. Discussion The present chemical data showed that, the water quality of Ghrib Dam was fluctuated between moderate Zooplankton can be used as “bioindicators” of and good, summer season recorded the best water water pollution, because their occurrence, vitality and quality at both localities. High level of some abiotic responses, change under adverse environmental parameters causes organic pollution (eutrophication) as conditions (Oliver, 1996). The variations of their spatial phosphate and nitrate. In our results, the value of distribution based on different physical factors. In the orthophosphate fluctuates from 0.005 mg.L-1 to present study, zooplankton community is composed of 0.32 mg.L-1. The high values of phosphate are mainly three main groups; Copepoda, Cladocera, and Rotifera. due to rain, surface water runoff, agriculture run off; Rotifers are one of the sensitive indicators but pose washer man activity could have also contributed to the difficulties in acquiring adequate taxonomic skills to inorganic phosphate content. identify them. Nevertheless, it has been well documented that Brachionids are indicators of eutrophic 5. Conclusion waters while Trichocercids of oligo-mesotrophic water (Sladecek, 1983). During this study this group was This study concludes that, Saprobity index dominant in both localities. Their dominance in Ghrib somewhat give a good indication to assess water quality Dam is due to the abundance of Keratella quadrata of Ghrib Dam and there are some developments are which mainly characterized the eutrophic system (Geng needed according to the nature of the lake and their et al., 2005; Bozkurt et al., 2001). Our study clearly dominant zooplankton indicator species. shows that the study sites in Lake Ghrib are eutrophic since it has a B/T ratio of 7, in spite of the fairly high References species diversity. Saprobiological analysis at both localities showed that is ranged from oligo and β- Bozkurt A., Tepe Y, Zooplankton Composition and Water Quality of Lake Gölbaşı (Hatay-Turkey). Fresenius Environ Bull., 20 mesosaprobic, i.e., from very slight pollution to (2011): 166–174. Available on URL: https://www.prt- moderate pollution. Oligo-β mesosaprobic and β- parlar.de/download_feb_2011/ Contreras J.J., Sarma S.S.S., Merino-Ibarra M., Nandini S, Seasonal mesosaprobic rotifers account for the major fraction of Changes in the Rotifer (Rotifera) Diversity from a Tropical High- the zooplankton (Asplanchna sp, Cephalodella sp, altitude Reservoir (Valle de Bravo, Mexico), J. Environ. Biol., 30 (2009):191-195. Issue FEB 01a2011 on URL: Hexarthra sp, Keratella sp, Lecane sp, Polyarthra sp http://jeb.co.in/journal_issues/200903_mar09/paper_06.pdf and Trichocerca sp). However, just some inventory Gannon J.E. and Stemberger R.S, Zooplankton (Especially Crustaceans and Rotifers) as Indicators of Water Quality, species are alpha-mesosaprobic and polysaprobic Transactions of the American Microscopical Society, 97 (1) (Epiphanes santa, Rotaria rotatoria and Brachionus (1978): 16-35. https://doi.org/10.2307/3225681 rubens, respectively). Admittedly, rotifers are good Geng H., Xie P., Deng D., Zhou Q., The rotifer Assemblage in a Shallow, Eutrophic Chinese Lake and its Relationships with indicators of Saprobity (Sládeček, 1983), but this does Cyanobacterial Blooms and Crustacean Zooplankton, J. Fresh not exclude the importance of the cladocerans like Ecol., 20 (2005): 93–100. https://doi.org/10.1080/02705060.2005.9664941 indicators of water quality. Several researchers (Gannon Ismail A.H, Adnan A.A, Zooplankton Composition and Abundance as and Stemberger, 1978; Thouvenot et al., 1999) Indicators of Eutrophication in Two Small Man-made Lakes, Trop Life Sci. Res., 27 (suppl. 1) (2016):31-38. determined the quality of several lakes by basing on the https://doi.org/10.21315/TLSR2016.27.3.5 presence of some cladocerans (exp. daphniidae, Jakhar P, Role of Phytoplankton and Zooplankton as Health bosminidae, sididae, chydoridae, llyocryptidae) known Indicators of Aquatic Ecosystem: A Review, International Journal of Innovation Research Study, 2 (12) (2013):489–500. Available by their bacterivore activity, phytophagous and on URL: detritivores. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/264975927_Role_of_P hytoplankton_and_Zooplankton_as_Health_Indicators_of_Aquati These results may be reflecting the actual c_Ecosystem_A_Review ecological status of the lake, which coincided with the Oliver J. H., Bioindicators for Water Quality Evaluation- A Review, Journal of Chinese Institute of environmental Engineering, 6 (1) study, mentioned that, the various environmental (1996): 1-19. parameters in different seasons and regions in Lake Pantle R., Buck, H. 1955. Die Biologishe Uberwaschung der Ghrib lie within the permissible range and it is a good Gewasserund die Daestellung der Ergebnisse. GWF, 96, 603 pp. quality for drinking, irrigation and fish culture purposes.

Citation: HAMIL S., DOUKHANDJI N., SMAOUNE G., BAHA M. and ARAB A., The Use of Zooplankton Community for Assessing the Water Quality of Ghrib Dam (Algeria). In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 60-64. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 64 The Use of Zooplankton Community for Assessing the Water Quality of Ghrib Dam (Algeria)

Ramchandra T.V., Rishiram R., Karthik B. 2006. Zooplanktons as Bioindicators: Hydro Biological Investigation in Selected Bangalore Lakes. Technical report. 115. Sládeček V., Rotifers as Indicators of Water Quality; Hydrobiology, 100 (1983): 169–201. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00027429 Thakur R.K., Jindal R., Singh U.B., Ahluwalia A.S., Plankton Diversity and Water Quality Assessment of Three Freshwater Lakes of Mandi (Himachal Pradesh, India) with Special Reference to Planktonic I, Environ Monit Assess., 185 (10) (2013): 8355–8373. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10661-013-3178-3 Thouvenot A., Richardot M., Debroas D. and Devaux J., Bacterivory of Metazooplankton, Ciliates and Flagellates in a Newly Flooded Reservoir, Journal of Plankton Research, 21(9) (1999): 1659- 1679. https://doi.org/10.1093/plankt/21.9.1659 Zannatul F., Muktadir A.K.M., A Review: Potentiality of Zooplankton as Bioindicator, Am. J. Appl. Sci., 6 (10) (2009): 1815–1819. Available on URL: https://thescipub.com/pdf/ajassp.2009.1815.1819.pdf

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Faunistic and Ecology of the Benthic Macroinvertebrates of Oued Boubhir (Tizi-Ouzou, Algeria)

Lina Hanane KECHEMIR* and Abdelkader LOUNACI

Dpt. Biology - Faculty of Biological Sciences and Agronomic Sciences Mouloud Mammeri University of Tizi-Ouzou –Algeria Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

The present work constitutes a global hydrobiological study of the Wadi Sebaou and one of its main tributaries the Oued Boubhir. Its main focus is the analysis of faunal data and drawing up a list of benthic invertebrates. On the one hand, to investigate the relationships between the characteristics of the environment and its fauna, on the other hand to specify the species’ spatial distribution. Nine stations spread between 50 m and 1200 m altitude were followed by the faunistic survey of April and May 2013. The equipment used for the biological material sampling is the Surber net for the lotic facies and the Turbid net for the lentic facies. The recorded limnofauna consists of 42 831 individuals belonging to 14 zoological groups, 67 families and 92 genera. The Ephemeroptera, with 51.01% of the total fauna (24 596 individuals) and the Diptera, with 29.38% (14 169 individuals) are largely numerically dominant. They are abundant in all stations and account for almost 80% of the total fauna. The other zoological groups constitute only a very small fraction of the harvested fauna. Abundance, taxonomic richness, diversity and fairness were studied. They allowed descriptive study of the stand structure. The analysis of the stand structure showed that the altitudes (> to 900 m) are the most diversified. The great diversity of habitats has allowed the development of a community rich in taxa and fairly balanced. in the foothills and lowlands, exposed to various anthropogenic disturbances, the number of taxa harvested in considerably reduced. The structure of the benthic communities was visualized by multivariate statistical methods (ACP, AFC) which allows us to show the affinities of the species for the selected environmental variables. The hierarchical ascending classification allowed to individualize 3 nuclei of affinity between the stations on the one hand and the species on the other hand, and determined by a longitudinal gradient. The first group characterizes the upper parts of rivers. The second contains the rheophilic and hemi-stenothermic species, the third contains the most eurythermal species, with much better support for temperature increases and the presence of organic matter, and therefore falls considerably lower in the lower portions of the rivers.

Keywords: Rivers; Benthic invertebrates; Community structure; Oued Boubhir; Tizi-Ouzou.

1. Introduction has been monitored, in terms of changes as much in biotic factors as its abiotic factors. The faunistic studies of streams can serve as a basis The main known works are those of Lounaci (1987) for understanding their functioning. They are a tool for and Ait-Mouloud (1988) on the fauna of the rivers of evaluating the health condition of the water and are Wadi Aissi, Arab (1989) on the macroinvertebrates of therefore used as bioindicators. They provide a Wadi Chiffa and Mouzaia, Gagneur et Aliane (1991) on significant contribution to the management of the Plecoptera of the Tafna, Moubayed et al. (1992) on watercourses and their sustainable development. in the Chironomidae Diptera of Algeria, Lounaci-Daoudi particular, the benthic community’s analysis makes (1996) on the macroinvertebrates of the Sébaou River possible to assess the degree of alteration of aquatic Network, Thomas (1998) on the Ephemeroptera of environments; It will highlight the Physico-chemical Algeria, Morocco and Tunisia, Samraoui and Menai variations of the waters and thus the spatial and (1999) on the Odonata of Algeria, Rajendra et al. temporal variations of the pollution. Spatial variations (2000a) on benthic fauna in the Wadi Sébaou basin, were attributed to habitat characteristics but also to Lounaci et al. (2000b) on the abundance, specific temporal stochastic fluctuations in the environment. richness and structure of the communities of Thanks to its Mediterranean facade, Algeria has Macroinvertebrates of the Sébaou Wadi, Mebarki important hydrographic networks., the richness and (2001) of the Benthic fauna of three hydrographic diversity of Its continental waters, have aroused the networks of the Kabylia rivers, Arab (2004) on the interest of many researchers. Unfortunately, little work benthic fauna of the networks Hydrographic Chellif and

66 Faunistic and Ecology of the Benthic Macroinvertebrates of Oued Boubhir (Tizi-Ouzou, Algeria)

Mazafran, Arab et al. (2004) on the spatial and temporal doing an updated Hydrobiological study of the Oued distribution of benthic invertebrates of Chelif Wadi, Sébaou and one of these main tributaries the Oued Lounaci and Vinçon (2005) on the Pleecoptera of Boubhir. It focuses mainly on faunistic data through a Kabylia, Lounaci (2005) on benthic fauna of the rivers qualitative and quantitative analysis of invertebrate of Kabylia of Djurdjura, Moubayed et al. (2007) on the stands. Different analysis parameters will be used: Chironomidae Diptera of Algeria, Zerguine et al. taxonomy, stand structure. (2009), on the Chironomidae Diptera of the northeast of Algeria, Yasri (2009), on the hydrobiology of the 2. Study Sites, materials and methods Hydrographic network of Mazafran, Hamzaoui (2009), on the benthic macrofauna of Saoura Wadi (Bechar), The Djurdjura, which is our study area, is located in Sekhi (2010) on the macroinvertebers of Rivers Tiout, the northern Centre of Algeria at a 100 km east of Hadjadj and Moghrar (Nâama) and Haouchine (2011) Algiers. It extends from the mountain ranges of on the fauna and ecology of the macroinvertèbrés of the Djurdjura (alt. max. 2308 m) to the Sébaou Valley Kabylia rivers. (Tizi-Ouzou). It is drained by the Wadi Sébaou, the With the aim of contributing to the knowledge of the main waterway in the region (Figure 1). evolution of the rivers of the Djurdjura, we contemplate

Figure 1: Geographical location of the study area.

KECHEMIR L.H. and LOUNACI A. 67

Unable to study all the streams extending over a (FR), Tait (TA) and Candle Bridge (PB), 6 stations surface of the order of 8500 Km2, our interest focused located in the subbasin of the Oued Boubhir: 1 station mainly on streams that drain the flows of the northern on the Oued Boubhir: BH; 1 station on Assif Illilthen: flank of the eastern part of the Djurdjura: Tirourda col, AI; 1 station on Assif do Ath Akter: AA; 2 stations on Boubhir and the Sébaou. 9 stations were selected Assif Tirourda: TR1 and TR2; 1 station on Assif ranging from 50 to 1200 m altitude. Their abiotic Iferhoune: IF. characteristics are summarized in table 1. They are as follows: 3 stations located on the Oued Sébaou: Fréha

Table 1 Abiotic characteristics of the 9 stations studied

Stations TR1 TR2 AA AI IF BH FR TA PB Alt 1200 1 045 1 080 1 010 930 210 160 100 50 Slo 14,8 13,6 19,8 16,8 9,4 1,6 1,2 0,5 0,2 DisS 0,5 1,5 0,5 1 3 25 40 45 75 Wid 1,5 1,5 1,5 2 3 4 10 10 10 Dep 20 10 15 20 20 25 30 40 40 Vel 120 110 120 80 60 40 30 20 10 Tem 2 2 3 4 6 10 15 18 23 Cov 100 100 100 100 75 50 50 25 25 Aqv 0 10 10 10 20 20 30 40 40 PG 100 95 90 90 90 60 40 30 20 SS 0 0 10 0 0 30 40 50 60 Oma 0 5 0 10 10 10 20 20 20 Alt: Altitude (m), Slo: slope (%), DisS: Distance to Source (km), Wid: river width(m), Dep: water Depth (cm), Vel: current velocity (cm/s), Tem: Water temperature (°C), Cov: Riparian cover (%), Aqv: aquatic vegetation (%), PG: Pebbles Gravel (%), SS: Sand silts (%), Oma: Organic matter (%)

Faunistic harvests were carried out during the • A factorial analysis in the main component (ACP) to months of April and May 2013 due to a month. in lotic take account of the heterogeneity of environmental environments, the quantitative sampling was carried out variables; using a Surber net in shallow areas (less than 40 cm) on • A factorial analysis of correspondence (AFC) to pebble, gravel, sand and silt substrates. in lentic describe the structure of the stand; environments, samples were drawn using a 30 cm • A hierarchical Ascending classification (CAH) diameter circular opening kick net. Sampling is draw in computed from the coordinates of the surveys on the dredging Sandy, silty and/or muddy bottoms by making axes to allow to know to what level the frequently round trips over a distance of about one meter. associated species are connected. We studied abundance, taxonomic richness, and the Describing the structure of the studied stand, we occurrence of species for each of the taxonomic groups carried out a factorial analysis of the corresponding data in our streams. Then, we analyzed the evolution of the sets: The 9 stations and the 44 taxa appertaining to the specific diversity using the Shannon – Weaver indices main representative groups of the benthic fauna: and the fairness of the 9 stations as a function of Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, Trichoptera and Coleptera altitude. (EPTC). The study of the faunistic structure allowed us to determine the structure of benthic invertebrate 3. Results and Discussion communities and their spatial organization in the streams studied according to environmental 3.1. Faunistic analysis characteristics. in order to obtain an objective description of the data:

Citation: KECHEMIR L.H. and LOUNACI A., Faunistic and Ecology of the Benthic Macroinvertebrates of Oued Boubhir (Tizi-Ouzou, Algeria). In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 65-73. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5

68 Faunistic and Ecology of the Benthic Macroinvertebrates of Oued Boubhir (Tizi-Ouzou, Algeria)

The benthic fauna of Kabylia stream, its distribution • The number of taxa varies from one station to and ecology have long remained poorly known. The another and fluctuates between a minimum of 12 taxa work of Lounaci (1987), Malicky And Lounaci (1987), recorded at the PB station and a maximum of 63 taxa Ait-Mouloud(1988), Lounaci-Daoudi (1996), Lounaci collected at the TR1 station. et al., 2000; (2001), Lounaci (2005); Lounaci and • Mountain streams contain the most important Vinçon (2005) and Moubayed-Breil et al. (2007) are the taxonomic richness, with 63 taxa recorded at the TR1 only data on aquatic invertebrate stands in this region. station, 56 taxa in the AA station and 43 taxa at AI The present fauna study identified in the two station. These stations are characterized by shady campaigns of samples April and May 2013 a total of pathways, fast current velocity, relatively low thermal 42831 individuals divided into 14 zoological groups (67 amplitude and coarse pebble-dominated substrate. families and 92 genera) in the various stations • For TR2 and IF stations, although altitude stations, prospected between 50 and 1200 m Altitude. they contain only 28 and 26 taxa, respectively. This low In the 92 taxa of benthic invertebrates, 78 taxa wealth is partly related to recent floods in the sampling (84.78%) are insects and 16 taxa (15.21%) belong to the period; The bottom of the stream is frequently swept by other classes or branches: Oligochaetes, Hirudinae, the abrupt variations in flow. Many forms do not mollusks, crustaceans, Hydracariens and tolerate these variations. Only suited elements most not Entomobryomorphes belonging to the Class of to be caught, remain in nature. Collembola. In the Piedmont and low altitude stations (BH, FR, The best represented groups are Diptera and TA and PB), the number of taxa harvested is relatively Coleoptera, with 14 and 11 families respectively. The small (between 12 and 26 taxa); This is due to the Trichoptera (9 families), the Plecoptera (7 families), the relatively high water temperatures, the sand-dominated Mollusks (6 families), the Ephemeroptera and the substrate, and the organic matter, adding to this the Heteroptera (5 families), the Oligochaetes (3 families), negative impact of anthropogenic disturbances in these the Crustaceans (2 families) and finally the Hirudinae, streams. the Hydracariens, The Planipennes, the Odonata and the Entomobryomorphes with a family. The size of the benthic stand shows that Diptera and Ephemeroptera are largely dominant, with 21 483 individuals (50.16% of total fauna) and 12 730 individuals (29.72% of total fauna), respectively. They are abundant in all stations and total about 80% of the harvested fauna. Worms, Plecoptera, Trichoptera, Coleoptera, and Crustaceans are moderately represented and are respectively: 8.18%, 2.76%, 2.8%, 2.21% and 2% of the benthos. Figure 2: Taxonomic richness of the stations studied. In contrast, Mollusks, Hydracariens, Hirudines, and 3.2. Diversity and structure Heteroptera were poorly represented and constituted only 0.66%, 0.53%, 0.35%, and 0.3% of total fauna. 3.2.1. Diversity Finally, the Entomobryomorphes, Planipennes, and

Odonata are rare in our samples, respectively: 0.14%, In the different stands, the patterns of variation of 0.12% and 0.04% of total fauna. the two H' and E indices show the same allure (Figure By its relief and topography, Djurdjura Kabylia 3). The highest values are recorded at the level of the offers a wide variety of aquatic biotopes. The reading of mountain streams. The AA station (Assif Ath Atsou) figure 2 connected to the taxonomic richness of the presents the highest values of the real diversity and the stations studied shows that: equitability: H' = 3.97 and E = 0.8, then come the stations TR1, TR2, AI and IF, with H' indices between

KECHEMIR L.H. and LOUNACI A. 69

3.18 and 3.48 and e between 0.58 and 0.75. in these (>0.7) and indicate that these parameters are highly stations, the large diversity of habitats allows the correlated. development of a species-rich community with The study of the environmental factors measured relatively comparable numbers. during the study period was approached by the use of The Piedmont and low altitude stations BH, FR, the main component analysis (ACP). This analysis TA and PB show relatively high indices. H' is between clearly shows in space the significant factors F1 2.30 and 3.06. These results are likely due to the floods (AXE1) and F2 (AXE2): The relationships between the observed during the sampling period. in fact, the variables on the one hand, and the distribution of the months of April and May 2013 are characterized by stations given all their environmental characteristics. On sudden and violent rains, resulting in spectacular floods. the other hand. The first two significant factors take into The velocities of the current are high resulting in an account 95% of the total variance. intense erosion and strong transport. The environmental structure obtained shows an The influence of discharges on the fauna of upstream-downstream gradient of streams. The altitude macroinvertebrates is manifested by the elimination of variables (Alt), Slope (Pen), coarse substrate (GG), sensitive taxa, as is the case of Plecoptera that have current velocity (Vit) and Edge vegetation (RIP) are completely disappeared at the BH, FR, TA, and PB strongly interconnected with Axis 1 in positive position, stations and the outbreak of species that tolerate and well represented in the F1-F2 plane, gradually Conditions of extreme environments such as pollution decreasing from Upstream downstream. and temperature rise. This is the case for Chironomidae Similarly, very related to axis I in negative position, and Beatidae who have significant numbers in all the variables distance to source (Dis), depth of water stations. (Pro), width of the major bed (Lar), substrate composed The equity index in these stations varies between of sand, silt (SL) and aquatic vegetation (VAQ), organic 0.52 and 0.66. This means that the populations of matter (MO) and water temperature (TEM) See their macroinvertebers are in disequilibrium between them. values increase from upstream to downstream These disturbances caused the development of an (Figure 4). adapted fauna, numerically dominated by Diptera, The Hierarchical Ascending classification (CAH) Ephemeroptera and worms. carried out on the basis of the results of the ACP visualises well the relationships between the environmental variables for all the stations (Figure 5). The representation in space of the same F1 and F2 factors with total cloud variability of 98% (Figure 6) shows an opposition between: The stations of high altitude (TR1, TR2, AA, AI, and IF) in the negative position on Axis 1, mainly related to the parameters: elevation above 930, high slope (>9.4%), coarse substrate composed of gravel Stations pebbles and high current velocity, and the stations of Figure 3: Evolution of the Shannon-Weaver (H ') and equity (E) Low altitude (BH, FR, (TA, PB) in positive position on indices in the stations studied. the same axis, related to the parameters distance to source (high), depth of the water blade (>25 cm), width 3.2.2. Faunistic structure of the minor bed (>4 m), the nature of the substrate (sand, silt with presence of organic matter) and High In this work, 12 environmental descriptors are taken water temperature. into account to characterize each of the 9 stations To describe the structure of the stand studied, we studied. Analysis of correlations between different conducted a factorial analysis of the correspondences parameters showed that the variables are intercorrelated. that dealt with two data sets: the 9 stations and 44 taxa Their correlation coefficients are highly significant belonging to the main representative groups of the

70 Faunistic and Ecology of the Benthic Macroinvertebrates of Oued Boubhir (Tizi-Ouzou, Algeria)

benthic fauna: Ephemeroptera, Plecoptera, Trichoptera structure and biological characteristics: it clearly and Coleptera (EPTC). opposes the stand of Low altitude, in a negative position The results of the analysis show that the first two (Group 2), which also shows a certain homogeneity. axes of the AFC alone express 53.70% of the total • Axis 2 appears to represent a factor of variability (Figure 7). specialization. It makes it possible to contrast the The point cloud Projection on Axis 1 shows that the stenotypes taxa, in a positive position that show a faunistic readings are ordered according to their stronger affinity for the TA station, the low-elevation location on the streams in a progressively upstream- eurythermal stand. downstream gradient. • The macro-benthic settlement of the elevation zones, in positive position on Axis 1 (Group 1), is characterized by a certain heterogeneity of the fauna

Figure 4: ACP representing the distribution Figure 5: Dendrogram visualizing the relationship of environmental parameters. between environmental variables.

Figure 6: Factorial analysis of correspondences realized on 9 stations and 9 environmental parameters. Fact 1: 31.5% inertia Fact 2: 20.6% inertia

KECHEMIR L.H. and LOUNACI A. 71

Figure 7: Distribution of the affinity of the EPTC and the stations in the factorial plan F1× F2

The results of this study show that organisms are not of the streams studied are not represented in Figure 8, it randomly distributed in different habitat types. Stony is: Acentrella, Beatis, Centroptillum, Hydraena, substrates exhibit more specific fauna and are colonized Hydropsyche. by a greater number of taxa. This is probably related to the fact that this substrate is a heterogeneous and 4. Conclusion complex environment, offering a greater diversity of nooks for organisms. The limnofauna identified in this work consists of This is the case of group 1, which presents a 42 831 individuals belonging to 14 zoological groups procession of stenotherm species mainly populated by and 92 genera. They are collected at 9 stations located small rivers above 900 (stations AA, AI, TR1, TR2 and between 50 and 1200 m above sea level. IF). These species exhibit a higher affinity for coarse Analysis of the stand structure of the studied streams substrates (boulders, pebbles, gravels) and a net trend in shows that the elevation zones are the most diversified. Rheophile. Favorable ecological conditions and the wide diversity The Stenotypes species that would characterize the of habitats have resulted in the development of a stations are: AA (Cop: Coplateus, Aga: Agapetus, Eph: species-rich and fairly balanced benthic community, Ephemera), AI (Rio: Riolus, Ber: Berosus, Dry: which shows that the environment is not disturbed and Dryops), TR1 (Chl: Chloroperla, Hydv: Hydrovatus, that the benthic stand could have kept some originality. Hyg: Hygrobia), TR2 (Coe: Coerostoma, Psy: On the other hand, the areas of Piedmont and low Psychomiya), IF (Allo: Allotrichia). altitude are moderately diversified, due to the negative Group 2 is composed of eurythermal species that impacts of the various anthropogenic activities: would characterize low elevation habitats (TA station, accumulation of domestic waste, artisanal collection of BH, FR, PB). It is less rich and less diversified than the sand and gravel, intensive agriculture and abusive water previous one. It is correlated with low-elevation pumping, added to this the intense precipitation which parameters, low slopes, substrate marked by fine after floods makes that the samples much poorer in particle size and abundance of aquatic vegetation. The individuals and taxa. species that compose it, usually unabundant and The various indicators used, namely the specific infrequent, are well known for their thermophilic richness, the diversity index and the equitability index, character and their development in the habitats rich in allowed the descriptive study of the structure of the organic matter: TA (Hydb: Hydrobius, Rha: Rhantus, stand. Dyt: Dytiscus, Aul: Aulonogyrus, Brac: Brachycerus), The Shannon and Weaver index showed significant BH, FR and PB (Cae: Caenis, Lac: Laccophilus, Pel: diversity in all the stations studied, the values range Peltodytes, Och: Ochthebius, Limb: Limnebius). from 2.3 to 3.97. The species with broad ecological amplitude, The equitability index reveals that the taxa are usually very frequent, very abundant and representative unbalanced among themselves because the majority of

72 Faunistic and Ecology of the Benthic Macroinvertebrates of Oued Boubhir (Tizi-Ouzou, Algeria)

the stations exhibit various disturbances that led to the Held U., 2010. Pièges de corrélation : les coefficients de corrélation de Pearson et Spearman. Biostatiques Hoorten-Zentrum, Univ. proliferation and development of tolerant and polluo- Spital. Zurich. Forum. Med Suisse. resistant species (Chironomidae, Beatidae) and the https://doi.org/10.4414/fms.2010.07285 decrease or squarely to the disappearance of Polluo- Lavandier P., 1979. « Ecologie d’un Torrent Pyrénéen de Haute Montagne : l’Estaragne », Thèse Doctorat d’état. Univ. Paul. sensitive taxa (Plecoptera, sheath Trichoptera). Sabatier. Toulouse. 532p. The study of environmental factors carried out by a Lounaci A., 1987. « Recherches hydrobiologique sur les peuplements d'invertébrés benthiques du bassin de l'oued Aissi (Grande main component analysis (ACP) showed the existing Kabylie) ». Thèse De Magister, Université D’Alger, 133p. relationships between the stations and the Lounaci A., 2005. « Recherches sur la faunistique, l’écologie et la biogéographie des macroinvertèbrés des cours d’eau de Kabylie environmental parameters. (Tizi Ouzou, Algérie). Thèse De Doctorat D’état. Université The spatial distribution of species is specified Mouloud Mammeri. Tizi-Ouzou, 208p. Lounaci A. & Vinçon G, Les Plécoptères de la Kabylie du Djurdjura through a factorial analysis of correspondence (AFC). (Algérie) et biogéographie des espèces d’Afrique du Nord The hierarchical ascending classification allowed to [Plecoptera], Ephemera, 6 (2) (2005): 109-124. individualize affinity groups between the stations on the Lounaci-Daoudi D., 1996. « Travaux sur la faunistique, l'écologie et la biogéographie des insectes aquatiques du réseau one hand and the EPTCs species on the other. hydrographique du Sébaou ». Thèse de Magister, Université de Tizi-Ouzou, 152p. Lounaci A., Brosse S., Thomas A. & Lek S. Abundance, diversity and References community structure of macroinvertebrates in an Algerian Stream: The Sébaou Wadi, Annels Limnil., 36 (2) (2000A): 123- 133. https://doi.org/10.1051/limn/2000008 Ait Mouloud S., 1988. « Essais De Recherches Sur La Dérive Des Lounaci A., Brosse S., Ait Mouloud S., Lounaci-Daoudi D. & Macroinvertèbrés Dans L’oued Aïssi : Faunistique, Ecologie Et Biogéographie » Thèse Magister, Université d’Alger, 118p. Mebarki M. Current knowledge of benthic invertebrate diversity in an Algerian Stream: A Species Check-List of The Sebaou Angelier E., Angelier M.L. & Laiga J., Recherches Sur L’écologie River Bassin (Tizi-Ouzou), Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat., Toulouse, 136 Des Hydracariens (Hydrachnella, Acari) dans les eaux courantes, Ann. Limnol., 21 (1) (1985) : 25-64. (2000B): 43-55. Available on URL : https://gallica.bnf.fr/ark:/12148/bpt6k6556547s/f45.item https://doi.org/10.1051/limn/1985003 Malycky H. & Lounaci A., Beitrag zur Taxonomie und faunistik der Arab A., 1989. « Etude des Peuplements d’invertébrés et de poissons appliquées à l’évaluation de la qualité des eaux et des ressources cherfliegen von Tunisien, Algerien und Moroko (Trichptera), Opusc. Zool. Flumin., 14 (1987): 1-20. [Article in German] piscicoles des Oueds Mouzaia et Chiffa » Thèse De Magister, http://bionames.org/issn/1010-5220 U.S.T.H.B.145p. Arab A., 2004. « Recherches faunistiques et écologique sur les Mebarki M., 2001. « Etude hydrobiologique de trois réseaux hydrographiques de Kabylie (Parc National de Djurdjura, Oued réseaux hydrographiques du Chélif et du bassin versant du Sébaou, Oued Boghni) : Faunistique, Ecologie et biogéographie Mazafran ». PhD Thesis, U.S.T.H.B.145p. Arab A., Lek S., Lounaci A. & Park Y.S., Spatial and Temporal des macroinvertèbrés benthiques ». Thèse Magister. 25p. Moubayed J., Ait-Mouloud S. & Lounaci A., Les Chironomides Patterns of Benthic Invertebrate Communities in an Intermittent River (North Africa), Annls. Limnol. Int. J. Lim., 40 (4) (2004): (Diptera) d’Algérie. I. bassin de l’Oued Aissi (Grande Kabylie), 317-327. https://doi.org/10.1051/limn/2004029 Nachr B1. Bayer. Ent., 41 (1) (1992): 21-29. Moubayed J., Lounaci A. & Lounaci-Daoudi., Non-Biting Midges Bolbaoca D. S. & Jantshit L., Pearson Versus Spearman. Kendell’s Tau Correlation Analysis on Structure-Activity Relationships of from Algeria, North Africa (Diptera, Chironomidae), Ephemara., Biologic Active Compounds, Leonardo Journal of Sciences, 8 (2) (2007): 93-99. Samraoui B. & Menai R., A Contribution to the Study of Algeria (2006): 179- 200. Available on: http://ljs.academicdirect.ro/A09/179_200.pdf Odonata. Int. J. Odonatology., 2 (2) (1999): 145-165. Bournaud M & Keck G., Diversité spécifique et structure des https://doi.org/10.1080/13887890.1999.9748126 Sekhi S., 2010. « Recherches sur la faunistique et l’écologie des peuplements macroinvertèbrés benthiques au long d’un Cours d’eau : Le Furans (Ain), Acta Oecologica. Oeocol. Gener., 1 (2) macroinvertèbrés des cours d’eau Tiout, Hadjadj et Moghrar (1980) : 131-150. http://geoprodig.cnrs.fr/items/show/144061 (Wilaya de Naâma) » Mémoire De Magister, USTHB, Alger, Algeria. Available on URL : Flandrin J., 1952. La chaine du Djurdjura : Monographies régionales. XIXème Congres Géologiques Internationales, Algérie 1e Série. http://repository.usthb.dz/handle/123456789/2791 19 : P 49. Shannon C.E. & Weaver W., 1949.The Mathematical Theory of Communication. Urbane: University of Illinois Press: 177p. Gagneur J. & Aliane N., (1991): Contribution à la connaissance des Plécoptères d’Algérie, pp. 311-323 In: Alba-Tercedor, J. and A. Tachet H., Bournaud M. & Richoux Ph., 1980. Introduction à l’étude Sanchez-Ortega (eds.) Overview and Strategies of Ephemeroptera des macroinvertèbrés des eaux douces (systématique élémentaire et aperçu écologique). Associations Française De Limnologie : and Plecoptera. The Sandhill Crane Press, Inc. Gainesville, Florida. 588 pp. 150p. Tachet H., Bournaud M., Richoux Ph. & Usseglio-Polatera Ph., 2000. Hamzaoui D., 2009, « Impact des Changements Climatiques sur la Invertébrés d'eau douce : Systématique, Ecologie, Biologie. Ed Répartition de la Faune Benthique de l’Oued Saoura (Bechar) » Thèse De Magister, U.S.T.H.B : 80p. Cnrs- Paris.588p. Thioulouse J., Chassel D., Doledec S. & Oliuvier J.M., Ade-4: A http://hdl.handle.net/123456789/2781 Multivariant Analysis and Graphical Display Software. Statistics Haouchine S., « Recherche sur la faunistique et l’écologie des macroinvertèbrés des cours d’eau de Kabylie ». Thèse De and Computing, 7 (1997): 75- 83. https://doi.org/10.1023/A:1018513530268 Magister. U.M.M.T.O, Tizi-Ouzou, Algérie. Available on URL : https://dl.ummto.dz/handle/ummto/1592

KECHEMIR L.H. and LOUNACI A. 73

Thomas A., Provisional Checklist of the Mayflies of North Africa (Ephemeroptera), Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat., Toulouse, 134 (1998.A): 13-20. Verneaux J., 1973. « Recherches écologiques sur le réseau hydrographique de Doubs. Essai de biotypologie » Thèse Doc. Etat, Université De Besançon : 260p. Yasri N., 2009. Diversité, « Ecologie et biogéographie des macroinvertèbrés de quelques affluents du Mazafran ». Mémoire Magistère, USTHB, Alger, Algeria, 96p. Available on URL : http://repository.usthb.dz/bitstream/handle/123456789/2701/TH5 455.pdf?sequence=3&isAllowed=y Zerguine K., Samraoui B. & Rossaro B., A Survey of Chironomids from Seasonal Pounds of Numidia. North-Eastern Algeria, Biol. Zool. Agr. Bachic. Serie II., 41 (3) (2009): 167-174.

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Biodiversity of Spiders (Arthropods, Arachnids) at Algiers Agroecosystem (Algeria)

OUTEMZABET Malika*, OUTEMZABET Lynda and KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS Ourida

Laboratory of dynamics and biodiversity, Faculty of Biological Sciences, University of Science and Technology Houari Boumediene, BP 32 El alia, Bab Ezzouar, Algiers. Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

Araneids (Arthropods, Arachnids) are one of the most abundant predatory groups in the terrestrial ecosystems and can play an important role in suppressing agricultural pests. They are sensitive to the vegetation’s changes and play an important role in the functioning of the agroecosystem. These semi-natural environments harbour a well-adapted terrestrial fauna, which maintain generally a trophical order. A monthly study of spiders was carried out over a year at the Technical Institute of Great Crops (TIGC) in Oued Smar (Algiers). Six plots (1.5 hectare each) were chosen and selected according to the height of species vegetation cultured: Durum wheat plot, Oilseed rape plot, soft wheat, two plots with clover and one uncultivated plot. At each plot, six pitfalls traps were used to harvest the spiders. They were plastic bottles, dug in a straight line with an interval of 1 m at least. A total of 600 individuals were collected: 303 males, 116 females and 181 juveniles. They belong to 18 families, 36 genera and 46 species. Diplocephalus graecus is a species who dominates with 145 individuals. Specific diversity differs between plots. The diversity gradually increases with vegetation height, and a significant correlation exists between the abundance of spider and the height of species vegetation cultured in this agroecosystem. The vegetation cover provides favorable habitats to the life of Araneids species living in such environments.

Keywords: Spiders; Specific richness; Diversity; Vegetation; Agroecosystem.

1. Introduction “Beaulieu”. It has the following Lambert coordinates: latitude 36°43' north and longitude 3°84' east. The Araneae form a large order from soil fauna. Our study area has a dry period from late May to They are part of the above ground fauna and they are early October. Stations were chosen in response to very diverse within the class Arachnida. These are top certain criteria primarily related to initial objectives and predators in terrestrial ecosystems in abundance and the problem of our research. They are six in number and diversity. They can be important predators of pests in are named alphabetically (Figure 1). agricultural landscapes (Sunderland & Samu, 2000). In Algeria, the Spiders have been the subject of several ecological and systematic researches in different ecosystems, but for the agro-ecosystem, studies are very rare. These semi-natural habitats are home to this order very suitable and vegetation factor is most characteristic in such habitats (Lacost and Salanon, 2001). Our work consists to study the relationship between the distribution of populations of this zoological group chosen and the height of the plant species cultivated. Our study was conducted in the experimental station of the Institute of Technical Crops, which has an area of

47 ha. It is located at a distance of 20 kilometers from the province of Algiers, in the commune of Figure 1: Location of the six study stations at IGC level Oued Smar, daïra El Harrach 1 and in a place called

1 District

This is an open access article distributed under the Creative Commons Attribution License CC-BY, which permits

unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited. OUTEMZABET M. et al. 75

2. Materials and methods

The spiders were captured by the Barber traps (Barber, 1931) since it is the method most used and most ideal in ecology. She is known for its efficiency, its simplicity, and not only to reap the Arachnids but also other active soil fauna. This trap consists of a simple plastic pot filled to a third of formalin diluted to

4% that can drown the trapped people and keep them Figure 2: Relative abundance Arachnid compared to other zoological until the next statement. According to Obrtel (1971), groups five pots were sufficient to reap the monthly different zoological groups that exist in a station. In our study, We note that at the level of Arachnida, order six traps were placed and that in order to reap the Araneae dominates with 60.40% (represented by 600 maximum individuals. The contents of each pot are individuals), followed by the order of Opilions with raised and emptied monthly during an annual cycle in 29.49 and finally comes the order Acarina with the plastic bags. These bags bear labels where the date is lowest percentage with only 10.10% (Figure3). Two noted, the trap number and station on which each trap other levels of the class Arachnida (Pseudoscorpions has been listed. This is repeated in the same way for all and Scorpions) are absent in our samples. the pitfalls of the various stations. The collected material is sorted then determined using a dissecting microscope and following different key determination, we first determine the different families and genera and species. Key dichotomous most used for determination are: Ledoux and Duck (1981), Roberts (1985), Heimer and Nentwig (1991); Grimm (1985), Jocqué (1991) Bosmans (2001), and Abrous- Bosmans (1992), and Beladjal-Bosmans (1997). Figure 3: Relative abundance of different orders of the class of To evaluate biodiversity changes observed in our Arachnid study, we use the concept of species diversity, measured by the index of Shannon-Weaver (1949) which is one of A total of 600 individuals belong to the family of the indices used to measure species diversity. Spiders were collected, among them, 303 individuals are adult males, 116 individuals are adult females and 3. Results 181 individuals are juveniles (Figure 4). This work force is spread over 18 families, 36 genera and 46 3.1. Composition of captured fauna species.

Our sampling results contains 992 individuals with 14.86 % belong to the class Arachnida, the rest (5683 individuals or 85.13%) belongs to all other taxa (Figure 2).

Figure 4: Relative abundance of Spiders (males, females and juvenile).

Citation: OUTEMZABET M., OUTEMZABET L. and KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS O., Biodiversity of Spiders (Arthropods, Arachnids) at Algiers Agroecosystem (Algeria). In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 74-78. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 76 Biodiversity of Spiders (Arthropods, Arachnids) at Algiers Agroecosystem (Algeria)

3.2. Study of the stational composition selected stations. Abundance is maximum is as high vegetation. In fact, habitat structure affects species Our study the harvest of 18 families and richness whereas production patterns will impact on the Liniphiidae are most abundant with 251 individuals abundance, organic agriculture (vegetation) that have belonging to 11 species. This family is not located the most positive impact on spiders and thus favoring randomly in the fields; it follows the distribution of the control of crop pests (Schmidt et al., 2005). potential prey (Harwood et al, 2001). The latter has a power of expansion in various terrestrial (Bonte et al, 3.4. Synecological study 2002). Diplocephalusgraecus (Lyniphiidae) is dominant with a staff of 145 found in all study sites, it is a species 3.4.1. Species richness that respond in a variety of habitats such as semi-natural ecosystems (Bonte et al, 2002). A total of 40 species were collected in all stations. It dominates slightly in the station E with 46 The Spiders are moving in the site where prey is the individuals; this can be explained by the presence of a most frequent and where conditions are favorable. large canopy because the habitat structure has a major Species abundance is proportional to the distribution of influence on the distribution and abundance of species richness in each station. The largest abundance Arachnids. The latter has the distinction of moving is recorded at the station F with 106 individuals, this several miles by the “ballooning” (Schmidt and may be related to the height of the plant species and Tscharnitke, 2005), is what allows him to move across variety and also the absence of herbicide uses at this the field where we conducted our study. The weaver station (Table I). The diversity of grass height provides spiders are very dispersive and they feed on Arthropods greater richness of spiders (Dennis et al, 2001). highly mobile groups. Trochosa (Lycosidae) with 61 Low abundance is recorded in station A with only individuals (14.55%) and Araeoncus (Lyniphiidae) with 46 individuals. The latter is characterized by the 50 individuals. The Lycosidae do not spin webs, but presence of a single plant species cultivated and whose hunt in jumping on their prey. height is relatively low, it is characterized by a large agricultural practice. 3.3. Variation of the Spiders rates depending on We note that there is a variation of the overall the vegetation height richness in the various stations (Table I and Fig. 05). This variation can be explained both by the conditions Our study shows a relationship between the in each station and the vegetation height. abundance of species and vegetation height in the

Table I Species richness and abundance of species in each study site during the year of study (S: Species richness, A: Abundance, H. Moy: height of vegetation). Stations Station Station Station Station Station Station Parameters A B C D E F S 14 17 18 13 16 17 A 46 99 47 49 72 106

H. Moy 31 47 44 45.5 30.5 33

OUTEMZABET M. et al. 77

Figure 5: Change in species richness in terms of vegetation height

3.4.2. Species diversity and equitability highest values were found at stations C and D respectively 2.31 and 2.06 bits/individual (Table II). The Shannon and Weaver diversity index (H’) of our six study sites varies between 1.24 and 2.31. The

Table II Values of the Shannon-Weaver index (H’), specific diversity (S), maximum diversity (H max) and equitability in the study sites. Station Station Station Station Station Station A B C D E F H’ (bits /individu) 1.87 1.88 2.31 2.06 1.24 1.94 S 14 17 18 13 16 17 H max 2.63 2.83 2.89 2.56 2.66 2.83 E 0.71 0.66 0.79 0.80 0.46 0.68

Stations C and D have a very high homogeneity. the various components of a biocoenos is complex. The They are occupied respectively by rapeseed and durum lowest value of H’ is stored in the station E with 1.24. wheat that reach a maximum height during the summer This can be explained by the presence of an imbalance and they are characterized by a rare intervention by in the stand, so the distribution is not the same because farmers that is to say that they are rarely crowded. The of the presence of a dominant species. greater the diversity, the higher trophic links between

Figure 6: Changes in the diversity index (H’) and equitability index (E) in the study sites

Citation: OUTEMZABET M., OUTEMZABET L. and KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS O., Biodiversity of Spiders (Arthropods, Arachnids) at Algiers Agroecosystem (Algeria). In. ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 74-78. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 78 Biodiversity of Spiders (Arthropods, Arachnids) at Algiers Agroecosystem (Algeria)

4. Conclusion Grimm U., Die Gnaphosidae Mittel Europas (Arachnida, Araneae), Abh. Naturn. Ver. Hamberg, 26 (1985): 1-318. Harwood J.D. Sunderland K.D. and Symondson W.O.C., Living Our work done on the stands of Araneae where the Food is: Web Location by Lilyphiid Spiders in (Arthropoda, Arachnida) in six selected stations in an Relation to Prey Availability in Winter Wheat., Appl. Ecol., 38 (1) (2001): 88-99. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365- agroecosystem showed the relationship between this 2664.2001.00572.x zoological group and the height of the cultivated Heimer S. and Nentwig W., 1991: Spinnen Mittel Europas. Edition Paul Parey, Berlin,531p. vegetation. Jocqué R., A Generic Revision of the Spider Family Zodariidae The largest values of vegetation heights are (Araneae), Bull. Am. Mus. nat. Hist, 201 (1991): 1-160. Lacost A. and Salanon R., 2001: Elements of Biogeography and recorded during the dry season, and it is the season Ecology: An Understanding of the Biosphere by the Analysis of where we found the maximum of individuals of Spiders. the Major Components of the Ecosystem. Edition Nathan, Paris, 210p. The rest of the year is characterized by vegetation Ledoux J. Cand Duck A. 1981: Introduction to the Systematic Study whose height varies between species cultured. Our of Spiders. Domazan Edition, Paris, 56p. study has been completed to the limit of our sampling, Leveque C. 2001: Ecology of Ecosystems in Heliosphere. Edition Dunod, Paris,502p. harvesting 600 individuals including 419 adults and 181 Obrtel J., Number of Pitfall Traps in Relation to the Structure of the juveniles. The mature individuals are composed of 303 Catch of Soil Surface Coleoptera, Acta Ent. Bohemoslovaca, 68 (1971): 300-309. males and 116 females; they belong to 18 families, 36 Roberts M.J., 1985: The Spiders of Great Britain and Ireland. Edition genera and 46 species. Harley books, London, 227p. Shannon C.E. and Weaver W., 1949: The Mathematical Theory of Comparison of abundance and species richness of Communication. Edition Urbana. Univ. Illinois, U.S.A, 25p. each station with vegetation height shows that it Schmidt M.H. and Tscharntke T., Landscape Context of Sheetweb increases proportionally with it. Stations with Spider (Araneae, Linyphidae) Abundance in Cereal Fields, Journal of biography, 32 (3) (2005): 467-473. vegetation height is low are fewer wealthy stations in https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365-2699.2004.01244.x cash. The nature of the vegetation is important but the Schmidt M.H., Roschewitz I., Thies C. and Tschamtke T., Differential Effects of Landscape and Management on Diversity and Density height of the latter is even more because it shows a of Ground-dwelling Farmland Spiders, Journal of Applied direct relationship with biodiversity in an agricultural Ecology, 42 (2) (2005): 281-287. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1365- 2664.2005.01014.x ecosystem. Sunderland K. and Samu F., Effects of Agricultural Diversification on the Abundance, Distribution, and Pest Control Potential of Spiders: A Review, Entomologia Experimentaliset Applicata, 95 References (2000):1–13. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1570-7458.2000.00635.x

Barber H.S., Traps for Cave Inhabiting Insects, J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc, 46 (1931): 259-266. [HTML version] on URL: https://dc.lib.unc.edu/cdm/ref/collection/jncas/id/1537 Beladjal L. et Bosmans R., Nouvelles données sur le genre Harpactea Bristowe en Algérie (Araneae, Dysderidae), Rev. Arachnol, 12 (1997): 9-29. Bonte D., Criell P., Baert L. and De Bakker D., The Invasive Occurrence of the Mediterranean Dwarf Spider Diplocephalus graecus (Cambridge, 1872) in Belgium (Araneae: Linyphiidae), Belg. J. Zool., 132 (2002): 171-173. Available on URL: https://biblio.ugent.be/publication/363640 Bosmans R., Les genres Acartauchenius Simon et Thomatoncus Simon en Afrique du Nord. Etude sur les Lyniphiidae africaines. IX. (Araneae, Lyniphiidae, Erigoninae), Rev. Arachnol, 14 (2001): 1-24. Bosmans R. and Abrous O., Studies on North Africain Lyniphiidae VI, The genre Pelecopsis Simon, Trichoptera Kulczynski and Ouediagen, Bull. Br. Arachnol. Soc., 9 (1992): 65-85. Available on URL: http://britishspiders.org.uk/wiki2015/index.php?title=BAS_Bullet in_Volume_9 Boulinier T., Nichols J.D., Sauer J.R., Hines J.E. and pollock K.H., Estimating Species Riches: The Importance of Heterogeneity in Species Detectability, Ecological Society of America, 73 (1998): 10-18. https://doi.org/10.1890/0012- 9658(1998)079[1018:ESRTIO]2.0.CO;2 Dennis P. Young M.R. and Bentley C., The Effects of Varied Grazing Management on Epigeal Spiders, Harvestmen and Pseudoscorpions of Nardusstricta Grassland in Upland Scotland, Agriculture, Ecosystems and Environment, 86 (1) (2001): 39-57. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0167-8809(00)00263-2 Frontier S. and Pichod-Viale D., 2004 : Ecosystème : Structure, Fonctionnement, Evolution. Editions Dunod, Paris, 550 p.

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Distribution of Macroinvertebrates in a River of the Aures (Algeria) Imane SAAL*., Ghiles SMAOUNE, Djaouida BOUCHELOUCHE, Mouna HAFIANE, Djamila HAMZAOUI, Mohamed MEBARKI and Abdeslam ARAB

USTHB; FSB; Laboratory of Dynamic and Biodiversity, BP 39 El Alia, Algiers. Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

Wadi El-Abiod is one of the Algerian rivers located on the southern side of the eastern part of the Saharan Atlas in semi-arid and Saharan bioclimatic (Batna and Biskra: Algeria) between 35°16’56” and 34°50’52’' north latitude; 06°31’55” and 05°55’06” east longitude. Like all Mediterranean rivers, characterized by irregular flow and severe low flows. During the summer, the draining of the Wadi generally lasts six months, it can be explained either by the effects of the drought or by the effect of the irrigations. The best represented groups are Diptera and Coleoptera, respectively 13 and 9 families. Next are Trichoptera (7 families), Ephemeroptera (6 families), Mollusca and Odonata (5 families), Oligochaeta, Heteroptera and Achaeans (3 families), Crustaceans, Hymenoptera, Nematoda and Hydra-Carians (1 family). The benthic population showed that Diptera and Ephemeroptera are the most abundant, accounting for 44.92% (6144 individuals) and 37.18% (5086 individuals) respectively of the total fauna. They are present practically at all stations and during all sampling campaigns. Trichoptera, Coleoptera and Mollusca occupy the 3rd, 4th, 5th, respectively, in order of numerical abundance. They account for 12.86% (1732 individuals), 3.22% (434 individuals) and 1.12% (154 individuals), respectively. The other groups are weakly represented. The analysis of the distribution of harvested fauna revealed their great diversity in heterogeneous stations characterized by relatively high temperatures, moderate speed, heterogeneous substrate with pebbles and stones, and abundant aquatic vegetation. The reduction in the number of species harvested at other stations is due to the negative impact of anthropogenic disturbances, low temperatures and high thermal amplitudes

Keywords: Wadi; Diversity; Macro-invertebrates; Distribution

1. Introduction: the emergent and/or submerged aquatic vegetation. The establishment of each species in a biotope is governed Studies of benthic fauna and its ecology are of by a complex of factors, physico-chemical, paramount importance in understanding the functioning environmental, biological and ecological (Mebarki, and management of natural systems and in assessing the 2017). ecological health status of hydro systems (Bebba, The Aures region, despite its importance from a 2017). climatic point of view, and its large area is very rich in In Algeria, aquatic stands are facing a major rivers. Unfortunately, very few studies have been ecological problem linked to the summer drought. The devoted to their ecology and the biology of the living freshwater surfaces, lakes and rivers, occupy only a organisms that colonize them. very small part of the national territory, especially in The objective of this work is to study the summer, the level of these waters diminishes (low water distribution of benthic macroinvertebrates in a river of level) to become null (Arab, 2004). the Aures (Wadi El-Abiod) and the relationships Macro-invertebrates are an essential element in between the environmental characteristics and this freshwater ecosystems because of their diversity, distribution. abundance and role in nutrient cycling. However, they actively participate in the transformation of organic 2. Materials and Methods matter (decomposition of leaves, wood ...) (Ben Moussa et al. 2014). Micro-distribution studies are essential 2.1. Study Area because benthic invertebrates in running water have an overall extreme spatial distribution (Scrimgeour et al. Wadi El-Abiod is located between 35°16’56”, 1993), aquatic macro-invertebrates tend to exploit all 34°50’52” North latitude and 06°31’55”, 05°55’06” the available micro-habitats on the substratum and in East longitude, on the southern slope of the eastern part

This is an open access article distributed under the Creative Commons Attribution License CC-BY, which permits

unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.

80 Distribution of Macroinvertebrates in a River of the Aures (Algeria)

of the Saharan Atlas, according to the hydrographic Tighanimine, it settles in the canyons of Ghoufi and the division in force in Algeria, this watershed is annexed gorges of M'chounèche, then opens a way towards the to the watershed of Chott Melghir. Saharan plain to the gorges of Foum El Gherza (Krimil, It takes its source in the Aures, formed by the union 2009). It travels 121 km but our study area was limited of the torrents descending from the steep slopes of to a length of 74.57 km (figure 1). Chelia (2326 m) and Ichemoul (2100 m After crossing

Figure 1: Geographical situation of the area

From upstream to downstream, we selected 9 the presence of pollution sources and the environmental stations (Table 1) considering many criteria such as the parameters (altitude, riparian, vegetation, nature of the objective of the study, the accessibility to the stations, substrate. Table 1 Geographical locations, and the morphometric characteristics of the stations Altitude Medium Medium Stations Code Latitude N Longitude E Substratum Shady (m) wide (m) depth (cm) Station 1 M1 1370 35°17’07’’ 06°32’19’’ 3 10 Silt, Sand Pebbles -- Station 2 E1 1360 35°16’56’’ 06°31’55’ 2,50 15 Blocks, Pebbles stone -- Station 3 M2 1355 35°16’59’’ 06°31’51’’ 5 15 Silt, Sand, Pebbles -- Station 4 E2 1350 35°16’58’’ 06°31’50’’ 2,80 20 Pebbles ++ Station 5 E3 1230 35°16’15’’ 06°27’22’’ 3 30 Silt, Sand, Pebbles -- Station 6 E4 761 35°06’45’’ 06°13’56’’ 7 20 Silt, Sand, Pebbles, blocks -+ Station 7 E5 761 35°03’04’’ 06°09’51’’ 8 30 Pebbles +++ Station 8 E6 323 34°57’20’’ 06°00’26’’ 12 50 Blocks, Pebbles, Stone -- Station 9 E7 129 34°50’52’’ 05°55’06’’ 15 55 Muddy ++ (--: null; -+: low; ++: important; +++: very important)

SAAL I. et al. 81

2.2. Climatic characteristics: (20×25 cm) and a mesh opening of 250 μm. The collected samples are transferred to plastic boxes and Wadi El-Abiod is divided between two regions then stored and fixed with formalin diluted to (5%) and with different climates: the Batna region, which is then sorted and identified in the laboratory using the characterized by a semi-arid to temperate winter climate keys of determination using the determination key and a dry period extending from mid-May to early (Tachet et al, 2010) November. And the region of Biskra, which is a region with a Saharan climate in hiver hot, whereas the dry 3. Results and discussion period spreads throughout the year (ONM, 2015). 3.1. Taxonomic richness:

2.3. Macroinvertebrates sampling: The sampling carried out at the level of the El-

Abiod Wadi raised 13678 individuals from 58 families. Monthly sampling was carried out over a period of From the point of view of taxonomic composition, one year: March 2014 to February 2015. Those from insects are the taxonomic group that dominates the July and August were not carried out because of the stands (98.46%). Mollusca are moderately represented drying up of the watercourse. In each station, we sample (1.13%). Other groups are weakly represented: the benthic fauna by carrying out 8 samples on surfaces Oligochaetes (0.25%), Nematoda (0.07%), Huridina of 1/20 m2, carried out in 8 distinct habitats. Each (0.06%), Crustaceans (0.02%) and Hydracarians habitat can be characterized by the velocity of the water (0.01%) (Figure 2). - substrate (nature of the bottom). Sampling takes place with a Surber sampler with a surface area of 1/20 m²

Figure 2: Proportion of different taxonomic groups identified.

Temporal variations show a taxonomic richness of May is due to a very favorable period for the the benthic populations in April, May and June with 26, development of the fauna (speed of the fast current, 30, 30 taxa respectively (Figure 3). A slight decrease in important aquatic vegetation, favorable temperature, life wealth is observed in other months with a low wealth in cycle. February (14 taxa). The increase in wealth from April to

Citation: SAAL I., SMAOUNE G., BOUCHELOUCHE D., HAFIANE M., HAMZAOUI D., MEBARKI M. and ARAB A., Distribution of Macroinvertebrates in a River of the Aures (Algeria). In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 79-84. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5 82 Distribution of Macroinvertebrates in a River of the Aures (Algeria)

Figure 3: Taxonomic richness of stations.

The number of taxa varies from one station to filamentous algae are well developed, reflecting a high another (Figure 4). It fluctuates between a minimum of nutrient loading, favorable conditions for the 5 taxa collected at the Medina2 station and a maximum development of a diversified fauna. Unlike the latter, of 30 taxa collected at the Tifelfel station. In the latter, Medina2 is disturbed by anthropogenic activities, it the Bottomis constituted by a diversified receives wastewater from homes, most taxa are pollu- (heterogeneous) substrate therefore a multiplicity of resistant such as Chironomidae. microhabitats and an important aquatic vegetation. The

Figure 4: Taxonomic richness of months

3.2. Insecta 37.76% (5086 individuals), Trichoptera 12.86% (1732 individuals), Coleoptera 3.22% individuals), 0.33% The fauna inventory is dominated mainly by Odonata (45 individuals), 0.19% Heteroptera (26 Insects (98.46%) with 13 468 individuals. Among these individuals) and Hymenoptera with only 0.01% (one Insects, the order of the Diptera is well represented with individual) (Figure 5) 45.62% (6144 individuals), followed by Ephemeroptera

Figure 5: Proportion of different orders of insects recorded.

SAAL I. et al. 83

3.3. Other groups 3.4. Correspondence Factorial Analysis (CFA)1

Diptera is the most representative zoological group, To describe the structure of the fauna studied at with 6144 individuals, belonging to 13 families. They Wadi El-Abiod, we carried out a Correspondence represent 45.62% of all harvested insects (Table 2). The Factorial Analysis (Figure 6). This CFA was carried out elements of this order have not only a wide altitudinal on a matrix of the basic data (09 stations x 13 faunistic distribution but also a great capacity to colonize various groups). The CFA has given a circle whose two axes polluted or unpolluted biotopes (Moubayed, 1986). account for 82.29% of total inertia (43.63% for axis 1 Ephemeroptera is the second abundant zoological group and 38.67% for axis 2). This projection shows that: with 5086 individuals divided into 12 genera belonging to 6 families. They represent 37.76% of all insects harvested. The larvae of Ephemeroptera are very abundant in running water. They often occupy the main biotopes of torrents, streams and rivers (Bebba et al., 2015). The order of Coleoptera is well represented and constitutes the most diversified group. A total of 15 genera belonging to 9 families was inventoried. Hymenoptera, Crustaceans (Gammaridae) and Hydracarians are the least diverse group with only one family and one genus. According to Haouchine 2011, Gammaridae prefer freshwater habitats flowing on a coarse substrate (pebbles, blocks) and rich in plant debris

Table 2 Number of individuals, families and genus Numbers of Numbers of Numbers of Zoological group individuals families genus Figure 6: Projection of taxa according to the stations (CFA). Diptera 6 144 13 6 Ephemeroptera 5 086 6 12 According to the axis F1, which has the maximum Trichoptera 1 732 7 9 information (43.63%), we note that in its positive part, Coleoptera 434 9 15 the Group 1 gathers the downstream station (E7), where we find groups that live in stagnant water, on Odonata 45 5 6 immersed plants (Heteroptera, Odonata, Hymenoptera, Hemiptera 26 3 3 Coleoptera, Mollusca and Nematoda), while for its Hymenoptera 1 1 1 negative, part we observe that the Group 2 gathers Mollusca 154 5 9 together the stations (M1, M2, E3 and E4), where we Oligocheta 34 3 3 meet only the groups of the Diptera and Oligochaeta Nematoda 9 1 0 which represent a pollu-resistant group. Hirudina 8 3 3 According to axis F2, Group 3 brings together the Crustacean 3 1 1 stations (E1, E2, E5, E6) where we meet the groups Hydracarians 2 1 with large ecological valence (Trichoptera and Total 13 678 58 68 Ephemeroptera) which are more or less pollu-resistant and the Hirudina, Hydracarians and Crustaceans who prefer the fresh waters flowing on a coarse substrate (pebble) rich in plant debris

1 A descriptive multivariate statistical method

Citation: SAAL I., SMAOUNE G., BOUCHELOUCHE D., HAFIANE M., HAMZAOUI D., MEBARKI M. and ARAB A., Distribution of Macroinvertebrates in a River of the Aures (Algeria). In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 79-84. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5 84 Distribution of Macroinvertebrates in a River of the Aures (Algeria)

4. Conclusion Scrimgeour G.J., Culp J.M. & Glozier N.E., An Improved Technique for Sampling Lotic Invertebrates, Hydrobiologia, 254 (1993): 65- 71. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00014309 The sampling carried out at the level of the El- Tachet H., Richoux P., Bournaud M. et Usseglio-Polatera P., (2010) - Abiod Wadi raised 13 678 individuals from the insects Invertébrés d'eau douce : systématique, biologie, écologie. CNRS, Paris. 588p. are the taxonomic group that dominates the stands (98.46%). The remaining groups represented 1.54% of the total fauna. A total of 58 families of macroinvertebrates were recorded in the study stream. Insecta was the most diverse class with 7 orders and 45 families. Diptera and Ephemeroptera were the most abundant orders with 6144 and 5086 individuals respectively. They were the most common groups, being present on all sampling occasions. The taxonomic richness of the Wadi depends on the ecological conditions at each station; it is all the higher because the biotope is heterogeneous and less influenced by anthropogenic activities.

References

Arab A., (2004), « Recherche faunistique et écologique sur le réseau hydrographique de Chélif, du bassin versant de Mazafran ». Thèse Doctorat-ISN. U.S.T.H.B. Alger. 145p. http://hdl.handle.net/123456789/1032 Bebba N., (2017), « Impact des paramètres environnementaux et distribution spatio-temporelle des éphéméroptères dans les oueds de Biskra et Batna » Thèse de Doctorat. Université Ferhat Abbas. Sétif.198p. http://dspace.univ- setif.dz:8888/jspui/handle/123456789/1508 Bebba N., El Alami M., Arigue S.F. et Arab A., Etude mésologique et Biotypologique du peuplement des Ephéméroptères de l’Wadi Abdi (Algérie), J. Mater. Environ. Sci., 6 () (2015): 1164 -1177. https://www.jmaterenvironsci.com/Document/vol6/vol6_N4/137- JMES-1392-2015-Bebba.pdf Ben moussa A., Chahlaoui A., Rour E. et Chahboune M., Diversité taxonomique et structure du macrofaune benthique des eaux superficielles de l’Wadi Khoumane. Moulay Idriss Zerhoun. Maroc. J. Mater. Environ. Sci., 5 (1) (2014): 183 - 198. https://www.jmaterenvironsci.com/Document/vol5/vol5_N1/22- JMES-559-2013-Benmoussa.pdf Haouchine S., (2011), « Recherche sur la faunistique et l’écologie des macroinvertèbrés des cours d’eau de Kabylie » Mémoire de Magister-FSBSA. U.M.M. Tizi Ouzou. 157p. https://dl.ummto.dz/handle/ummto/1592 Krimil F., (2009), « Essai de modélisation de la gestion du barrage de Foum El Gherza (W. de Biskra) », Mémoire de Magistère-FS. Univ E.H.L. Batna. 130p. http://eprints.univ-batna2.dz/799/ Mebarki M., (2017), « Bio-écologie et biogéographie des macroinvertèbrés benthiques des cours d’eau du Nord de l’Algérie et distribution spatiale des peuplements », Thèse de Doctorat- FSB. USTHB. Alger. 231p. http://hdl.handle.net/123456789/5644 Moubayed Z., (1986), « Recherche sur la faunistique, l’écologie et la zoogéographie de 3 réseaux hydrographiques du Liban : l’Assi, le Litani et le Beyrouth », Thèse de Doctorat en Sciences. Univ Paul Sabatier. Toulouse. 496p. Office Nationale de la Météorologie (ONM), (2015) - Données Climatiques des Wilaya de Batna et Biskra (Algérie)

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Determination of Collagen Content and Factors of Variation in Algerian Camel Meat

Naima SAHRAOUI1,*, Guy DEGAND2, Mohamed Brahim ERRAHMANI3, Babelhadj BAAISSA4, Djamel GUETARNI5, Antoine CLINQUART2 and Jean Luc HORNICK6

1Veterinary Institute, University of Blida 1, Blida, Algeria * [email protected] 2.Department of Food Sciences, University of Liège, Belgium 3Department de Chemistry, University of Blida 1, Blida, Algeria 4Laboratory for the Protection of Ecosystems in Arid and Semi-Arid Zones, University of Kasdi Merbah, Ouargla, 30000, Algeria. 5Department of Biology, University of Blida1, Blida, Algeria 6Nutrition Unit, Tropical Veterinary Institute, University of Liège, Belgium

Abstract

Collagen is an important constituent when the physical properties of meat are considered. In view of the fact that factors affecting camel meat toughness are not fully understood and the possibility that they could influence marketing of camel meat. A total of twenty-three camels (age range: 4 months-15 years) from both sexes and belonging to Sahraoui and Targui breeds were slaughtered following the normal abattoir procedures in Ouargla (Algeria). Samples of Longissimus dorsi muscle were collected and the collagen content was determined. Mean value was 2.20±0.27 % on fresh matter. A high value of the collagen content was recorded in animals more than 8 years old compared to adults’ animals from 0 to 4years old (p=0.024). The difference between the breeds was not significant (2.13 vs. 2.39 % in Sahraoui and Targui breeds, respectively). Females meats had significantly higher values than that of the males (4.77 vs. 1.82%).

Keywords: Camel; Collagen content; Meat; Gender; Breed; Longissimus dorsi

1. Introduction 1992). Hydroxyproline is a major component of the protein collagen, comprising roughly 13.5% of Dromedary camel is one of the most important mammalian collagen. Hydroxyproline and proline play domestic animals in arid and semi-arid regions as it is key roles for collagen stability. They permit the sharp equipped to produce high quality food at low costs twisting of the collagen helix (Szpak, 2011). To our under extremely harsh environments compared to other knowledge, the connective tissue composition of meat animals (Yagil, 1982; Yousif and Babiker, 1989). It is a is unknown in Algeria. The aim of this study was thus good source of meat in areas where climate adversely to measure the levels of collagen in the meat from affects the efficiency of production of other animals camels belonging to Algerian population. (Kadim et al., 2006). Moreover, camel meat has low fat content and is rich in some healthy nutrients (Sahraoui 2. Materials and Methods et al., 2014). Few studies performed on camel meat (Babiker and Yousif, 1990; Kadim et al., 2008) 2.1. Animals and muscle sampling suggested that the quality of camel meat is comparable to beef if animals are slaughtered at comparable ages, Twenty-three Algerian camels, aged between 4 whereas, physicochemical and textural characteristics of months and 15 years, fattened by local camel herders in camel meat have not been fully exploited. Ouargla (Algeria), were selected and slaughtered The texture of meat mainly depends on following the normal abattoir procedures. The samples zootechnical parameters such as breed, age and sex of Longissimus dorsi muscle were removed from each (Huff-Lonergan and Lonergan, 2005), and on carcass within 1-hour post-slaughter. Muscle samples anatomical characteristics such as type of muscle were cut cylindrically (5 cm diameter and 10 cm (Zamora, 1997). Structure of collagen and elastin is a length). Samples were sealed in plastic bags and significant factor that affects meat texture (Takagi et al., transported to the Faculty of Veterinary Medicine,

This is an open access article distributed under the Creative Commons Attribution License CC-BY, which permits

unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.

86 Determination of Collagen Content and Factors of Variation in Algerian Camel Meat

University of Liege, in an insulated box filled with ice, age groups (p=0.024; Table 1). A strong gender effect where samples were packed and stored at –18°C until was observed on collagen content. Significantly higher analysis in the Laboratory of Food Science. collagen content was measured in females compared to males (Table 2). By contrast, no significant difference 2.2. Chemical analysis in total collagen content in meat was observed between Sahraoui and Tergui breeds (Table 3). 2.2.1. Hydroxyproline estimation Table1 Effect of age on collagen content (Mean±SD) in Algerian camel’s The hydroxyproline (OH proline) content in meat meat was determined according to ISO 3496 method [0-4[ years [4-8[ years >8 years p>F performed by ISO 3496 (1994). Briefly, 6 to 7 grams of N 15 3 5 fresh meat sample was hydrolysed with 8, 4 N sulfuric Collagen % 1.67a±0.19 2.05a±0.20 3.51b±0.97 0.024 acid for 16 h at 105°C. Hydrolysate was filtered, and a : différence significative ; b :différence non significative solution was diluted to volume with distilled water. One Table 2 milliliter of hydrolysate was pipetted into a 100 ml Effect of sex on collagen content (Mean±SD) in Algerian camel’s volumetric flask and filled to mark with H2O. Two meat milliliters of colour reagent was added and mixed. Tube Males Females p>F was then placed in a water bath at 60°C for 20 min, then N 20 3 cooled to room temperature and absorbance measured. Collagen % 1.82±0.13 4.77±1.08 <0.001 A standard calibration curve was carried out from OH proline proanalyzer at concentrations ranging from 0.25 Table 3 to 3.2 μg.mL-1. The calibration line related optical Effect of breed on collagen content (Mean±SD) in Algerian camel’s meat density to concentration of OH proline expressed in Sahraoui Tergui P μg/mL. The OH proline content in the collagen being considered as 12.5%. The collagen content was N 17 6 calculated from hydroxyproline content using the Collagen % 2.13±0.36 2.39±0.21 0.66 coefficient 8 4. Discussion 2.2.2. Statistical analysis Collagen is the most abundant mammalian and The Statistical analysis was performed on Statistica avian protein and is found in all tissues, particularly 10®, Statsoft, USA. The collagen concentrations were skin, tendon, and bone (McCormick, 1999) but there is compared by age groups, gender and breed using the little data on camel’s collagen content as reported by Student t-test or ANOVA1 procedure. Differences were Kadim et al. (2013) and very few studies have explored considered significant at p≤0.05 level. The data was the collagen content in camel meat (Babiker and Yousif, expressed as % in fresh meat. 1990). Our results showed that the mean collagen content in meat camel was 2.20±1.26%. Hadi et al. (2012) reported largely lower total collagen content in 3. Results camel meat, with values ranging from 1.67 to 2.03 mg/g of meat for Longissimus dorsi and Psoas major muscles Our results showed that the mean collagen content from one humped male camel. Kamoun et al. (1995) in meat was 2.20±0.27 %, with maxima value of 6.27% indicated that the total collagen content was 3.3 to and minima value of 1.26%. Regarding to age, the 7.5 mg/g in six major muscles. Nevertheless, Babiker results showed that higher collagen content was and Yousif (1990) indicated that the total collagen recorded in animals over than 8 years, when compared content is greater in camel Longissimus dorsi than in to animals between the age of 0 to 4 and 4 to 8 years Semitendinosus or Triceps brachii, possibly due to the morphological requirement for stabilizing the hump 1 “Analysis of Variance”: Statistical analysis tool attached to the Longissimus dorsi. Numerous

SAHRAOUI N. et al. 87

investigations have determined total and insoluble compared to that of animals with 8 permanent incisors. collagen contents in bovine meat (Torrescano et al., Intermolecular crosslinks present in collagen found in 2003). However, Torrescano et al. (2003) reported that muscle of young animals are unstable to heat but these total collagen content of bovine muscles showed a wide links are converted into complex structures as the range of values (0.31 to 1.15%). Mamani-Linares and animal ages, becoming thermostable (Robins et al., Gallo (2013) indicated that soluble collagen was only 1973), tending to make the meat less tender. 1.28 mg/g (20.28% of total collagen content) in llama Nevertheless, the total collagen level was found to be Longissimus lumborum muscle. Other studies have higher in females (Table 2). Abdelhadi et al. (2015) reported that texture of meat fibers, aggregation and gel indicated that OH proline contents did not differ formation in bovine meat mainly depend on between male and female camel. Total collagen values myofibrillar and sarcoplasmic proteins, on decreased in the strong male lambs, while soluble characteristics of animal such as breed, age and sex collagen did not vary significantly. The influence of (Huff-Lonergan and Lonergan, 2005), on anatomical gender on connective tissue is reported and refers to characteristics such as type of muscle, and on collagen content and solubility of collagen. Collagen content is solubility (Zamora, 1997). Tenderness of meat is rated observed to be higher among males than in females. as the most important quality attributed by the average The collagen content of females is close to that of consumer and appears to be sought at the expense of castrated males. Collagen solubility is similar in flavor or color (Lawrie, 1979). The most marked castrated males and females; It was low in all males difference in meat quality characteristics between camel (Monin, 1991). These differences are corresponding and other livestock is believed to be tenderness. Camels with the animal’s age, since they are relatively poor in are usually slaughtered at the end of their productive young animals and then increase with age (Kopp, life (>10years) which is the reason that camel meat is 1982). Collagen content also decreases with muscle classified as a low-quality meat. For age, we observed development, it is linked with physiological period that higher collagen content was recorded in animals among genotypes, which can also contribute to over than 8 years, when compared to animals aged differences in tenderness (Renand, 1988). When between 0 to 4; and, 4 to 8 years. The same observation reported to the breeds, no significant difference was was made by Kadim et al. (2006) who suggested that observed between total collagen content in meat. Al- male camels should be slaughtered between one to three Owaimer et al. (2014) reported that cross sectional area years of age. Kadim et al. (2008) reported that Warner- of muscle fibers did not differ between the animal’s Bratzler shear force (WBSF)2 values in 5 to 8 years old breeds. Though, in the literature, many authors have camels were significantly higher than 1 to 5 years old reported the effect of breeds on beef tenderness. In ones. Increase in toughness due to age may be related to semi-tropical region of Argentina, breeds effect on changes in muscle structure and nature and quantity of tenderness was observed between Criollo Argentino and connective tissue in the meat (Kadim et al., 2014). The Brasford steers raised on forage (Orellana et al., 2009). collagen content of muscle increased from 18 to 20% between 9 and 13 months of age; above 13 months, 5. Conclusion muscles had lower variations in content. The gradual decrease in solubility of collagen would explain the This study evaluated the content of collagen in decrease in meat tenderness with age of animal. Algerian camel meat. Results showed low mean levels However, Duarte et al. (2011), reported that total but higher collagen content was recorded in the elderly. collagen content in muscle does not increase In addition, female camel meat had significantly higher significantly with physiological maturity in cattle; collagen values but probably owing to an age effect. however, collagen solubility is correlated with dental The values remained similar for Sahraoui and Tergui maturity since meat from animals with 2 and 4 breed reported in table 3. permanent incisors has greater collagen solubility

2 Texture analysis method for tenderness

Citation: SAHRAOUI N., DEGAND G., ERRAHMANI M.B., BAAISSA B., GUETARNI D., CLINQUART A. and HORNICK J.L., Determination of Collagen Content and Factors of Variation in Algerian Camel Meat. In ICAPC'5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 85-88. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5 88 Determination of Collagen Content and Factors of Variation in Algerian Camel Meat

References Meat Science, 94 (1) (2013): 89-94. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.meatsci.2012.12.013 Mccormick RJ., Extracellular Modifications to Muscle Collagen: Abdelhadi OMA, Babiker SA, Bauchart D, Listrat A, Remond D, Implications For Meat Quality, Poult. Sci., 78 (5) (1999): 785- Hocquette JF, Faye B., Effect of Gender on Quality and Nutritive 791. https://doi.org/10.1093/ps/78.5.785 Value of Dromedary Camel (Camelus dromedarius) Longissimus Monin G., Facteurs biologiques des qualités de la viande bovine, Lumborum Muscle, J. of the Saudi Society of Agricultural Prod. Anim. Paris INRA, 4 (2) (1991): 151-160. Available on Sciences; King Saud University, 16 (3) (2015): 242-249. URL: https://www6.inrae.fr/productions-animales/1991-Volume- https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jssas.2015.08.003 4/Numero-2-1991/Facteurs-biologiques-des-qualites-de-la- Al-Owaimer AN, Suliman GM, Sami AS, Picard B, Hocquette JF, viande-bovine Chemical Composition and Structural Characteristics of Arabian Monsón FC, Sañudo Sierra I., Influence of Cattle Breed and Ageing camel (Camelus dromedarius) m., Longissimus Thoracis, Meat Time on Textural Meat Quality, Meat Sci., 68 (4) (2004): 595- Sci., 96 (3) (2014):1233-1241. 602. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.meatsci.2004.05.011 https://doi.org/10.1016/j.meatsci.2013.10.025 Orellana C, Peña F, García A, Perea J, Martos J, Domenech V, Acero Babiker SA, Yousif OK., Chemical Composition and Quality of R., Carcass Characteristics, Fatty Acid Composition and Meat Camel Meat., Meat Sci., (27) (1990): 283–287. Quality of Criollo Argentino and Braford Steers Raised on Forage https://doi.org/10.1016/0309-1740(90)90066-f In A Semi-Tropical Region of Argentina, Meat Sci., 81 (2009): Duarte MS, Paulino PVR, Fonseca MA, Diniz LL, Cavali J, Serão 57-64. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.meatsci.2008.06.015 NVL, Gomide LAM, Reis SF, Cox RB., Influence of Dental Madison WI., Genetic Determinism of Carcass and Meat Quality in Carcass Maturity on Carcass Traits and Meat Quality of Nellore Cattle, In Proceedings of 3rd World Congress on Sheep and Beef Bulls, Meat Sci., 88 (3) (2011): 441–446. Cattle Breeding, INRA Publ., Paris, 1 (19-23) (1988): 381- 395. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.meatsci.2011.01.024 Robins SP, Shimokomaki M, Bailey AJ., the Chemistry of the Hadi Eskandari M, Majlesi M, Gheisari MR, Farahnaky A, Collagen Cross-Links. Age-Related Changes in the Reducible Khakzar Z., Comparison of some Physicochemical Properties and Components of Intact Bovine Collagen Fibers, Biochemistry Toughness of Camel Meat and Beef, J. Appl. Ani. Res., 41 (4) Journal, 131 (4) (1973): 771–780. (2012): 442-447. https://doi.org/10.1080/09712119.2013.792735 https://doi.org/10.1042/bj1310771 Huff-Lonergan E, Lonergan SM., Mechanisms of Water Holding Sahraoui, Dotreppe O, Brahim Errahmani M, Boudjenah S, Babelhadj Capacity of Meat: The Role of Post Mortem Biochemical and B, Guetarni D. Hornick JL., Caractérisation des acides gras de la Structural Change, Meat Sci., 71 (2005): 194- 204. viande cameline en Algérie, Cahiers de Nutrition et de Diététique, https://doi.org/10.1016/j.meatsci.2005.04.022 49 (5) (2014): 31-234. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.cnd.2014.03.007 Kadim IT, Al-Karousi A, Mahgoub O, Al-Marzooqi W, Khalaf SK, Takagi H, Kondou M, Tomoaki H, Nakamori S, Tsai YCH, Yamasaki Al-Maqbali RS, Al-Sinani SSH; and Raiymbek G., Chemical M., Effects of An Alkaline Elastase from an Alkalophilic Bacillus Composition, Quality and Histochemical Characteristics of Strain on the Tenderization of Beef Meat, J. Agric. Food Chem., Individual Dromedary Camel (Camelus dromedarius) Muscles, 40 (12) (1992), 2364–2368. https://doi.org/10.1021/jf00024a008 Meat Science, 93 (3) (2013): 564–571. Torrescano G, Sanchez, Escalante A, Gimenez B, Roncales P, Beltran https://doi.org/10.1016/j.meatsci.2012.11.028 JA., Shear Values of Raw Samples of 14 Bovine Muscles and Kadim IT, Mahgoub O, Al-Marzooqi W., Meat Quality And their Relation to Muscle Collagen Characteristics, Meat Sci., 64 Composition Of Longissimus Thoracis From Arabian Camel (1) (2003): 85–91. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0309-1740(02)00165- (Camelus Dromedaries) And Omani Beef: A Comparative Study, 1 J. Camelid Sci., 1 (2008): 37-47. Available on URL: Yagil R., (1985) the Desert Camel Comparative Physiological http://www.isocard.net/images/proceedings/FILE7bec22cf2ed10e Adaptation (Vol. 5). Munchen, London: Verlag Karger Basal. 2.pdf ISBN 3805540655 Kadim IT, Mahgoub O, Al-Marzooqi W, Al-Zadgali S, Annamali K, Yousif OK, Babiker SA., The desert camel as a meat animal, Meat Mansour MH., Effects of Age on Composition and Quality of Sci., 26 (4) (1989): 245-254. https://doi.org/10.1016/0309- Muscle Longissimus Thoracis of The Omani Arabian Camel 1740(89)90010-7 (Camelus Dromedaries), Meat Sci., (73) (4) (2006): 619– 625. Zamora F., 1997. “Variabilité biologique de l’attendrissage de la https://doi.org/10.1016/j.meatsci.2006.03.002 viande bovine. Prédiction en fonction du facteur animal et du Kadim IT, Mahgoub O, Mbaga M., Potential of Camel Meat as a facteur type de muscle. [Biological variation of bovine meat Non-Traditional High-Quality Source of Protein For Human tenderisation. Prediction depending on animal or muscle-type Consumption, 4 (4) (2014): 13-17. factors]”. Thèse universitaire. Université Clermont-Ferrand 2. https://doi.org/10.2527/af.2014-0028 Kamoun M (1995). Evolution de la qualité de la carcasse et de la viande des dromadaires En fonction de la conduite zootechnique des animaux. Rapport final relative à la bourse de recherché FIS no. 1372-2. Available on URL: https://www.icar.org/Documents/technical_series/ICAR- Technical-Series-no-11-Sousse/Kamoun.pdf Kopp J., Qualité des viandes de taurillons : évolution avec l’âge des caractéristiques physicochimiques des muscles, Bull. Techn. CRZV Theix INRA, 48 (1982): 27-46. Lawrie RA (1979). Meat science (3rd ed.). Pergamon Press. ISBN- 10: 0080231721; ISBN-13: 978-0080231723. [HTML version] available on URL: https://www.amazon.fr/Meat-Science-R- Lawrie/dp/0080231721 Mamani Linares W, Gallo C., Meat Quality Attributes of the Longissimus Lumborum Muscle of the Kh'ara Genotype of Llama (Lama Glama) Reared Extensively in Northern Chile,

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities: Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Zooplankton Community Structure of Boughrara Dam Lake (Tlemcen; Algeria)

Ghiles SMAOUNE1,*, Soumia HAMIL2, Nassima DOUKHANDJI1 and Abdeslam ARAB1.

1USTHB: FSB/ Laboratory of Dynamic & Biodiversity BP 39 El Alia, Algiers. 2Laboratory of Eco-Biology Animals (L.E.B.A.); École Normale Supérieure de Kouba Bachir El Ibrahimi, B.P. 92, Algiers 6050, Algeria Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

The composition of the zooplankton of the Hammam Boughrara Dam lake, situated in a semi-arid bioclimatic stage region, in the northwest of Tlemcen, Algeria, was investigated monthly during one year from December, 2015 to November, 2016 at three stations. The zooplanktonic study revealed an important richness. In all, 38 species, consisting of 24 Rotifera (63.13%), 8 Cladocera (21.05%) and 6 species of Copepods (15.79%). During the study period, the group of rotifers dominates the zooplankton community and presents by the height values of specie Keratella quadrata, except in January when copepods dominate by Metacyclops planus. Almost rotifera species were found in Joining point of Mouillah Oued with the lake, like; Brachionus angularis, B. budapestinensis, B. calyciflorus, B. leydigii, Filinia sp, Keratella cochlearis, Notommata sp, Philodina sp, Polyarthra euryptera. This station received important domestic and industrial effluents. The main factors regulating distribution of zooplankton are nutrients salt, viz., PO4-P, NO2-N, and NO3-N, and water temperature, pH, and transparency.

Keywords: Zooplankton; Dam; Structure; Diversity

1. Introduction: 2. Material and methods

Aquatic environments are essential models for 2.1. Study area understanding the role of biodiversity and biotic and abiotic interactions in community structure and The Hammam Boughrara dam is located north ecosystem functioning. western of Algeria with less than one kilometer Freshwater zooplankton play an important role in upstream of the locality of Hammam Boughrara, which ponds, lakes and reservoirs ecosystem and food chain is located (13 km) east of the city of Maghnia (Narasimman et al., 2014). It plays a critical role in (34°53'08.7"N and 1°38'53.8"W) in the extreme north- aquatic food webs. Indeed, an important source of food west of the Wilaya1 of Tlemcen. The reservoir, whose for fish and invertebrates’ predators, it grazes itself capacity is 177 million m3, impoundment in 1999; Its intensely algae, bacteria, protozoa ... (G. Balvay, 1990). surface area varies from 2.5 to 4.8 km2, its mean depth The distribution and structure of zooplankton in lakes is is 15 m and its maximum depth is 32 m. (Figure 1). far from uniform. In fact, this structure varies in time The study on diversity and zooplanktonic structure and space and this at different scales. requires a survey of stations for this purpose, we chose In Algeria, dams are fed by wadis which, in low- 3 stations positioned as follows: water periods, become veritable sewers laden with • Station 1: located between a latitude of 34°52'42.4" putrescible organic matter (which leads to degradation N and a longitude of 1°41'12.0"W, it is powered by of the ecosystem and a reduction in faunistic diversity oued Mouilleh. (Bidi, 2014). • Station 2: located between a latitude of 34°51'18.0" Pollutant and contaminant-sensitive species are N and a longitude of 1°39'03.8"W, it is fed by oued generally eliminated, and the most resistant species Tafna. have high rates of population growth. The aim of our • Station 3: located between a latitude of 34°52'57.6" work is to describe the zooplankton structure at the N and a longitude of 1°38'55.2"W, near the dike. Hammam Boughrara dam and to study the relationship between zooplankton fauna and environmental 1 Province parameters.

This is an open access article distributed under the Creative Commons Attribution License CC-BY, which permits

unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.

90 Zooplankton Community Structure of Boughrara Dam Lake (Tlemcen; Algeria)

Figure 1: Geographical situation of the Boughrara dam

Horizontal and vertical sampling was carried out 3. Results and discussion monthly from December 2015 to January 2016 in the three stations, the sampling was carried out using a The present study reveals a variation in diversity and plankton net of a void of 20 μm mesh. The samples abundance of zooplankton during different month. were stored in labeled pills with indication of the figure 2 illustrates the monthly variation in the total station, type and date of collection using 5% formalin. zooplankton population and its major components in the The observations and the identification of the specimens three stations. were carried out under an inverted photonic microscope and using the following keys: Voigt and Koste (1978) and Segers (1999) for Rotifers; Amoros (1984) for Cladocra, Dussart (1967) and Dussart (1969) for copepods. In addition to the fauna, water samples were taken at each station, 13 parameters were monitored physico- chemically including 6 in situ [T° water, pH, salinity, conductivity, oxygen (mg.L-1), oxygen saturation rate] so that the other parameters were assayed in the laboratory of Dynamics and Biodiversity2.

2 Laboratory of Dynamic & Biodiversity, USTHB: FSB. Po. Box 39, El Alia, Algiers (Algeria)

SMAOUNE G. et al. 91

Figure 2: Monthly variation in numerical density at Boughrara dam. The peaks of abundance, in January of 2016, were probably due according to Dumont 1977, to their small due to the large number of cyclopoids Metacyclops size make them less vulnerable to predation pressure. planus. Zooplankton communities are accompanied by The various water quality parameters were studied climate change (Benndorf et al. 2001). throughout different stations. The values of temperature A decrease in the population density was noted from remained high in all stations. There are remarkable

February to September, and during the cold and dry variations in the pollution parameters (Po4, NO3, NO2) period, a less pronounced peak was observed in being highest in Mouillah station (station 1), these high October. This one was due to the Rotifera population. values are due to industrial releases, and could also be It is apparent that these variations were largely due justified by the combined action of high fertilization to those of the Rotifera and Copepoda Cyclopoida, with fertilizer. The outstanding values of DO could be which represented, respectively, 48.81% and 33.86% of justified by photosynthetic activity. The pH values of the total zooplankton population; Pace (1986) reported the lake oscillate between 7.9 and 9, indicating an high abundance of rotifers in freshwater aquatic alkaline pH. According to Rodier 1996, these values are environment considering them bioindicator of high characteristic of the limestone regions (Table II). trophic levels. Branco et al. (2002) also established a relationship between high number of species belonging to the genus Brachionus (at least 1000 ind.L-1 for Brachionus angularis) and high trophic levels. which is consistent with our results (1214 ind of Brachionus angularis). The Cladocera population was less significant, representing 17.34%, and no calanoid cope pods occurred (Figure 3). All through the study period, 38 different species of zooplankton were recorded. Among the diversified organisms, 24 species (63.16%) were belonging from Rotifera group, 8 species (21.5%) were recorded from Figure 3: Percentages of Zooplankton abundance Recorded in Cladocera group and 6 species (15.79%) were Boughrara Dam. representing the group Copepoda (Figure 4). The high abundance of Rotifers compared to Cladocera is

Citation: SMAOUNE G., HAMIL S., DOUKHANDJI N. and ARAB A., Zooplankton Community Structure of Boughrara Dam Lake (Tlemcen; Algeria). In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 89-92. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5

92 Zooplankton Community Structure of Boughrara Dam Lake (Tlemcen; Algeria)

depended upon the favorable physico-chemical parameters and the availability of nutrients in the lake.

References

Amoros C., Crustacés cladocères, Lyon. Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn., 53 (3) (1984): 72-107 and 53 (4) (1984): 120-144. [HTML version] on URL: https://www.persee.fr/search?da=1984&ta=article&q=Claude+A moros&l=fre Balvay G., Long-Term Changes in Zooplankton Abundance And Water Transparency In Lake Geneva, Hydrobiology, 207 (1990): 31-36. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00041437 Figure 4: Percentages of Zooplankton species Recorded Benndorf J, Kranich J, Mehner T, Wagner A., Temperature Impact on in Boughrara Dam. The Midsummer Decline Of Daphnia Galeata: A Longterm Data Analysis from The Biomanipulated Bautzen Reservoir (Germany), Freshw. Biol., 46 (2) (2001):199–212. Table II https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-2427.2000.00657.x Physico-chemical characteristics of the three stations. Bidi-Akli1 S., Arab A., Samraoui B., Variation spatio-temporelle du Station Station Station Parameters Unit zooplancton dans le barrage de la Réserve de Chasse de Zéralda 1 2 3 (Algérie), Rev. Écol. (Terre Vie), 69 (3-4) (2014) : 214-224. Physical Characteristics Available on URL: http://documents.irevues.inist.fr/handle/2042/56022 Mean 19.5 18.75 20.4 Branco CWC, Rocha MIA, Pinto GFS, Gomara GA, De Filippo R., Temperature °C Max 34 33.8 34.6 Limnological Features of Funil Reservoir (R.J., Brazil) and Indicator Properties of Rotifers and Cladocerans of the µm Mean 1100 1050 1090 Zooplankton Community, Lakes Reserv., 7 (2002): 87- 92. Conductivity https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1440-169X.2002.00177.x hos.cm-1 Max 1800 1785 1795 Dumont, H. J., Biotic Factors in The Population Chemical Characteristics Dynamics of Rotifers, Arch. Hydrobiol. Beih. Ergebn. Limnol., 8 (1977): 98-122. Mean 8.5 7.9 8.2 Dussart B., 1967. Les Copépodes des Eaux Continentales d’Europe pH Max 9.1 9 8.9 Occidentale, Tome I, Calanoides et Harpacticoides, Editions N. Boubee, et Cie, Paris, 500p. Mean 3.37 5.85 6.73 Dussart B., 1969. Les Copépodes des Eaux Continentales d’Europe DO mg.L-1 Max 12.6 6.8 8.9 Occidentale Tome II, Cycloïdes et Biologie, Editions N. Boubee et Cie, Paris, 292p. Mean 1.2 0.16 0.38 Manickam N, Santhanam P, Bhuvaneswari R, Saravana Bhavan P, -1 Nitrites (NO2-N) mg.L Vijayadevan K, Ashokan V., Seasonal Variations in Zooplankton Max 2.9 0.82 1.41 Diversity and Physico-Chemical Characteristics of the Nagavathi Mean 3.12 5.1 4.8 Reservoir, Dharmapuri District, Tamil Nadu, India, J. Terr. Mar. -1 Nitrate (NO3-N) mg.L Res., 1 (1) (2017): 28-35. Max 10.5 14 14 Pace ML., An Empirical Analysis of Zooplankton Community Mean 0.8 0.11 0.33 Structure Across Lake Trophic Gradients, Limnol. Oceanogr., 31 -1 Phosphate (PO4-P) mg.L (1986):45–55. https://doi.org/10.4319/lo.1986.31.1.0045 Max 2.86 1.2 0.9 Rodier J., 1996. Analyse de l’eau : eaux naturelles, eaux résiduaires, eau de mer. Chimie. Physico-chimie. Bactériologie. 8e Ed. Dunod. 1383P 4. Conclusion Segers H., 1995. Rotifera 2. The Lucanidae (Monogononta). In: Dumont H. J. And Nogrady T. (Eds.), Guides to the Identification of the Micro Invertebrates of the Continental Waters of the In the present study, it was evident that World. 6, SPB Academic Publishing, 226. Voigt M., Koste W., 1978. Rotatoria: die Rädertiere Mittel europas: zooplankton species recorded was comparatively high. ein Bestimmungswerk: Überordnung Monogononta, Borntraeger, Mainly three groups of zooplankton Rotifera, Cladocera Berlin, 1160p. and Copepoda were documented throughout the investigation period. Rotifers is the most abundant and diversified group in our lake with 48.81% (24 species). Brachionus angularis is the most abundance species of Rotifera with 1214 individuals. The study also reveals that the availability of zooplankton is most importantly

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Regional Tritrophic Relationship of Aphid Parasitoid Species (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Aphidiinae) in Various Habitats of Algerian Southeastern

Souad TAHAR CHAOUCH1,*, Malik LAAMARI 2, Hayet AGGOUN 2 and Amira NOURANI2

1Department of Agronomy, Faculty of Exact and Natural Sciences, University of Biskra, 2Laboratory of ATPPAM, Department of Agronomy, Institute of Veterinary and Agronomy Science, University of Batna Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

A regional survey of the tritrophic associations (parasitoid-aphid-plant) of aphid parasitoids (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Aphidiinae) was carried out in the southeastern part of Algeria case Biskra localities to determine the nature of those associations in various types of habitats (crop, non-crop) and we compare them in a regional (Mediterranean [MED] versus Saharian [SHA]) context. In total, 40 aphid host taxa were identified in this survey in Saharian area. Twenty-fort of these were recorded from non-crop plants only, eleven from crop plants only, and 8 were present on both types of plants. 39.5% of all the parasitoid-aphid trophic that support the persistence of the mean parasitoid Aphidius matricariae and 32, 65% associated with non-crop plants. Our results suggest that Mediterranean and Saharian regions are clearly distinguished by a number of trophic interactions in non-crop habitats, whereas the crop habitats contribute in lesser degree to these differences. The number of nonspecific interactions was larger in both crop/non-crop habitats but in non-crop habitats the abundance of specific interactions was larger. As mentioned, non-crop habitats maintain more parasitoid-aphid combinations and more so in Mediterranean than in Saharian regions and large number of non-crop aphid hosts, can significantly improve the population for the important parasitoids around agro-ecosystems.

Keywords: Aphids; Crop; Mediterranean; Parasitoids; Trophic interactions.

1. Introduction Given their position in the North of Africa, Algeria provides a good example of the range and variety of By providing several resources (nectar or pollen, Mediterranean and Saharian habitats, supplemented by alternative prey, refuge from pesticides and other the agricultural complexity. Among other things, they disturbances, shelter, a moderate microclimate and can be viewed as a reservoir of very diverse groups of hibernation sites), non-crop habitats can support natural indigenous, endemic and invasive organisms of enemy populations and help enhance their impact on Aphidiinae. Despite the economic importance of aphids, pest population dynamics (Wilkinson and Landis, these insects were poorly studied in Algeria (Saharaoui 2005). Aphids are categorized as serious pests causing et al.,1998, and, Laamari M and Coeur D’acier., 2010) damages in different crops; they have a great number of and it was only in recent years that more 156 different various natural enemies known over the world. Among species were recorded for the mentioned territory insect parasitoids, all members of the braconid (Laamari et al., 2013). Subsequent studies (Abdessemed subfamily Aphidiinae are solitary endo-parasitoids of D.F., 1998, Laamari M et al., 2011, Laamari M et al., aphids (Starý, 1970). As a representative model of food 2012) on aphid parasitoids were undertaken in order to webs in an ecosystem, the Aphidiinae have widely been evaluate which Aphidiinae were present in different considered in the tritrophic (parasitoid-aphid-plant) Algerian provinces and to understand better the approach (Kavallieratos et al., 2004), which gives the composition of the existing tritrophic associations. useful ecological data as well as a good background for Based on the available data, The aim of the present subsequent biological control programs against aphid contribution is to identify the aphidiines attacking pests. aphids feeding on crop or non-crop plants as well as to provide information about the nature of Aphid-

This is an open access article distributed under the Creative Commons Attribution License CC-BY, which permits

unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited. 94 Regional Tritrophic Relationship of Aphid Parasitoid Species (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Aphidiinae) in Various Habitats of Algerian Southeaster

Aphidiinae associations in various types of habitats each region collected only from non-crop habitats, it (crop, non-crop) and we compare them in a regional makes the set of five parasitoid species restricted to (Mediterranean versus Saharian )context. Then, we Mediterranean area and identified until specie (Aphidius contribute to knowledge on the use of alternative host artemisicola, Aphidius avenae, Aphidius rhopalosiphi, plants of economically important aphids on common Aphidius sonchi and Lipolexis gracilis) and the specie vegetable crops. Ephedrus plagiator represent the single parasitoid belongs to this area and restricted to crop habitats. 2. Material and Methods Also, we established that the set of 09 parasitoid species (Aphidius colemani, Aphidius ervi, Aphidius The samples were collected over the period 2007- matricariae, Binodoxys angelicae, Diaeretiella rapae, 2014, and partial results were published in a number of Ephedrus persicae, Lysiphlebus fabarum, Lysiphlebus previous articles (Laamari M et al., 2011, Laamari M et testaceipes and Praon volucre), of the total of 32 al., 2012, Halimi C.W., 2010 and Tahar chaouch S., parasitoid taxa can be considered as the most important 2015). Samples from the Mediterranean part of Algeria parasitoids in both regions and habitat type. originated principally from localities in Batna and On the basis of available results, Differences Geulma provinces. The samples from Saharian areas between Mediterranean and Saharian non- crop systems were predominantly from Biskra localities. through the parasitoid species diversity is affected by All specimens were collected by sweeping the the floristic diversity and regional climatic conditions. natural and crop habitats. This sampling method In both areas, the observed richness differences of aphid included host plants and host aphids with mummies. In parasitoid species are probably under pressure of order to detect the presence of aphid colonies, all the regional climatic factors which might have an effect on parts of the host plants, including the leaves, stems, the availability, diversity and seasonality of host aphids collar region, flowers, and, where possible, roots, were and plants. The spatial composition and distribution of inspected. After aphids and aphids’ mommies were plant communities are also important for enhancing the detected, they were collected and carefully placed in spread of various pest species over the region and the semi-transparent rearing plastic boxes. Any parasitoids movement of some specific parasitoids from non-crop that emerged were collected similarly and preserved in habitats to crop fields but these counteracting effects are to 70% ethanol for later identification. The host plants usually balanced in structurally complex landscapes were labeled and herbarized for identification at a later (Schmidt et al. 2004). date. Host associations are listed as follows: host aphid, Sixty-two aphid host taxa were identified in this host plant, locality and date (number and gender of survey in Mediterranean area (Table 2), fifty-three of specimens). these taxa were recorded from non-crop plants only, All specimens used in this paper were deposited in eighteen from crop plants only, and 8 were present on the Laboratory of ATPPAM, Department of Agronomy, both types of plants (Acyrthosiphon pisum, Aphis Institute of Veterinary and Agronomy Science, carccivora, Aphis fabae, Brachycaudus helichrysi, University of Batna (Algeria). Hyalopterus pruni, Myzus persicae ,Rhopalosiphum maidis and Sitobion fragariae). For the Saharian area, 3. Results and Discussion the total number identified 40 aphid host taxa, twenty fort aphid hosts were recorded from non-crop plants In total, 32 parasitoid taxa were identified in this only, 11 from crop plants only, and 08 were present on survey (Table 1). Twenty-three of these taxa were both types of plants taxa (Acyrthosiphon pisum, Aphis recorded from non-crop aphid hosts only, 15 from crop carccivora, Aphis gossypii, Capitophorus eleagni, aphid hosts only, and 8 were present on both types of Brevicoryne brassicae, Myzus persicae ,Rhopalosiphum aphid plants. If we compare the parasitoid richness for maidis and Rhopalosiphum padi).

TAHAR CHAOUCH S. et al. 95

Table 1 Aphidiines richness across regions and habitats. Mediterranean Saharian Regions regions Parasitoid species Crop Non-crop Crop Non-crop habitats Habitats habitats habitats Aphidius artemisicola - + - - Aphidius avenae - + - - Aphidius colemani + + + + Aphidius ervi + + + + Aphidius funebris - + - + Aphidius matricariae + + + + Aphidius rhopalosiphi + + - - Aphidius sonchi - + - - Aphidius spp1 - + - - Aphidius spp2 - + - - Aphidius spp3 - - + - Aphidius transcaspicus + + + - Aphidius uzbekistanicus + - - - Binodoxys acalephae - + - + Binodoxys angelicae + + + + Binodoxys spp1 - - - + Diaeretiella rapae + + + + Ephedrus niger - + - - Ephedrus plagiator + - - - Ephedrus persicae + + + + Lipolexis gracilis - + - - Lysiphlebus confusus - + - + Lysiphlebus fabarum + + + + Lysiphlebus testaceipes + + + + Lysiphlebus spp1 + - - - Praon exoletum - + - - Praon spp1 - + - - Praon spp2 - + - - Praon volucre + + + + Praon yomanae - + - + Trioxys pallidus + - - - Trioxys spp1 - + - - (+) Present; (-) Absent

Citation: TAHAR CHAOUCH S., LAAMARI M., AGGOUN H. and NOURANI A., Regional Tritrophic Relationship of Aphid Parasitoid Species (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Aphidiinae) in Various Habitats of Algerian Southeaster. In. ICAPC5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 93-97. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 96 Regional Tritrophic Relationship of Aphid Parasitoid Species (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Aphidiinae) in Various Habitats of Algerian Southeaster

Table 2 Number of reared Aphid specimens (N), Parasitoid specimens and Trophic interactions across regions and habitats. Mediterranean regions Saharian regions Numbers(N) Crop habitats Non-crop habitats Crop habitats Non- crop habitats Aphid species 18 53 11 24 Parasitoid species 15 26 11 14 Trophic interactions 56 250 37 49 Specific interactions 06 23 05 06 Non-specific interactions 50 227 32 43

Non-crop habitats in Mediterranean and Saharian alternative food or shelter resources in the course of dry regions are mainly sources of the generalist and and hot months, when many spring crops terminate their polyphagous aphid hosts from genera Aphis, growth, thus becoming unfavorable for aphids, and in Brachycaudus, Myzus and Rhopalosiphum which serve particular, the humid microenvironment of some non- as hosts to the parasitoid species (Aphidius colemani, crop habitats could be of key importance for the Aphidius ervi, Aphidius matricariae, Binodoxys seasonal movement and survival of parasitoids. angelicae, Diaeretiella rapae, Ephedrus persicae, The number of nonspecific interactions was larger in Lysiphlebus fabarum, Lysiphlebus testaceipes and both crop/non-crop habitats with 227 in the first type Praon volucre). Generally, the capability of parasitoids and 50 interactions in the second in Mediterranean species to switch between host species and different regions, but in Saharian area, we noted 43 to 32. In non- populations may be considerable. Large number of non- crop habitats the abundance of specific interactions was crop aphid hosts, can significantly enhance the larger with 23 interactions in Mediterranean area (Table population buildup for the important parasitoids around 2). With relative paucity of specific interactions in both agro-ecosystems. These facts can be important in regions and habitats type, it may be necessary to biological aphid pest control in the region (Tomanovic accentuate the studies and several new associations may et al., 2009). be discovered. The results suggest that Mediterranean and Saharian In addition, we recorded the total of 22 non-crop regions are clearly distinguished by a number of trophic aphid hosts and 07 crop aphid hosts for Aphidius interactions in non-crop habitats with 250 in matricariaea. 17.64% (54/306 trophic relationships) of Mediterranean area and 49 in Saharian area, whereas all the parasitoid-aphid trophic that support the the crop habitats contribute respectively in lesser degree persistence of the parasitoid Aphidius matricariae and to these differences 56 to 37 trophic interactions (Table 17.32% (53/306 trophic relationships) for the parasitoid 2). As mentioned, non-crop habitats maintain more Lysiphlebus testaceipes in Mediterranean area. Eight parasitoid-aphid combinations and more so in associations for Aphidius matricariaea record from 07 Mediterranean than in Saharian regions and large crop aphid hosts, what represents 14.28% (8/56 trophic number of non-crop aphid hosts, can significantly relationships) and 46 trophic relationships records from improve the population for the important parasitoids 22 non-crop aphid hosts what represents 18.4% (46/250 around agro-ecosystems. Furthermore, the presence of trophic relationships) (Table 3).

Table 3 The number and% of two parasitoid species associations across regions and habitats. Mediterranean regions Saharian regions N.% of Association / Parasitoid species Crop Non- crop Crop Non- crop Habitats Habitats Habitats Habitats Aphidius matricariae 14.28% (08T.r) 18.4% (46T.r) 48.64% (18T.r) 32.65% (16T.r) Lysiphlebus testaceipes 21.4% (12T.r) 16.4% (41T.r) 19.00% (07T.r) 12.24% (06T.r) T.r: Trophic relationships

TAHAR CHAOUCH S. et al. 97

4. Conclusion Veroniki M., A Survey of Aphid Parasitoids (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Aphidiinae) of Southeastern Europe and their Aphid- Plant Associations, Appl. Entomol. Zool., 39 (3) (2004): 527-563. We established that this parasitoid can be considered https://doi.org/10.1303/aez.2004.527 as the most important parasitoid for non-crop aphid Laamari M., Josselin E. & Cœur D’acier A., Assessment of Aphid Diversity (Hemiptera: Aphididae) in Algeria: A Fourteen-year hosts in Mediterranean area but for crop aphid hosts Investigation, Faunistic Entomology; 62 (2010): 3-87. Available Aphidius matricariaea becomes in the second rank. In on URL: https://popups.uliege.be/2030-6318/index.php?id=1272 Laamari M., Chaouche S.T., Halimi C.W., Benferhat S., Abbes S.B., Saharian regions, we noted the total of 11 non-crop Khenissa N & Starý P., A Review of Aphid Parasitoids and their aphid hosts and 12 crop aphid hosts for Aphidius Associations in Algeria (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Aphidiinae; Hemiptera: Aphidoidea), African Entomology, 20 (1) (2012): matricariaea. 39.5% (34/86 trophic relationships) of all 161–170. https://doi.org/10.4001/003.020.0120 the parasitoid-aphid trophic that support the persistence Laamari M., Coeur D’acier A. & Jousselin E., New Data on Aphid Fauna (Hemiptera, Aphididae) in Algeria, Zookeys, 319 (2013): of the parasitoid Aphidius matricariae, eighteen 223-229. https://dx.doi.org/10.3897%2Fzookeys.319.4340 associations for Aphidius matricariaea record from 07 Laamari M., Tahar Chaouche S., Benferhat S., Abbès S. B., Merouani crop aphid hosts, what represents 48.64% (18/37 trophic H., Ghodbane S., Khenissa N. & Stary P., Interactions tritrophiques : plante-puceron-hyménoptère parasitoïde observées relationships) and trophic relationships records from 22 en milieux naturels et cultivés de l’Est algérien, Entomologie non-crop aphid hosts what represents 32.65% (16/49 faunistique, 63 (3) (2010): 115-120. Available on URL : https://popups.uliege.be/2030-6318/index.php?id=1724 trophic relationships) (Table 3).If we compare the two Saharaoui L et Gourreau J. M., Les coccinelles d’Algérie : inventaire regions for each habitat type ( crop /non-crop), we préliminaire et régime alimentaire (Coleoptera, Coccinellidae), Bulletin de la Société entomologique de la France, 103 (3) conclude that the parasitoid Aphidius matricariae (1998): 213-224. [HTML version] on URL : represented the most important specie among parasitoid https://www.persee.fr/doc/bsef_0037- species parasitized widely polyphagous aphids with 928x_1998_num_103_3_17418 Schmidt M.H., Thewes U., Thies C. & Tscharntke T., Aphid Lysiphlebus testaceipes. Apparently, the two species suppression by natural enemies in mulched cereals, Entomologia Aphidius matricariae and Lysiphlebus testaceipes, are Experimentalis et Applicata, Amsterdam, 113 (2004): 87-93. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.0013-8703.2004.00205.x well adapted here to both crop and non-crop habitats, Stary P., 1970 - Biology of aphid parasites with respect to integrated with a more pronounced presence of Aphidius control. Vol. 6, Ed. Dr, W, Junk, N, V; Publisher the Hague, Netherlands, 643p. matricariae in non-crop habitats. In conclusion, studies Tahar Chaouche S & Laamari M., Aphid parasitoid species on interactions between non-cultivated plants and their (hymenoptera: Braconidae: Aphidiinae) and their associations in Biskra province, Algeria. Journal of Entomology and Zoology associated insect fauna could then provide guidelines Studies; 3 (2) (2015): 179-184. Available on URL: for improving biological control in vegetable crops https://www.entomoljournal.com/vol3Issue2/pdf/50.1.pdf (Jaureguiberry, 2010). For the use or incorporation, the Tomanovic Z., Kavallieratos N.G., Stary P., Stanisavljevic L.A.Z., Etkovic A.C. & Stamenkovic S., Jovanovic S & Athanassiou agro-ecological strategies to optimize natural pest- C.G., Regional Tritrophic Relationship Patterns of Five Aphid control including in conventional crop production Parasitoid Species (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Aphidiinae) in Agroecosystem- Dominated Landscapes of Southeastern Europe, systems. It will be necessary to require the J. Econ. Entomol., 102 (3) (2009): 836-854. accumulation of the maximum knowledge regarding https://doi.org/10.1603/029.102.0302 Wilkinson R.T. & Landis D.A., 2005. Habitat diversification in alternative hosts of parasitoids of pest aphids in all biological control: the role of plant resources. In: Wackers, F.L., Algerian territory. van Rijn, P.C.J., Bruin, J. (Eds.), Plant provided food for Carnivorous Insects: A Protective Mutualism and its Applications. Cambridge University Press, New York, pp. 1-14. References https://doi.org/10.1017/CBO9780511542220.011

Abdessemed D.F., 1998 – « Complément d’inventaire des Hyménoptères Aphidiides et contribution à l’étude biologique de Diaeretiella rapae M’int. (Hymenoptera : Aphidiidae) parasite du puceron cendré du chou Brevicoryne brassicae L. et du puceron vert du pêcher Myzus persicae Sulz. (Homoptera, Aphididae) » Mémoire Ing. Agro., Inst. Agro., Univ. Blida, Algeria, 109p. Halimi C.W., 2010 – « Etude bioécologique des Hyménoptères parasitoïdes des pucerons associés au milieu cultivé dans la région de Biskra ». Mémoire Magistère. Bio., Dép. Sci, Univ. Biskra, Algeria, 80p. Available on URL: http://thesis.univ- biskra.dz/id/eprint/886 Jaureguiberry P., Buffal. M. & Delfino M. A., Cross-habitat Usage by Crop Aphids and their Parasitoids in the Cropnoncrop Interface in an Organic Vegetable Farm, Rev. Bras. de Agroecologia, 5 (2) (2010): 39-49. Available on URL: http://revistas.aba- agroecologia.org.br/index.php/rbagroecologia/article/view/9791 Kavallieratos N. G., Tomanovic Z., ´, P. Stary´ P., Athanassiou C. G., Sarlis G. P., Petrovic´ O., Niketic´ M., & M. Anagnou

Citation: TAHAR CHAOUCH S., LAAMARI M., AGGOUN H. and NOURANI A., Regional Tritrophic Relationship of Aphid Parasitoid Species (Hymenoptera: Braconidae: Aphidiinae) in Various Habitats of Algerian Southeaster. In. ICAPC5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 93-97. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Factors Controlling Cyanobacteria Growth in the Two Basins of Zeralda’s Dam

Safia BIDI-AKLI, Samia YAHIA CHERIF, Sihem ARAB, Ismahan ADAOURI and Abdeslem ARAB

University of Science and Technology, Houari Boumediene (USTHB). Faculty of Biological Sciences. Laboratory of Dynamic and Biodiversity Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

Zeralda’s reservoir is made up of two basins, shunt-connected (Upper basin and lower basin). In order to study the growth Cyanobacteria community related to physical and chemical parameters, 17 abiotic parameters and 11 species of Cyanobacteria were analysed using Self-Organising Map (SOM). During this study, the dam experienced two phases of cyanobacteria blooms triggered by a very high level of orthophosphates. Blooms led to mass mortality of fish. We also recorded a gradual replacement of cyanobacteria species. The junction between the two basins played an effect on some abiotic parameters, such as water turbulence in the lower basin which prevented formation of Planktothrix agardhii‘s blooms in presence of high amount of phosphate and had an effect on colony size of Microcystis aeruginosa. This species was dominant by its large colonies in depth when the water of the basins became calm. Community of Cyanobacteria was diversified when this species passed to benthic life. At low flow, anoxic sediment of wadis that feed the dam formed important quantities of phosphate and ammonia. The water drained from these basins through the spillway affected the surface water only that led to the accumulation of mineral elements downstream of the two basins and became a nutrient reservoir for Microcystis wesenbergii which had formed blooms during three months, in the absence of external contribution.

Keywords: Basins Shunt-Connected; Abiotic Parameters; Cyanobacteria; Eutrophication; Mediterranean Climate

1. Introduction Cyanobacteria blooms followed by a massive mortality of fish (Bidi et al., 2014). This latter was Studies on factors controlling Cyanobacteria not linked to toxin secretion by flowering growth and seasonal succession have gained Cyanobacteria, because no mortality was recorded at widespread attention, because eutrophication is one level of vertebrates which attend the dam (Aquatic of the main stressors having a severe impact on water birds, bovines and turtles) and no allergic reaction quality (Lewis et al., 2011). Cyanobacteria are has been observed during gathering of dead fish. It defined as eco-strategic organisms (Chorus and was due to oxygen lack and to a major release of Bartram, 1999). Some of them become very ammonia which is toxic for fish by accumulation of abundant and can trigger important loss of very large quantity of ammonium coming from biodiversity (Dudgeon et al., 2006). Others form flowering Cyanobacteria’s degradation (Bidi et al. blooms and may cause some risk to fauna and human 2014). The aim of this study is to examine species health. It has been estimated that 25 to 75% of composition and seasonal succession of Cyanobacteria blooms are toxic (Chorus, 2001). Cyanobacteria, generated by the phenomenon of Cyanotoxins produced by Cyanobacteria blooms can eutrophication, taking account the mode of accumulate in freshwater fish tissues (Amrani et al., communication and the temporal relationship 2014). Blooms have also a significant impact on the between the two basins of this dam. dynamics of a lake (Barica, 1978). Specific responses to nitrogen and phosphorus enrichment in 2. Materials and Methods Cyanobacteria are also recorded (Loza et al., 2013). In Algeria, several shallow dams were affected by 2.1. Study Area

eutrophication (Bouaïcha and Nasri, 2004; Nasri et The Zeralda’s dam is located at latitude al., 2007). Zeralda’s dam experienced a succession of 36°42’ North and longitude 02°50’ East at an

BIDI-AKLI S. et al. 99

altitude of 30 meters. This study area is The water drained from these basins through the characterized by a Mediterranean climate and spillway affects surface water only. When the belongs to bioclimatic sub-humid stage with dry communication is established between the two and hot summers and mild and wet winters. basins (from January to May), the waters of the Average monthly precipitations show the existence upper basin flow through the 3 m high spillway of a dry season from May to September; the rest of before emptying into the lower basin, causing a the year corresponds to the rain season with two significant water turbulence in this basin. These rainfall peaks in autumn and winter. This dam basins are equipped with a drainage system, but consists of two basins: the upper basin and the they have not been drained. The dam is fed by five lower basin (Figure.1). Depth of these basins wadis (Figure 1). varies between 9 m (winter) and 6 m (summer).

Figure 1. Location of the stations (ST1 to ST10) and wadis supplying both basins. 2.2. Sampling average and deep layers. Depth of these basins does not exceed 9 m; because they are equipped with a spillway. Ten stations have been selected; six stations (from The water drained from these basins through the ST1 to ST6) in upper basin and four stations (from ST7 spillway affected surface water only. When the to ST10) in lower basin (Figure. 1). Stations have been communication is established between the two basins fixed upstream, downstream an at level of shores (right (from January to May), the waters of the upper basin and left). Four stations were located near wadis (ST3, flows through the spillway of 3 m of height before ST5, ST7 and ST9). From March 2006 to February emptying into the lower basin, causing a significant 2008, a serial sampling of water was made during the water turbulence in this basin. These basins are last week of each month, at different depths, with help equipped with a drain system but they were never of bottle inverted of Niskin type with a capacity of 1 drained. The dam is fed by five wadis (Figure 1). The liter. For stations with a depth of 1 to 1.5 m as ST2; strip of vegetation is formed of Typha latifolia, ST3; ST4; ST5; ST7 and ST9, sampling was done only Phragmites communis, Schoenoplectus lacustris and on the surface. Tamarix gollica for the upper basin and of Cyperus For those of depth varying from 2 to 3 m, such as papyrus and Pinus halepensis for the lower basin. ST1 and ST10, sampling was done on the surface and at depth. For the deepest stations such as ST6 and ST8, located downstream of each basin, near the spillway, sampling was carried out at level of the superficial,

Citation: BIDI-AKLI S., YAHIA CHERIF S., ARAB S., ADAOURI I. and ARAB A., Factors Controlling Cyanobacteria Growth in the Two Basins of Zeralda’s Dam. In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 98-106. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5 100 Factors Controlling Cyanobacteria Growth in the two Basins of Zeralda’s Dam

2.3. Physico-chemical Analysis 2.5. Multivariate analysis

Seventeen abiotic variables were measured. The results obtained on abiotic parameters and Temperature (T°), pH, salinity (Sal), conductivity (Con) Cyanobacteria were analyzed with Self-Organizing Map

and dissolved oxygen (O2) were measured in the field (SOM), already used in various domains, especially in by a multi-parameter analyser® (Multi 340i Set WTW). ecology (Lek and Guegan, 2004). The purpose of the Measures of depth (dep) and transparency (Tra) were SOM is to put all results on the map, so that similar taken with Secchi disc. Filtration method was used for vectors can be plotted closely together on the grid. In

suspended matter (SM). Nitrates (NO3), nitrites (NO2), this analysis, the card parameters used is a square card

ammonium (NH4), orthophosphates (PO4) were with 11 rows and 9 columns (99 cells) with a hexagonal

measured by metrical colour, carbonates (CO3) and neighbourhood. chlorides (CH) by volumetric method, calcium (Ca),

magnesium (Mg) and sulphate (SO4) by gravimetric 3. Results method (Rodier, 2004). 3.1. Abiotic Variables 2.4. Cyanobacteria Values of abiotic variables obtained during the two Collected samples have been filtrated with plankton years of study are reported on table I. Most of the net (100 μm mesh size) and fixed in formalin (4%). recorded values of the transparency were less than Since we are interested in the part of each species 50 cm. The pH gradually increased from May 2006 to (dominant species) of Cyanobacteria so we should August 2006. During the second year of study (2007) know the density (number of cells, filaments, or pH oscillated between 7 and 8. The maximum oxygen colonies per unit of volume of water). Chlorophyll a concentrations were found in May (upper basin) and was not analyzed because it characterizes the total June 2006 (lower basin). In August 2006, the deeper -1 biomass of Cyanobacteria. Counting of Cyanobacteria layers were devoid of oxygen (0.09 mg.L ) and gave was carried out with inverted microscope by Utermöhl’s off a bad smell with black colour. In samples of June counting method (Utermöhl, 1958). This technique is 2006, orthophosphates were absent in the two basins. based on sedimentation of organisms in counting cell of However, their concentration in the main wadi (Wadi of -1 sample of known volume. For each sample, 100 mL of Bougandoura) was 12.86 mg.L . A high concentration -1 unfiltered water was sedimented to detect cyanobacteria of this element (12.72 mg.L ) was observed in July that were not retained by the plankton net. Bourelly 2006 in the upper basin. The nitrate concentration was (1970) and Garrity et al. (2001) were the main works high from November 2006 to April 2007 with a peak in -1 used for the identification of Cyanobacteria. The main December 2006 (29.34 mg.L in the upper basin and -1 morphological characters considered were: aspect of 16.42 mg.L in the lower basin). Nitrites were high only growth (unicellular, colonial, and filamentous), in October 2006. Significant amounts of ammonium appearance and shape of the colony for the colonial were detected in samples of June and July 2006 and forms, size and shape of the vegetative cells, presence 2007. The concentration of this element in the main or absence of vesicles gas. For filamentous organisms wadi (Wadi of Bougandoura) was very high -1 we have: cell differentiation in heterocysts and akinetes, (35.84 mg.L ) in June 2006. In summer, carbonates polarity (base and apex) of the filament, sheath (absence were absent in 2006 and at very low concentrations in or presence with thickness), true or false ramifications 2007.The dam waters were rich in calcium all the of filaments, nature of false ramification (simple or months of study, excepted August 2006; they were rich gemelled) and hormogonia (absence or presence with in magnesium. Concentrations of sulphates and mobility). chlorides were very high all the months of study.

BIDI-AKLI S. et al. 101

Table I Mean values of physico-chemical variables recorded from March 2006 to February 2008 in the two basins of the dam of Zeralda

Citation: BIDI-AKLI S., YAHIA CHERIF S., ARAB S., ADAOURI I. and ARAB A., Factors Controlling Cyanobacteria Growth in the Two Basins of Zeralda’s Dam. In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 98-106. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5 102 Factors Controlling Cyanobacteria Growth in the two Basins of Zeralda’s Dam

3.2. Cyanobacteria surface layers of the lower basin. During certain months of study, composition and so density of Cyanobacteria harvested over twenty-four Cyanobacteria were different in both basins of the months of study belong to eleven species (Table II). dam. In samples of autumn 2006 and winter 2007, Two heterocystous species were present only in Cyanobacteria were only represented by July 2006, in the upper basin: Anabaenopsis Microcystis aeruginosa and Pleurocapsa fluviatilis circularis and Cylindrospermopsis raciborskii. The which were respectively dominant in the upper second species showed filaments with only akinetes basin and in the lower basin. Microcystis and others with heterocysts adjacent to apical aeruginosa growth in the lower basin (May 2006) akinetes. Species which formed blooms in this dam was without nitrate in the water. In winter samples were represented by Planktothrix agardhii in spring we found Microcystis aeruginosa in the surface and summer 2006, Microcystis wesenbergi in layers and Pleurocapsa fluviatilis in depth. summer and autumn 2007 and Chamaesiphon Microcystis aeruginosa disappeared from the dam polymorphus in winter 2008. Planktothrix agardhii waters in summer (August). 164 Samples of May bloom was formed first in the upper basin (May, 2006 showed Pseudanabaena mucicola in the 2006) and one month later in the lower basin. mucilage of Microcystis aeruginosa. In June, Massive mortality of fish was observed following downstream of the upper basin, filaments of this the blooms. Pleurocapsa fluviatilis was observed in species were outside the colonies of Microcystis depth, in all the months of samples. In spring 2006 aeruginosa and were important in number and size. and 2007, large colonies of Microcystis aeruginosa Planktothrix agardhii and Pseudanabaena were observed in depth, in the upper basin. mucicola were absent upstream of the lower basin However, small colonies were identified in the (ST9, ST10) in May 2006 (Figure.2).

Table II Presence of eleven Cyanobacteria harvested in ten stations based on the abundance of species (1: very limited, 2: scanty, 3: very abundant) Station Species Code Presence of species 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

Microcystis aruginosa (Kützing, 1846) (Ma) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 All stations and levels

Pleurocapsa fluviatilis((Hansgirg, 1890) (Pf) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 Present more in the depth

Microcystis wesenbergii(Komárek) Komárek, (Mw) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 All stations and levels 1968)

Pseudanabaena musicola (Schwabe, 1964) (Pa) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Absent in ST9 and ST10 in May

Planktothrix agardhii (Gomont) Anagnotidis and (Pag) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 Absent in ST9 and ST10 in May Komárek, 1988) Nostoc commune (Vaucher ex Bomet and (Nc) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 Present more in level 0 Flahault, 1988)

Synechococcus linearis (Komárek, 1970) (Sl) 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 Present more in level 0

Gloeocapsa magna (Küntzing, 1847) (Cm) 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 Present more in level 0

Chamaesiphon polymorphus (Geitler, 1925) (Ch) 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 Present more in level 0

Anabaenopsis circularis (Woloszynska and (Ac) 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 Present in ST6 in the depth Miller, 1923) Cylindrospermopsis raciborskii (Seenaya and (C) 0 0 0 0 01 0 0 0 0 Present in ST6 in the depth Subbaraju, 1972)

BIDI-AKLI S. et al. 103

Figure 2: The density of Cyanobacteria in the upper basin and the lower basin in the two years of study

3.3. Multivariate Analysis Self-Organizing Map (Som)

The self-Organizing Map determined 5 classes of Cyanobacteria’s species correlated to some variables (figure 3). In this figure: • Letters outside cells represent the five classes; • Numbers inside cells represent the stations of two Basins; • Letters inside cells: W; winter, ED-SP: End of spring, EL SU: early summer, SU: summer, ED-SU: end of summer, EL- A: early autumn, ED-A: end of autumn, EL-W: early winter; • Other letters represent the environmental parameters and 11 species (Table II). Figure 3: SOM: classification by using data from the presence- absence.

Citation: BIDI-AKLI S., YAHIA CHERIF S., ARAB S., ADAOURI I. and ARAB A., Factors Controlling Cyanobacteria Growth in the Two Basins of Zeralda’s Dam. In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 98-106. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5 104 Factors Controlling Cyanobacteria Growth in the two Basins of Zeralda’s Dam

4. Discussion reduced the oxygen concentration. This was not observed when Planktothrix agardhii had formed Microcystis aeruginosa and Pleurocapsa blooms in spring 2006, where the recorded oxygen fluviatilis were the species of winter season (Class 1), content was of 13 mg.L-1. characterized by their growth at low light intensities. The community of the end of spring and the They are known by their low energy cells beginning of the summer (class 3) was formed by requirements (Richardson et al., 1983). In this species that were related to depth as Planktothrix period, the numerous small colonies of Microcystis agardhii which had formed blooms during three aeruginosa in the surface layers had reduced the months. However, the bloom of early summer was transparency which had prevented the installation of shown in intermediate layers. This specie escapes to other species, excepted for Pleurocapsa fluviatilis, high light intensities (Edvardsen, 2002). because it was observed in depth (Bidi et al., 2017). Cyanobacteria are capable of internal reserves of According to Billard and Marie (1980), the phosphorus (Pettersson et al., 1993). This was shown turbid waters were the sign of eutrophication. The by the bloom caused by this specie in June, in the nitrate was the only source of nitrogen and its lower basin, by using up a large amount of phosphate concentration was very high as for chloride and existing in the previous month. Despite the presence calcium. of phosphate in large quantities in the lower basin in In Zeralda’s dam, the benthic life of Microcystis May 2006, no bloom of Planktothrix agardhii was aeruginosa was observed in summer during one formed until June, because the communication month (August) According to Takamura et al., (1984) between the two basins were stopped; then, the water this benthic life was observed in the winter. Benthic became calm in the lower basin. The mortality of fish Microcystis cells survive these adverse conditions was strongly related to Planktothrix blooms because without particular morphological differentiation, but it is known by its highest toxicity potential (Fastner entering a quiescent state (Reynolds et al., 1981). et al. 1999). The community of the end of summer and early Other species of this class were represented by autumn (Class 2) show one specie (Microcystis Microcystis aeruginosa with its large colonies. The wesenbergii). This specie had formed blooms which colony size of Microcystis in calm water was larger lasted three months (from July to September 2007) than that in well mixed water because the maximum while the wadis were dry. According to Ryding and migration depth of Microcystis will increase with Rast (1994), the rate of decomposition is very low in colony size (Jianrong et al., 2014). Small filaments of shallow eutrophic lake and leads to the formation of Pseudanabaena mucicola were carried in the organic mud which triggers several blooms in the mucilage of Microcystis aeruginosa, in ST 6 and absence of external contributions. The migration of ST8, characterized by their depth. species with gas vacuoles would be sufficient to The absence of Pseudanabaena mucicola and supply nutrients from anoxic sediments located in Planktothrix agardhii in May, 2006, in ST9 and depth such as orthophosphate, to produce a ST10, localized at the entrance of the lower basin continuous blooming in summer (Olivier and Ganf, was related to the agitation of water spilled from the 2000). Ammonium was the only source of nitrogen upper basin. Nostoc commune, Gloeocapsa magma, used by this species, formed by the degradation of Synechococcus linearis, and Microcystis aeruginosa organic matter in absence of oxygen. The were the end of autumn and early winter community concentration of carbonate was very low in this (Class 4) in ST6, ST8, ST9 and ST10. These species period, due to its transformation to bicarbonate. showed almost fair densities, because Microcystis After using the inorganic carbon of the water, aeruginosa marked its return to the pelagic life so its certain cyanobacteria used bicarbonate as source of density was very low and with autumn’s rain water carbon (Talling, 1976). Superficial layers contained the dam was enriched with nutrients as nitrates and only 6 mg.L-1 of oxygen, because high temperature nitrites, calcium and magnesium. of summer caused a high evaporation of water which

BIDI-AKLI S. et al. 105

Chamaesiphon polymorphus was the early benthic species such as Pleurocapsa fluviatilis, winter community and its proliferation was observed when it formed small colonies in the surface. in February 2008, due to anormal rise of the In summer, blooms were related to the absence temperature in this month, accompanied with of oxygen in depth which favoured the release of nutrients because this species was not observed in the orthophosphates and formation of a large amount of two basins before. ammonium as nitrogen source for non-nitrogen- Heterocystous species (Class 5) represented by fixing Cyanobacteria. Also, the lack of oxygen in Anabaenopsis circularis, Cylindrospermopsis this season concerned the wadis which were at low raciborskii, marked the absence of nitrate in the flow, their sediment produced a significant amount upper basin, in July 2006. The exclusive presence of of ammonium and orthophosphate that entered the Pleurocapsa fluviatilis in august 2006, in the two dam and caused Cyanobacteria blooms. The light basins was related to the unfavourable conditions intensity of summer allowed the distribution of represented by high light intensity, a lack of oxygen, Cyanobacteria such as Planktothrix agardhii’s especially in the lower basin and high concentration blooms which were found in depth. The presence of of magnesium. During the evaporation of water, the magnesium with high concentration in summer calcium is deposited first so that the water becomes prevented the development of Cyanobacteria. enriched with magnesium because this latter is much Cyanobacteria blooms could last several months in more soluble than calcium. Magnesium is necessary this dam, due to accumulation of mineral elements for the formation of chlorophyll but it is toxic in high downstream, because the drainage water affected concentrations (Dussart, 1992). only the surface water. This was shown in summer when the tributaries were dry and the water was 5. Conclusion calm.

Zeralda’s dam is a shallow eutrophic dam, References frequently dominated by one species of Cyanobacteria: Planktothrix agardhii in spring and Amrani, A., Nasri, H., Azzouz, A., Kadi, Y. and Bouaïcha, N., Variation in Cyanobacterial Hepatotoxin (Microcystin) summer, Microcystis wesenbergii in summer and Content of Water Samples and Two Species of Fishes autumn and Chamaesiphon polymorphus in winter, Collected from a Shallow Lake in Algeria, Arch. Environ. Contam. Toxicol., 66 (2014): 379-389. characterized by abnormal rise of temperature. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00244-013-9993-2 Microcystis aeruginosa did not form bloom but its Barica, J., Collapses of Aphanizomenon Flos-Aquae Blooms Resulting in Massive Fish Kills in Eutrophic Lakes, density was important in all the months of samples, Limnology, 20 (1978): 208- 213. excepted for summer when it shifted to benthic life. https://doi.org/10.1080/03680770.1977.11896507 The dominance of these species explained the low Bidi-Akli, S., Hacene, H and Arab, A., Impact of Abiotic Factors on the Spatiotemporal Distribution of Cyanobacteria in the number of Cyanobacteria species collected in this Zeralda’s Dam (Algeria), Rev. Écol. (Terre Vie), 72 (2017): dam (11 species), especially in summer and in a 159-167. http://documents.irevues.inist.fr/handle/2042/62076 Bidi-Akli, S., Arab, A. and Samraoui, B., Variation spatio- shallow dam like that of Zeralda, due to the temporelle du zooplancton dans le barrage de la réserve de degradation of spring blooms that decreased oxygen chasse de Zéralda (Algérie), Rev. Écol. (Terre Vie), 69 (2014): 214-224. Available On URL : concentrations. https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/33521528.pdf Several environmental factors were involved Billard, R. and Marie, D. (1980). La qualité des eaux de in the spatio-temporal distribution of pisciculture et son contrôle. In: R. Billard (éd.). La Pisciculture en étang. INRA, Paris. 101-127 Cyanobacteria in Zerald’s dam such as water Bouaïcha, N. and Nasri, A.B., First Report of The turbulence that prevented blooms appearance in the Cyanobacterium Cylindrospermopsis Raciborskii from Algerian Freshwater, Envir., 19 (2004): 541-543. presence of high phosphate concentration. On the https://doi.org/10.1002/tox.20058 other hand, water stagnation determines the Bourelly, P. (1970). Les algues d’eau douce. Initiation à la systématique, Tome III: Les Algues blues et rouges. N. location of Microcystis aeruginosa in depth, Boubée et Cie, Paris. In forming large colonies. It eliminates certain species Chorus, I. (2001). Cyanotoxins, Occurence, Causes, Conséquences. Springer-Verlag, Berlin. Chorus, I. and in the surface layer and promotes the installation of Bartram, J. (1999). Toxic Cyanobacteria In Water: a Guide

Citation: BIDI-AKLI S., YAHIA CHERIF S., ARAB S., ADAOURI I. and ARAB A., Factors Controlling Cyanobacteria Growth in the Two Basins of Zeralda’s Dam. In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 98-106. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5 106 Factors Controlling Cyanobacteria Growth in the two Basins of Zeralda’s Dam

To Their Public Health Consequences, Monitoring and Transactions of The Royal Society B, 293 (1981):419-477. Management. WHO, London. https://doi.org/10.1098/rstb.1981.0081 Doers, M.P. and Parker, D.L., Properties of Microcystis Rodier, J. (2004). L’analyse de l’eau. Dunod, Paris. Aeruginosa and M. Flos-Aquae (Cyanophyta) in Culture: Ryding, S.O. and Rast, W. (1994). Le contrôle de Taxonomic Implications, J. Phycol., (24) (4) (1988): 502- l’eutrophisation des lacs et des réservoirs. Masson, 508. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1529-8817.1988.tb04254.x UNESCO, Paris. Dudgeon, D., Arthington, A.H., Gessner, M.O., Kawabata, Z.I., Takamura, N., Yasuno, M. and Sugahara, K., Overwintering of Knowler, D.J., Lévêque, C., Naimam, R.J., Prieur-Richard, Microcystis Aeruginosa Kutz in a Shallow Lake, Journal of A.H., Soto, D., Stiassny, M.L.J. and Sullivan, C.A, Plankton Research, 6 (6) (1984): 1019-1029. Freshwater Biodiversity: Importance, Threats, Status and https://doi.org/10.1093/plankt/6.6.1019 Conservation Challenges, Biol. Rev. Cam. Philo. Sc., 81 Talling, G.F., T he Depletion o f Carbon Dioxide f ro m Lake (2006): 163-182. Water by Phytoplankton, Journal of Ecology, 64 (1976): 79- https://doi.org/10.1017/S1464793105006950 121. https://doi.org/10.2307/2258685 Dussart B., 1992. -Limnologie. L'étude des eaux continentales. Utermöhl, H., Zur Vervollkommnung der quantitativen Deuxième édition. Paris: éditions N. Boubée & Cie. Phytoplankton-Method, Int. Ver. theor. angew. Limnol., 9 XXIV+681 pp. Foster GN, 1992. (1958): 1-39. Edvardsen, B. (2002). Monitoring of Toxic Cyanobacteria in https://doi.org/10.1080/05384680.1958.11904091 Lake Steins Jorden in 2001 With Results from 1997-2001. Norwegian Institute for Water Research, Oslo. Fastner J., Neumann U., Wirsing B., Weckesser J., Wiedner C., Nixdorf B. and Chorus I., Microcystins (Hepatotoxic Heptapeptides) in German Freshwater Bodies, Envir. Toxicol., 14 (1) (1999): 13-22. https://doi.org/10.1002/(SICI)1522- 7278(199905)14:2%3C291::AID-TOX11%3E3.0.CO;2-E Garrity, G.M., Boone, D.R.A. and Castenholz, R.W. (2001). Bergey’s Manual of Systematic Bacteriology, 2nd Ed., Vol. 1. Springer-Verlag, New York, NY. Lek, S. and Guégan J.F., Artificial Neuronal Networks: Application to Ecology and Evolution, Springer. Verlag, Berlin. Contr., 3 (2004), 15–25. Jianrong, Ma. Et Al., Environmental Factors Controlling Colony Formation in Blooms of The Cyanobacteria Microcystis Spp. in Lake Taihu, China, Harmful Algae, 31(2014): 136-142. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.hal.2013.10.016 Lewis, W.M. JR, Wurtsbaugh, W.A. and Paerl, H.W, Rationale for Control of Anthropogenic Nitrogen and Phosphorus in Finland Waters, Environ. Sci. Technol., 45 (2011): 10300- 10305. https://doi.org/10.1021/es202401p Loza, V., Perona. E. and Mateo, P, Specific Responses to Nitrogen and Phosphorus Enrichment in Cyanobacteria: Factors Influencing Changes in Species Dominance Along Eutrophic Gradients, Water Res., 48 (2013): 622-631. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.watres.2013.10.014 Nasri, H., Bouaicha, N. and Harche, M.K., A New Morphospecies of Microcystis Sp. Forming Bloom in the Cheffia Dam (Algeria): Seasonal Variation of Microcystin Concentrations in Raw Water and their Removal in a Full- Scale Treatment Plant, Envir. Toxicol., 22 (2007): 347-356. https://doi.org/10.1002/tox.20275 Oliver, R.L, Ganf, G.G. 2000. In: Whitton, B.A., Potts, M. (Eds.), Freshwater Blooms. The Ecology of Cyanobacteria, their Diversity in Time and Space. Kluwer Academic, Dordrecht, The Netherlands, Pp. 149-194 Pettersson, K., Herlitz, E and Istvanovics, V., The Role of Gloeotrichia Echinulata in the Transfer of Phosphorus from Sediments to Water in Lake Erken, Hydrobiologia, 253 (1993): 123-129. in P. C.M. Boers, T.E. Cappenberg & W. Van Raaphorst (Eds), 123 Proceedings of the Third International Workshop on Phosphorus in Sediments. 1993 Kluwer Academic Publishers. Richardson, K., Beardall, J. and Raven, J.A., Adaptation of Unicellular Algae to Irradiance: An Analysis of Strategies, New Phytologist 93 (2) (1983): 157-191. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1469-8137.1983.tb03422.x Reynolds, C. S., Jaworski, G. H. M., Cmeich, H. A. and Leedale, G. F., on the Annual Cycle of the Blue-Green Alga Microcystis Aeruginosa Kutz. Emend. Elenkin, Philosophical

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Cystic Echinococcosis and Biodiversity in Algeria

Dalila MEZIOUG1,*, Yacine- Miloud MEDJDOUB 2 and Chafia TOUIL-BOUKOFFA1

1 Laboratory of Cellular and Molecular Biology- Faculty of Biological Sciences- University of Sciences and Technology Houari Boumediene (U.S.T.H.B), PB 32, El-Alia, 16111, Algiers, Algeria. 2Department of Thoracic and Cardiovascular Surgery of the Mustapha Bacha Hospital, Algiers, Algeria. Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

Hydatidosis is a parasitic disease caused by the development, in human and other mammals, of the larval form of Taenia, Echinococcus granulosus. This study aims to identify and characterize the antigen responsible for hydatidosis early diagnosis. Purification and biochemical, and immunological characterization of the various antigen of liver and lung hydatid fluids was realized. The study of antigenic activity of each fraction indicated that peaks 2 and 4 show a good immunogenic potential using immuno- precipitation and the Enzyme-Linked Immuno-Sorbent Assay (ELISA) test. Electrophoretic analysis indicates that considered peaks show a Molecular Weight in DA unit (Da=1 g/mol) of 67 kDa and 08 kDa respectively. The effect of these two fractions on the anti- hydatic immune response was explored. Our results indicate that the 67 kDa fraction is in favor of the immune-protection mechanisms during CE whereas the 08 kDa fraction is involved in the pathogenesis mechanisms. Our results indicate that these antigens are involved in the initial step of immune system activation allowing true disease prevention at the origin of the diversity and richness of animal species in Algeria.

Keywords: Biodiversity; Animals; Cystic Echinococcosis; Hydatid Antigen; Diagnosis.

1. Introduction

Cystic Echinococcosis (CE) is parasitic disease cases, surgery is dangerous or sometimes impossible. caused by the larval stage of the tapeworm The difficulty of a rigorous diagnosis of hydatidosis Echinococcus granulosus, living in the adult state in the remains a major obstacle in the introduction of adequate digestive tract of some carnivorous mammals mainly and early therapy. the dog (Euzeby, 1971, Smyth, 1976). This disease is We have previously shown the role of cytokines endemic in many parts of the world, such as the Th1, Th2 and Th17 in host anti-hydatic defense Mediterranean area, and in particular in Algeria. CE is (Mezioug & Touil-Boukoffa., 2009 and 2012). The characterized by long-term growth of fluid-filled cysts present study focused to identify and characterize the in different organs of human and domestic animals, antigen responsible f o r hydatidosis early diagnosis commonly in liver and lungs (Nozais et al., 1985, Le and true disease prevention. Guerinel et al., 1991, Achouri et al., 1995, Gamoudi et We investigated purification and biochemical, al., 1995, Klotz et al., 2000). The transmission of and immunological characterization of the various Echinococcus granulosus in the dog-sheep cycle is antigen of liver and lung hydatic fluids. The effect of known to occur most frequently in rural and grazing antigenic fractions on the anti-hydatic immune response areas. It is a major zoonosis of worldwide distribution. was exploring. In Algeria, CE is endemic and represents by its frequency a veritable scourge. This disease is a serious 2. Patients and Methods threat to human health, animal health and the economy. CE is a not insignificant cause of organ seizure in 2.1. Patients and controls slaughterhouses. The diagnosis is delicate (Cesbron et al., 1986; Poretti et al., 1999; Zhang et al., 2003), often Blood samples were obtained from 65 (27 men and late and surgery remains the treatment of choice (Teggi 38 women) Algerian hydatic patients, tested before and et al., 1993; Anadol et al., 2001). However, in many after surgery (one week before and 24h to 72h after

108 Cystic Echinococcosis and Biodiversity in Algeria

surgical removal). Patients were admitted to the culture medium supplemented with 5% heat-inactivated Mustapha Bacha Hospital (Department of surgery, fetal calf serum, 100 IU.mL-1 penicillin and 100 mg.mL-1 Algiers, Algeria). The age range of the patients was 25 streptomycin. to 66 years-old with a mean of 33.05±12.7 years. However, patients with other diseases were excluded. 2.2. Isolation of the various antigenic fractions of None of the patients had ever received blood the hydatic liquid by exclusion chromatography transfusions and no pharmacological treatment was molecular given before bleeding occurred. Clinical diagnosis was surgically confirmed by the presence of cysts in each 2.2.1. Hydatic cyst fluid collection case (Department of surgery, Mustapha Bacha Hospital, Algiers, Algeria). Hydatid cysts were localized in the Hydatic Cyst Fluid (HCF) samples were collected liver (n=37) and lung (n=28). Healthy controls (n=25 by aseptic puncture of fertile hydatid cysts surgically from the same Algerian region) were adult volunteer removed from patients with hepatic and pulmonary blood donors (20 to 47 years-old), with an average age hydatid disease. The (HCF) was filtered in order to of 28±5.66 years. Serological response to Echinococcus eliminate the remaining hydatid membranes and scolex. granulosus was evaluated in each case using immune- It was centrifuged at 5000 rpm/min (15 min, +4°C). electrophoresis and ELISA for total IgG tested against The supernatant of cyst was dialyzed. A protein assay parasitic antigen prepared from fertile human cysts. was following by electrophoretic analysis by SDS Each participant (patients and control subjects) has PAGE2. The antigenic activity of hydatic fluid was given a written informed consent for the study as evaluated by Immuno Electro-Phoresis (IEP), Immuno required by the ethics committee of the Thematic Double Diffusion (IDD) and ELISA. Finally, the Research Agency in Health Sciences ATRSS (ex supernatant is lyophilized. ANDRS-Algeria), which supported our project. 2.2.2. Biochemical characterization of hydatic 2.1.1. Sera collection fluid proteins

Blood samples collected from healthy donors and 2.2.2.1. Protein assay patients were centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 10 min to obtain the sera. Heamolysed sera were excluded from The method used is Bradford (Bradford, 1976). this study. All sera samples were immediately stored at It is a colorimetric assay, which allows determining -45°C until analysis. protein concentrations of microgram order. This method basing on the change in coloration of 2.1.2. Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells Coomassie blue (G250) when it is fixed on proteins. (PBMCs) preparation and cell cultures The quantitative determination is realized by spectrophotometry at 595 nm. To 100 μl of hydatic, fluids PBMCs were prepared from peripheral blood of are added 5 mL of Bradford reagent. After incubation patients with hepatic and pulmonary liver and lung for 5 min at room temperature and in darkness, the OD3 Cystic Echinococcosis (n=65) and healthy donors is reading at 595 nm. The protein concentration of (n=25). PBMCs were separated by density gradient hydatic fluids is determined by extrapolating the OD centrifugation on Ficoll-Hypaque (1.077 mg.mL-1; value on the previously established standard curve with Sigma, Saint Louis, USA) as previously described by bovine serum albumin. Mezioug et al. (2012). Briefly, after centrifugation, the mononuclear fraction was collected and washed. Cell viability was assessed by trypan blue dye exclusion. Freshly isolated PBMCs were then suspended at a final 6 -1 1 2 concentration of 5.10 cells.mL in an RPMI 1640 A discontinuous electrophoretic system which is commonly used as a method to separate proteins with molecular masses between 5 and 250 kDa 1 A growth medium used in cell culture 3 Optical Density

MEZIOUG D. et al. 109

2.2.2.2. Electrophoretic analysis by SDS 2.3.2. Assessment of antigenic activity of PAGE hydatic fluids by IDD

The samples are analyzed on a polyacrylamide Serum and hydatic fluids are placing in circular gel composed by a "stacking" gel of 5% wells hollowed out in a layer of agar-veronal, at 1% acrylamide, prepared in 0.5 M Tris-HCl buffer, pH 8.2, deposited on a glass slide. After 48 hours of pH 6.8 and a resolution gel at 13% of acrylamide, diffusion in a humid atmosphere (24 hours at room prepared in 0.75 M Tris-HCl pH 8.8 buffer. The hydatic temperature and 24 hours at +4°C.), the slides are fluids are diluted V/V in sample buffer containing β- immersed in a 5% sodium citrate bath for 3h and then mercaptoethanol (10%, V/V), then incubated for 3 min in washed by immersion in wash buffer (9% NaCl) for 3 a boiling water bath. At the same time, a mixture of days. After demineralization, followed by complete known molecular weight (MW) proteins is diluted in dehydration of the agar, the slides are colored in an the sample buffer. The samples thus treated are amido-schwarz bath (0.1%) for 7 min and the deposited in the stacking gel wells (20 μl per well). decolorization is realized in a solution of 5% acetic Electrophoresis is performed at 90 V. When the acid. The slides are finally dried. in the case of a positive bromophenol blue has migrated 1 cm from the lower reaction of the precipitate traits at the antigen-antibody end of the plate, migration is stopped and the gel is equivalence point, appear. colored with Coomassie blue for about 2 hours with moderate stirring then successive washing in an acetic 2.3.3. Assessment of antigenic activity of acid/methanol solution decolorizes the gel. After hydatic fluids by ELISA revelation, the molecular weight of each polypeptide band is determined by extrapolating the Rf4 of each Hydatic antigens diluted in carbonate-bicarbonate band on the standard curve. buffer pH 9.5 are distributed in the wells of a microplate at a rate of 100 μl per well. The microplate 2.3. Antigenic characterization of the different is incubated for 1 hour at 37°C then overnight at +4°C. samples of hydatid fluids After washing with PBS-Tween 20, 0.05%, the wells are saturated with a 3% BSA solution in PBS pH 7.2 for 2.3.1. Assessment of the antigenic activity of 2 hours at 37°C. After a second washing, the serum hydatic fluids by IEP dilutions are distributed at a rate of 100 μl per well, except in the "white" column. The plate is then The antigenic proteins were separated by migration incubated for 1 hour at +37°C. and then overnight at in an agarose gel (1%) in a sodium buffer of pH 8.2, at +4°C. The conjugate (anti-human IgG labeled with a potential of 25 V/Slides for 1h 30min. The second peroxidase), diluted to 1/500th, is distributed at a rate of step consists of serum diffusion. The diffusion realized 100 μl per well. After incubation for 2 hours at 37°C., in a humid atmosphere for 48 hours. The slides are then the plate is washed and the reaction is revealed by immersed in a 5% sodium citrate bath for 3 hours and addition of the substrate specific for the enzyme then washed by immersion for 3 days in a 9% NaCl (DAB). The chromogenic reaction developed in the solution. After demineralization, the slides are colored dark for 15 min. It is stopped with a 2N sulfuric acid in an amido-schwarz bath (0.1%) for 7 min and solution. The optical densities are read on an ELISA decolorized by successive washing in 2 to 3 baths of reader (LABSYSTEM Multiscan) at 405 nm. acetic acid/methanol, in which only the Ag-Ac complex does not discolor. The slides are finally dried. 2.4. Antigens isolation by Molecular Exclusion Chromatography

Antigens were prepared by chromatography on sephadex G-200 in 0.1 M Tris HCl-1M NaCl buffer

4 Rf = Migration distance of the protein/Migration distance of the dye pH 8. Eluted peaks were detected by spectroscopy front

Citation: MEZIOUG D., MEDJDOUB MILOUD Y. and TOUIL C., Cystic Echinococcosis and Biodiversity in Algeria. In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 107-118. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5

110 Cystic Echinococcosis and Biodiversity in Algeria

recording at 280 nm and were analyzed by immuno- with an average of 0.33±0.17 mg/mL for hepatic electrophoresis and double immunodiffusion. The localization (n=25). Hepatic cysts are found to be more eluted fractions were pooled, lyophilized and the effect protein rich than those with pulmonary localization. of these fractions on the anti-hydatic immune response Our results are in line with those of Craig and Nelson was explored. (1984); Vidor et al. (1986) which show that the total proteins are in very small quantities in the human 2.5. Exploration of effect of these fractions on the hydatic fluids. in contrast, Frayha and Haddad (1980) anti-hydatic immune response working on mouse and sheep cysts note that total proteins are much more concentrated. This protein PBMCs of hydatid patients and healthy subjects richness of hepatic cysts appears to be related to the previously prepared, were cultured in the presence permeability of cysts (Craig and Nelson, 1984, Cesbron or absence of parasitic antigen (10 µg/mL) and et al., 1986, Vidor et al., 1986). Thus, it was shown incubated in flasks at 37°C in a humidified that some of the proteins found in the hydatid liquid is atmosphere containing 5% CO2 in air for 120 hours. parasitic and another part comes from the host Cultures were then centrifuged at 12 000 rpm by (Bouchara et al., 1985; D'Amelio et al., 1985; Coltorti., 15 min and supernatants were collected and stored 1986). frozen at -45°C until cytokines determination. 3.1.2. Characterization of the proteins of 2.6. Cytokine quantification (ELISA) human hydatic fluids by SDS-PAGE

Electrophoretic analysis on a polyacrylamide gel Cytokines Levels in supernatant were quantified in a denaturing medium of human hydatid fluids by ELISA as recommended by the manufacturer’s (hepatic and pulmonary) showed several protein bands instructions. Optical densities were measured at with a molecular weight ranging from 116 to 08 kDa 405 nm. (Figure 1). We have observed with interest that five

fractions are common to the different hydatic antigens 2.7. Statistical analysis analyzed. Their molecular weights are 116 kDa; 67 kDa;

56 kDa; 50 kDa and 08 kDa. The 67 kDa band probably All data were expressed as means and standard corresponds to the major immunogenic fraction, antigen deviations (mean±SD). Student’s test5 was used for 5 (Oriol et al., 1971, Bout et al., 1974, Hamrioui et al., comparisons between different mean. Differences with a 1988, Chamekh et al., 1990, Gonzalez et al., 2000). The confidence level of 95% or higher were considered 08 kDa band probably corresponds to one of the statistically significant (p≤ 0.05). subunits of the B antigen (Siracusano et al., 1991,

Gonzalez et al., 1996, Kharebov et al., 1997). It has 3. Results and Discussion been reported by several authors that the 8/12 kDa

subunit confers more sensitivity to the test and avoids 3.1. Biochemical Characterization of Human Hydatic Fluids cross-reactions up to 95% (Garcia et al., 1998; Poretti et al., 1999). Both antigens are of interest in the biological 3.1.1. Protein assay using the Bradford diagnosis of hydatidosis (Siracusano et al., 2002; Zhang method6 et al., 2003).

Proteins quantification shows that the total protein concentration of hydatic fluids vary from 0.045 to 0.371 with an average of 0.191±0.09 mg/mL for pulmonary localization (n=23) and from 0.083 to 0.577

5 A statistical hypothesis tests. 6 A dye-binding assay based on the differential color change of a dye in response to various concentrations of protein

MEZIOUG D. et al. 111

Figure 1: Electrophoretic analysis by SDS PAGE of hydatic fluids proteins collected of fertile hydatic cysts surgically removed from patients with hepatic and pulmonary hydatic disease. MW: Molecular Weight Markers in kDa; PHF: pulmonary hydatid fluid; HHF: hepatic hydatid fluid

3.2. Antigenicity control of hydatic fluids and antibodies are made radially, where only a small part of the reactants occurs and gives rise to Hydatic fluids (hepatic and pulmonary) analyzed precipitation arcs. While in IEP where oriented under in IEP show 5 arcs of precipitation for the hepatic the action of the potential difference, fluids and 3 arcs for the pulmonary fluids (Figures immunoglobulin and antigenic proteins migrate in 2A, 2B and 2C), attesting the existence of at least 5 exactly the same direction and in opposite direction. antigens for the hepatic hydatic cyst and 3 antigens This would explain the lower sensitivity of the IDD for the hydatic cyst of the pulmonary. However, to that of the IEP. Control of the antigenicity of analysis of the same samples of hydatic fluids per human hydatid fluids (hepatic and pulmonary) is IDD shows 3 arcs of precipitation for the hepatic cyst continued by an enzyme-linked immunoassay and 2 arcs for the pulmonary cyst (Figure 3). Our according to the ELISA method. The results show results indicate a difference in the sensitivity of that sera titers against hepatic hydatic fluids range antigens detection by the two methods of from 6400 to 25600, while sera titers against precipitation. indeed, IDD is less sensitive than IEP. pulmonary hydatid fluids vary from 400 to 6400 This difference in sensitivity would be associated (Figure 4). with the fact that in IDD, the diffusion of antigens

a (A)

b (B)

Figure 2: Antigenic characterization by immuno-electrophoresis of hepatic and pulmonary hydatic fluid collected of cysts surgically removed from patients, (A)/ a: hepatic hydatid fluid; b: serum of patients with hydatidosis; (B)/ c: pulmonary hydatid fluid; d: healthy subject serum; (C)/ a: pulmonary hydatid fluid; b: hepatic hydatid fluid; c: serum of patients with hydatidosis

112 Cystic Echinococcosis and Biodiversity in Algeria

a d

b c

Figure 3: Antigenic characterization by double immunodiffusion of hepatic and pulmonary hydatic fluid collected of cysts surgically removed from patients. a-b: hepatic hydatid fluid; c-d: pulmonary hydatid fluid; e: serum of patients with hydatidosis.

Figure 4: Antibody titers of sera from patients with hydatidosis against total antigens of hepatic and pulmonary hydatic fluid (ELISA) HHF: Hepatic Hydatid Fluid; PHF: Pulmonary Hydatid Fluid.

3.2.1. Molecular filtration of hydatid pulmonary hydatid fluid (Figure 5 B). The different fluids peaks thus obtained are pooled, dialyzed and then concentrated. They are subjected to a protein assay Molecular filtration of h y d a t i c fluids on by the Bradford method and analysis for their Sephadex G-200, 0.1 M Tris-HCl-NaCl 1 M pH 8 antigenic power by immuno-electrophoresis and buffer allowed separation into five distinct peaks for double immunodiffusion. hepatic hydatid fluid (Figure 5 A) and four peaks for

Figure 5: Chromatographic profile of molecular filtration on Sephadex G200 in 0.1 M Tris HCl-1M NaCl buffer pH 8 of hepatic (A) and pulmonary (B) hydatid fluids (Whatman column (100x2.5 cm) Flow rate 10 mL/cm²/h).

MEZIOUG D. et al. 113

3.2.2. Antigenic characterization of approximate molecular weight of peaks 2 and 4 was fractions purified by chromatography determined by the calibration curve. They correspond respectively to 66 kDa for peak 2 and Antigenic activity of each peak collected 08 kDa for peak 4. These two fractions endowed showed that peaks 2 and 4 express a good with antigenic activity correspond respectively to immunogenic potential (Figures 6 and 7). indeed, a subunits of the two major antigens: Antigen A and single precipitation arc was observed for peak 2 and Antigen B. The eluted fractions were pooled, for peak 4. The other peaks (1, 3 and 5) did not lyophilized and the effect of these two fractions on show any precipitation arc (Figures 6 and 7). This the anti-hydatic immune response was explored. may be due to the quality of the antigens present in these fractions or to their protein concentrations. The

b e

c c a d

F Figure 6: Antigenic characterization by immuno-electrophoresis of the various fractions purified by gel filtration a: Peak 2; b: hepatic hydatid fluid; c: serum of patients with hydatidosis; d: Pic 3; e: Peak 4

a d g h

e e

b c f i

Figure 7: Antigenic characterization by double immunodiffusion of the different fractions purified by gel filtration a: hepatic hydatid fluid; b: pulmonary hydatid fluid; c: Peak 1; d: Peak 2; e: serum of patient with hydatidosis; f: Peak 3; g: Peak 4; h: pulmonary hydatid fluid; i: Peak 5.

3.2.3. Effect of the two fractions on the anti- the presence of hydatic antigens compared to control hydatic immune response cells. in fact, a state of multiplication, activation and In vitro study focused on PBMCs prepared from differentiation of PBMCs was observed after induction patients’ blood with hepatic and pulmonary by the antigenic effectors: antigen 5 and F-4 (Figures hydatidosis before and after surgical extirpation (One 8). Th1 (IFN-γ, IL-12) and Th2 (IL-4, IL-10) week before surgical removal of cysts and 72 h after) cytokines production was measured in PBMC culture and healthy donors. The induction systems established supernatants from hydatic patients with hepatic and showed that the maximum induced activities, relative pulmonary hydatidosis, before and after surgery, and to the cytokines tested were obtained for healthy donor. Before antigen stimulation, concentrations of antigenic effectors (Antigen-5 and significantly higher levels TH1 and TH2 cytokines fraction-4) of 10 μg/ml, a cell density of 5.105 to were observed in patient PBMC supernatants 5.106 cells.mL-1 and incubation time of 20 hours. (p<0.001) in comparison with healthy donors. After Microscopic observation of cultures shows a antigen stimulation, we observed a subsequent difference in the density and morphology of cells in increase in cytokines levels in patient’s

114 Cystic Echinococcosis and Biodiversity in Algeria

supernatants for pre-and post-surgical supernatants (Figures 11 and 12). Effectively, substantial (Figures 9 to 12). These results indicate the concentrations of Th2 cytokines (IL-4, IL-10) were sensitization in vivo to the two antigens. in vitro observed after PBMCs stimulation by F-4. However, cytokine profiles are in most cases related to the in antigen-5 did not induce any Th2 cytokines vivo values assessed (results no showed). activities. Our results suggest that the antigen-5 The results of the in vitro study show significant conditions the Th1 cytokines induction whereas (P<0.001) levels of Th1 cytokines (IFN-γ, IL-12) antigen-4 induces the production of Th2 cytokines. after induction with antigen 5 compared to control Regression of IFN-γ, IL-12, IL-4 and IL-10 systems (Figures 9 and 10). inversely, induction by production was observed, respectively after antigen- fraction-4 indicates low levels of Th1 cytokines 4 and antigen-5 induction (Figure 13). (Figures 9 and 10) and significant in Th2 cytokines

A B

C D

A: PBMCs cultures of healthy subjects none inducer; B: PBMC cultures of patients with hydatidosis none inducer; C: PBMCs cultures of patients with hydatidosis stimulated by antigen-4 (F4); D: PBMC culture of patients with hydatidosis stimulated by antigen-5 (F5).

Figure 9: IFN-γ levels in supernatants of PBMC cultures from Figure 10: IL-12 levels in supernatants of PBMC cultures hydatid patients with hepatic hydatidosis stimulated by two parasitic from hydatid patients with hepatic hydatidosis stimulated antigens: F5/F4 by two parasitic antigens: F5/F4

MEZIOUG D. et al. 115

Figure 11: IL-4 levels in supernatants of PBMC cultures from Figure 12: IL-10 levels in supernatants of PBMC cultures hydatid patients with hepatic hydatidosis stimulated by two parasitic from hydatid patients with hepatic hydatidosis stimulated by antigens: F5/F4 two parasitic antigens: F5/F4

] ] pg/ml

[IL

] ] pg/ml

- [IL

Figures 13: Relationship between F5 / F4 ratio and IFN-γ, IL-12, IL-4 and IL-10 levels in PBMC culture supernatants of hydatid patients before and after surgical removal of cysts. F5: antigen-5; F4: antigen-4; Pre op: Before surgical removal of cysts; Post op: After surgical removal of cysts 4. Discussion e t a l . (1995,1999); Torcal et al. (1996); Touil- Boukoffa et al. (1997), Dematteis et al. (1999), The results of this study show the involvement Mezioug et al., (2009) which report the role of of Th1 and Th2 cytokines in host anti-hydatic cytokines in the anti-Echinococcus granulosus response. The increased Th1 and Th2 level observed immune response. in supernatants of PBMC cultures from hydatid Similar studies have demonstrated the ability of patients before surgery suggested the implication of intra-cellular parasites to induce cytokine synthesis, these cytokines in host defense mechanism against particularly Plasmodium falciparum, Schistosoma the parasitic infection. Our results are in line with mansoni, Toxoplasma gondii, Leishmania major and those reported by Mezioug et al. (1994); Rigano Leishmania donovani (Cetre et al., 1999, Jankovic et

116 Cystic Echinococcosis and Biodiversity in Algeria

al., 1999, Malthews and Babaloo et al., 2001, Donato tested. The reduction in Th1 cytokine activity et al., 2002). Cytokine induction has also been correlates with the loss of immunoreactivity to the reported in bacterial pathologies, such Chlamydia major antigen (antigen-5), confirming our hypothesis trachomatis infections (Holland et al., 1996) and as to the involvement of this antigen in the defense of Salmonella typhi (Mastroeni et al., 1999). the host. This defense mechanism would be exerted The significant difference in the levels of Th1 and through the polarization of an immune response to Th2 cytokines indicate the existence of distinct the Th1 pathway resulting in increased production of pathways in the expression of these cytokines. The IFN-γ, IL-12 with involving the orientation to either pathway is antigenic dependent monocyte/macrophage and the T lymphocyte in the and the antigenic multiplicity is one of the essential step of recognition and presentation of the antigen-5. reasons for this immune duality. indeed, the However, IL-12 levels increased or persisted over antigenic power of the larvae of Echinococcus the same period (72 hours, after surgical extirpation). granulosus, as in many parasitosis, is linked to the We have associated the persistence of IL-12 with the existence of a veritable antigenic mosaic, as several operative stress inducing an inflammatory effect, authors have shown (Mc Manus and Smyth, 1986, knowing that the essential source of IL-12 is the Coltorti, 1986, Chamekh et al., 1990; Mc Manus and monocyte/macrophage system (Trienchieri, 1995; Thompson, 2003). Trinchieri, 1998a). This observation has also been In fact, more than ten parasitic antigens are reported by several authors including Kishimoto present in the hydatid fluid, of which two (Kishimoto, 1996) in a study on the kinetics of IL-6 lipoproteins show the highest immunogenicity and production following surgical procedures. represent 3% of the total parasitic proteins (Cesbron Our results indicate that the Th1 cytokines would et al., 1986): lipoprotein A and lipoprotein B (Oriol be considering as potential markers in the prediction et al. Pozzuoli et al., 1975, Dessaint, 1975, Cesbron of a good prognosis. in contrast, Th2 cytokines play et al., 1986, Siracusano et al., 1991, Kharebov et al., a role in the follow-up and prediction of chronic or 1997). The antigen A is a thermolabile complicated forms of the cyst. Our results suggest glycolipoprotein of 400 kDa, composed of 2 subunits that the Echinococcus granulosus parasite induces of 65-67 and 55-57 kDa, reducible into sub units of immuno suppression by Th2 cytokines; it is possible 20 and 38 kDa (Oriol et al., 1971; Bout et al., 1974; that by this mechanism, the parasite protects itself Hamrioui .,1986; Hamrioui et al., 1988; Shepherd et from the immune responses of the host organism. It MC Manus, 1987; Siracusano et al., 1991; Kharebov would thus escape immune responses. The evolution et al., 1997; Poretti et al., 1999). Our results indicate of cytokine titers appears to be very useful for patient that antigen-5 induced Th1 cytokines whereas the follow-up. antigen-4 induces cytokines production of Th2 Similarly, cytokines measurement for immuno- pathway. diagnosis could clarify certain ambiguities observed This observation indicates a sensitization state of and concerning the cross-reactions resulting from the immuno competent cells for all patients tested before presence of antigenic communities with other and after surgery. indeed, the difference observed with parasitosis such as cysticercoses, trematode diseases healthy subjects is not negligible. Through our and nematode diseases (Cesbron et al., 1986, results, it appears likely involvement of two different Shepherd and MC Manus, 1987, Maddison et al., epitopes in the orientation of the two-pathway cited. 1989). Some non-parasitic diseases such as hepatitis, Structural study of the two antigens followed by alcoholic cirrhosis and some viral respiratory identification of TCR (T-cell receptor) binding sites diseases may present the same phenomenon would confirm this. (Maddison et al., 1989). Furthermore, serological The cystic extirpation showed a reduction of reactions are the only means of asserting the presence cytokines activity (72 hours after surgery). of a hydatid cyst. Cytokines levels become substantially identical to healthy controls. These results show that the presence of the cyst influences the production of the cytokines

MEZIOUG D. et al. 117

5. Conclusion and Secondary infection by Schistosoma Mansoni in the Semi Permissive Rat Host, infect. Immun., 67 (6) (1999): 2713-9. https://doi.org/10.1128/iai.67.6.2713-2719.1999 These investigations show the importance of Chamekh M., Facon B., Dissous C., Haque A & Capron A., Use of a Monoclonal Antibody Specific for a Protein Epitope of Th1/Th2 balance study during Echinococcus Echinococcus Granulosus Antigen 5 in a Competitive granulosus infection. indeed, the Th1/Th2 cytokine Antibody Radioimmunoassay for Diagnosis of Hydatid ratio appears to be a rigorous biological tool, capable Disease, J. Immunol. Methods, 134 (1) (1990): 129-37. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-1759(90)90121-b of orienting the evolution of macroparasitosis early Coltorti E A., Standardisation and Evaluation of an Enzyme and completing the clinical diagnosis. Moreover, its Immunoassay as a Screening Test for Sero Epidemiology of Human Hydatidosis, Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyd., 35 (1986): interest would be crucial in the immuno surveillance 1000-5. https://doi.org/10.4269/ajtmh.1986.35.1000 of patients. in vitro study of the ability of hydatic Craig P.S & Nelson G.S., The Detection of Circulating Antigen in antigens to induce cytokine production by PBMC Human Hydatid Disease, Ann. Trop. Med. Parsitol., 78 (1984): 219-227. partially clarified the understanding of host immune https://doi.org/10.1080/00034983.1984.11811805 mechanisms towards Echinococcus granulosus. D’Amelio R., Pontesilli O., Dayal R., De Rosa F., Barnet M., Teggi A., Brighouse G & Lambert P.H., Characterization of Parasite Characterization of the epitope (s) involved in the Antigens from Human Hydatid Cyst Fluid by SDS-PAGE initial step of immune system activation allowing and IEF, Med. Microbial. Immunol, 174 (1985): 43-50. true disease prevention at the origin of the diversity https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02123670 Dematteis S., Baz A., Rottenberg M., Fenanez C., Orn a & Nieto and richness of animal species in Algeria. A., Antibody and Th1 /Th2- Type Responses in BALB/C Mice inoculated With Live or Dead Echinococcus Acknowledgments Granulosus Protoscoleces, Parasite Immunol., 21 (1) (1999): 19-26. https://doi.org/10.1046/j.1365-3024.1999.00198.x Donato Torre., Filippo Speranza., Massimo Giola., Alberto The authors wish to thank the surgical and Matteelli., Roberto Tambin & Gilberto Biondi, Role of Th1 technical staff of the Mustapha Bacha hospital of and Th2 Cytokines in Immune Response to Uncomplicated Algiers for providing blood and hydatid cysts Plasmodium Falciparum Malaria, Clinic and Diagnostic samples. We thank all participants in this study. Laboratory Immunology, 9 (2) (2002): 348-351. https://dx.doi.org/10.1128%2FCDLI.9.2.348-351.2002 Euzeby J., Les échinococcoses animales et leurs relations avec les Disclosure échinococcoses de l’homme, Vigot. Edit: Paris, (1971): 147- 51. ISBN: 9782711406111 This study was approved by the ethics committee Frayha G J & Haddad R., Comparative Chemical Composition of Protoscoleces and Hydatid Cyst Fluid Echinococcus of the Thematic Research Agency in Health Sciences Granulosus (Cestoda), int. J. Parasitol., 10 (1980): 359-64. “ATRSS” (ex ANDRS), which supported our project. https://doi.org/10.1016/0020-7519(80)90036-3 Conflit of interest: none Gamoudi A., Ben Romdhane K Ferhat K., Khattech R., Hechiche M & Rahal K., Ovarian Hydatic Cyst: 7 Cases, J. Gynecol. Obstet. Biol. Reprod, 24 (2) (1995): 144-148. References Garcia Alejandro., Denegri Marisol., Jungstrom inger & Lorca

Myriam, Identification of Immunodominant Antigens b y Achouri M., El Kamar A., Naja A., Oboukhlil A., & Elazhari A., Immuno-Electrotransfer in Hydatid Fluid, Bul. Chil. Kystes hydatiques cérébraux multiples et bilatéraux : Une Parasitol., 53 (3-4) (1998): 58-64. observation, Neurochirurgie, 41 (1995) : 108-111 Gonzalez G., Spinelli P., Lorenzo C., Hellman U., Nieto A., Willis Anadol D., Ozcelik U., Kipper N & Gocmen A., Treatment of a & Salinas G., Molecular Characterization of P-29 a Hydatid Disease, Paediatr. Drugs, 3 (2) (2001) : 123-135. Metacestode Specific Component of Echinococcus https://doi.org/10.2165/00128072-200103020-00005 Granulosus Which Is Immunologically Related To, But Bouchara J P., Robert R., Senet J M & Leynia P., Mise en Distinct From, Antigen 5., Mol. Biochem. Parasitol., 105 évidence de communautés antigéniques hôtes-parasite dans (2000) : 177-84. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0166- l’hydatidose, Bull. Soc. Path. Ex., 78 (1985) : 707-11. 6851(99)00166-8 Bout D., Fruit J & Capron A., Purification d’un antigène Hamrioui, B., Ovlaque, G., Belkaid, M. & Capron, A., Caractères spécifique de liquide hydatique, Ann. Immunol., 1974, 125 C, physico-chimiques de la fraction-5 du liquide hydatique, 775-788. Arch. inst. Past. Alg., 56 (1988):124-129. Bradford, M., A Rapid and Sensitive Method f o r the Holland M.J., Bailey R.L., Conway D. J., Culley F., Miranpuri G., Quantitation of Microgram Quantities of Protein Utilizing Byrne G.I., Whittle H.C & Mabey D.C.W., T Helper Type-1 the Principles of Protein-dye Binding, Ann Biochem, 72 (1-2) (Th1)/Th2 Profiles of Peripheral Blood Mononuclear Cells (1976): 248-258. https://doi.org/10.1016/0003- (PBMC); Responses to Antigens of Chlamydia Trachomatis in 2697(76)90527-3 Subjects with Severe Trachomatous Scarring, Clin. Exp. Cesbron J.Y., Capron M & Capron A., Le diagnostic Immunol., 5 (1996): 429-435. immunologique de l’hydatidose humaine, Gastroentérol. Clin. https://dx.doi.org/10.1046%2Fj.1365-2249.1996.d01-792.x Biol., 10 (1986): 415-418. Ito A., Liang M.A., Schantz P M., Gottstein B., Liu Y H., Chai J., Cetre C., Pierrot C., Cocude C., Lafitte S., Capron A., Capron M & Abdel-Hafez S K., Altintas N., Joshi D., Lightowlers W & Khalife J., Profiles of Th1 And Th2 Cytokines After Primary Pawlowski Z S., Differential Serodiagnosis for Cystic and

118 Cystic Echinococcosis and Biodiversity in Algeria

Alveolar Echinococcosis Using Fractions of Echinococcus Oriol R., Williams J.F., Peres Esandi M.V & Oriol C., Granulosus Cyst Fluid (Antigen B) and E. Multicularis Purification of Lipoprotein Antigens of Echinococcus Protoscolex (EM 18), Am. J. Med. Hyg., 60 (2) (1999): 188- Granulosus f r o m Sheep Hydatid Fluid, Am. J. Trop. Med. 192. https://doi.org/10.4269/ajtmh.1999.60.188 Hyg., 20 (1971): 569-574. Jankovic D., Kullberg M C., Noben-Trauth N., Caspar P., Ward J https://doi.org/10.4269/ajtmh.1971.20.569 M; Cheever a W., Paul W E & Sher A., Schistosme infected Poretti D., Felleisen E., Grimm F., Pfister M., Teuscher F., IL-4 KO Mice; Fail to Develop Granulomatous Pathology Zuercher C., Reichen J & Gottstein B., Differential Immuno- While Maintaining the Same Lymphokine Expression Profile, diagnosis Between Cystic Hydatid Disease and Other J. Immunol., 163 (1999): 337-42. [HTML Version] Available Cross-Reactive Pathologies, Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg, 60 (2) on URL: https://www.jimmunol.org/content/163/1/337.long (1999): 193-198. https://doi.org/10.4269/ajtmh.1999.60.193 Kharebov A., Kahmias J & Elon J., Cellular and Humoral Immune Pozzioli R., Piantelli M., Perucci C., Arru E & Musiani P., Responses of Hydatidosis Patients to Echinococcus Isolation of the Immunoreactive Antigens of Echinococcus Granulosus Purified Antigens, Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg., 57 (5) Granulosus from Sheep Hydatid Fluid, J. Immunol, 115 (5) (1997): 619-625. https://doi.org/10.4269/ajtmh.1997.57.619 (1975): 1459-1463. [HTL Version] Available On URL: Kishimoto T., IL-6 Family of Cytokines and Gp-130 Biological and https://www.jimmunol.org/content/115/5/1459.long Clinical Implications, Eur. Cyt. Netw., 7 (3) (1996) : 429. Rigano R., Profumo E., Di Felice G., Ortona, E., Teggi, a & Klotz F., Nicolas X., Debonne J M., Garcia J F & Andreu J M., Siracusano, A., in Vitro Production of Cytokines by Peripheral Kyste Hydatique Du Foie, Hépatologie, 7 (23A) (2000) : 10- Mononuclear Cells from Hydatid Patients, Clin. Exp. 16. Available On URL : https://kaicedrat.org/wp- Immunol., 99 (3) (1995): 433-439. content/uploads/2016/12/kyste-hydatique-du-foie.pdf https://dx.doi.org/10.1111%2Fj.1365-2249.1995.tb05569.x Le Guerinel C., Roux F.X., Boin A., Lucerna S & Leriche B., Rigano R., Profumo E., Ioppolo S., Notagiacomo S., Teggi a & Kyste hydatique intra-orbitaire : une localisation Siracusano A., Serum Cytokine Detection in the Clinical exceptionnelle de l’hydatidose. Discussion à propos d’un cas Follow Up of Patients with Cystic Echinococcosis, Clin. recent, Neurochirurgie, 37 (1991): 200-205. Exp. Immunol., 115 (3) (1999): 503-507. Maddison S E., Slemenda S B., Schantz P M., Fried J A., Wilson M https://dx.doi.org/10.1046%2Fj.1365-2249.1999.00843.x & Tsang V C W., Aspecific Diagnostic Antigen of Shepherd J C & Mc Manus D P., Specific and Cross-Reactive Echinococcus Granulosus With an Apparent Molecular Antigen of Echinococcus Granulosus Cyst Fluid, Mol. Bio. Weight of 8 Kda, Am. J. Trop. Med. Hyg., 40 (1989): 377- Chem. Parasitol., 25 (1987): 143-154. 383. https://doi.org/10.4269/ajtmh.1989.40.377 https://doi.org/10.1016/0166-6851(87)90003-X Malthews D J., Emson C L., MC Kenzie G J., Jolin H E., Blakwell Siracusano A., Ioppolos S & Teggi A., Detection of antibodies J M & MC Kenzie a N J., IL-13 Is a Susceptibility Factor for Against Echinococcus granulosus major antigens and their Leishmania Major infection, J. Immunol.,164 (2000): 1458- subunits by immublotting, Transaction of royal society of 64. https://doi.org/10.4049/jimmunol.164.3.1458 tropical medecine and hygiene, 85 (2) (1991): 239-243. Mastroeni P., Clare S., Khan S., Harrison J.A., Hormaeche C.E., https://doi.org/10.1016/0035-9203(91)90039-2 Okamura H., Kurimoto M & Dougan G., interleukin 18 Smyth J D., Strain Differences in Echinococcus Granulosus with Contributes to Host Resistance and Gamma interferon Special Reference to the Status of Equine Hydatidosis in the Production in Mice infected With Virulent Salmonella United Kingdom, Trans. Roy. Soc. Trop. Med, 71 (2) (1977): Typhimurium, infect. Immun., 67 (1999): 478– 483. 93-100. https://doi.org/10.1016/0035-9203(77)90069-4 https://doi.org/10.1128/iai.67.2.478-483.1999 Teggi A., Lastilla M.G. & De Rosa F Et Al., Therapy of Human Mc Manus D.P Et Thompson R.C., Molecular Epidemiology of Hydatid Disease with Mebendazole and Albendazole, Cystic Echinococcosis, Parasitology, 127 (2003): Suppl: Antimicrob. Agents Chemoter., 37 (1993): 1679-84. S37-51. https://doi.org/10.1017/s0031182003003524 https://dx.doi.org/10.1128%2Faac.37.8.1679 Mc Manus D. P & Smyth J. D., Hydatidosis: Changing Concepts Torcal M., Navarro-Zorraquino R., Lozano L., Larrad J.C., Salinas in Epidemiology and Speciation. Parasitology Today, 2 (6) J., Ferrer J., Roman & C Pastor, Immune Response and in (1986): 163-167. https://doi.org/10.1016/0169- Vivo Production of Cytokines in Patients with Liver 4758(86)90147-X Hydatidosis, Clin. Exp. Immonol., 106 (1996): 317-322. Mezioug D & Touil-Boukoffa C., interleukin-17A Correlates https://dx.doi.org/10.1046%2Fj.1365-2249.1996.d01-843.x With interleukin-6 Production in Human Cystic Touil-Boukoffa C., Sanceau J., Tayebi B & Weitzerbin, J., Echinococcosis: A Possible involvement of IL-17A in Relationship Among Circulating interferon, Tumor Necrosis Immuno-protection Against Echinococcus Granulosus Factor-Α and interleukin-6 and Serologic Reaction Against infection, Eur. Cytokine Netw., 23 (3) (2012): 112-9. Parasitic Antigen in Human Hydatidosis, J. of interferon https://doi.org/10.1684/ecn.2012.0314 and Cytokine Research, 17 (4) (1997): 211-217. Mezioug D & Touil-Boukoffa C., Cytokine Profile in Human https://doi.org/10.1089/jir.1997.17.211 Hydatidosis: Possible Role in the Immunosurveillance of Trinchieri G & Scott P., the Role of interleukin 12 in the Immune Patients infected With Echinococcus Granulosus, Parasite, 16 Response, Disease and Therapy, Rev. Immunol. Today, 15 (10) (1) (2009): 57-64. (1994): 460-463. https://doi.org/10.1016/0167- https://doi.org/10.1051/parasite/2009161057 5699(94)90189-9 Mezioug, D., Touil-Boukoffa, C., Hamrioui, B., Bouguermouh, a Trinchieri G., Proinflammatory a n d Immunoregulatory & Tayebi, B., Production et purification de l'interféron gamma Functions of interleukin-12, int. Rev. Immunol., 1998, humain induit par un composant antigénique et hautement 16 (34), 365-96. https://doi.org/10.3109/08830189809043002 immunogène de kyste hydatique, Biotechnologie et génie de Vidor E., Piens M.A., Abbas M & Pettavy A.F., Biochimie du l’environnement. Procédés énergétiques industriels. liquide hydatique, Ann. Parasitol. Hum. Comp., 61 (3) Simulation et optimisation des procédés. Proceedings, 1994, (1986): 330-440. https://doi.org/10.1051/parasite/1986613333 2 : 524-534 Zhang W., Li J & McManus D.P., Concepts in Immunology and Nozais J.P., Danis M., Loisy M & Gentilini M., Le diagnostic Diagnosis of Hydatid Disease, Clin. Micro. Rev., 1 (16) sérologique de l’hydatidose, Path. Biol., 33(4) (1985): 238- (2003): 18-23. https://dx.doi.org/10.1128%2FCMR.16.1.18- 242. 36.2003

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

40 Years of Monitoring of Plant Diversity in Arid Steppes of Algeria

Halima SLIMANI1,* and Ahmed AIDOUD2

1 University of Sciences and Technology Houari Boumedienne, Algeria 2 University of Rennes 1, France Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

The variation of biodiversity is one of the main biological indicators of desertification in arid lands. The study was carried out between 1975 and 2016 with 8 reference years in the western Steppic high plains. The evolution of floristic diversity shows significant variations over time and between two grazing pressure levels. These variations expressed by the richness and the Shannon index, we show a significant correlation with the annual cumulative rainfall, but also with degradation by overgrazing.

Keywords: Desertification; Droughts; Overgrazing; Rainfall; Stipa tenacissima

1. Introduction The vegetation of the pre-existing system was a pure alfa-grass stand. Stipa tenacissima L. (named alfa One of the main problems of degradation of arid in the Maghreb and Esparto-grass in Spain) is a steppe rangelands in the southern Mediterranean is perennial tussock grass. the loss of plant diversity. During the four last The long-term monitoring site was first established decades, these rangelands faced two main driving in 1975. Data on the vegetation were collected over a forces: climate through more or less lasting and period of 40 years. The site includes a 12 ha exclosure recurrent droughts and overgrazing. The land use (fenced since 1975) and an open rangeland grazed by history and long-term ecosystem monitoring are known sheep outside the fence. We using eight reference years to be the best way to understand ecological changes. (1976; 1987; 1993; 2000; 2006; 2010; 2013 and 2016). In the present work, the preexisting system was an Two data types were considered: alfa grass (Stipa tenacissima L.) steppe. This dominant • Annual rainfall (September–August), which is the plant which was considered to be the "keystone" only water source; Climatic data was gathered from species toward the whole ecosystem structure and the National Meteorology Office and cover a period functioning. The aim is to assess the impacts of grazing from 1975 to 2016; (exclosure vs. overgrazing) and climatic variability on • Plant diversity includes species richness Shannon biodiversity over a period of 40 years, based on data and index. Species richness or the number of species from eight reference years. was determined by counting the number of species on the basis of all floristic lists. Study area and methods 2. Results The study area is located near the city of El Bayadh1, on the ‘‘Rogassa plateau’’ in western 2.1. Precipitation Algeria. This area belongs to the ‘Steppic high plains’ and is located (33.56°N, 0.51°E) at an elevation of During the 1975 to 2016 period, the mean annual -1 1095 m. The climate is arid-Mediterranean, with a rainfall was 270 mm.yr . The study period showed significant fluctuations (Figure. 1) with the higher mean annual rainfall of 270 mm occurring mainly number of multiannual dry periods including three dry between autumn and spring, a dry period of 6 to 8 periods: 1978 to 1979; 1983 to 1985 and 1998 to 2003 months and the mean annual temperature is 15°C. (Slimani et al. 2010).

1 Province

This is an open access article distributed under the Creative Commons Attribution License CC-BY, which permits

unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.

120 40 Years of Monitoring of Floristic Diversity and Arid Steppe of Algeria

Figure 1. Annual Rainfall variation (1975-2016) at El Bayadh (Algeria)

2.2. Plant diversity area (Figure 2). The results also show that low values of plant diversity are significantly correlated with dry The floristic composition expressed by the plant years. The number of species disappearing is more species richness and the Shannon index, show a important for annuals than for perennial and exceeds significant variation for study period. The results more than half initial stock. generally show relatively high values in the protected

Figure 2. Temporal variation of diversity (species richness and Shannon index) on the Rogassa steppe ( from 1976 to 2016).

SLIMANI H. and AÏDOUD A. 121

3. Discussion and Conclusion (Series IV: Earth and Environmental Sciences), vol 37. Springer, Dordrecht. https://doi.org/10.1007/978-94-007- The regression of specific diversity is one of the 0973-7_6 Slimani H. & Aidoud A., Roze F., 30 Years of Protection and main biological indicators of desertification (Verstraete Monitoring of a Steppic Rangeland Undergoing & Schwartz, 1991; Aronson et al., 1993). The Desertification, Journal of Arid Environments, 74 (2010): evolution of floristic diversity shows significant 685–691. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jaridenv.2009.10.015 variations over time. The maximum value of the Tilman D. & El Haddi A., Drought and Biodiversity in Grasslands, Oecologia, 89 (1992): 257-264. specific richness is observed in the preexisting system https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00317226 (1977 to 1993, figure.2) for the two grazing levels Verstraete M.M. & Schwartz S.A., 1991. Desertification and considered with a significant decrease in 1987, Global Change. In: A. Henderson-Sellers & A.J. Pitman particularly in the unprotected zone. This decline is (eds). Vegetation and Climate Interactions in Semi-arid Regions. Kluwer Academic Publishers, Belgium, 3-13. very significant in 2000 and 2006; and then increases https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00036043 as the rainfall increases. These declines, which West N.E., Biodiversity of Rangelands, Journal of Range coincide with droughts period, are in agreement with Management, 46 (1) (1993): 2-13. [HTML version] on URL: https://journals.uair.arizona.edu/index.php/jrm/article/view/8790 the results of several authors (Tilman & El Haddi, /8402 1992, Aidoud, 1994, Huston, 1994, Clement & Maltby, 1996, Slimani et al., 2010). The level of diversity in the community is also determined by the intensity of grazing and trampling (West, 1993). Expressed by the Shannon index, the diversity is relatively greater between 1977 and 1993 with relatively higher values in the grazed area. From 1993, diversity follows the same evolution as the species richness. It appears that during the first monitoring period, less intensive pasture favored diversity (Slimani & Aidoud, 2004). Many studies have also shown that moderate and periodic grazing increases the level of diversity in the community.

References

Aidoud A., Pâturage et désertification des steppes arides en Algérie, cas de la steppe d’alfa (Stipa tenacissima L.), Paralelo, 37 (16) (1994) : 33-42. [HTML version] available on URL : https://www.persee.fr/doc/ecmed_0153- 8756_2011_num_37_2_1335 Aronson J., Floret C., Le Floch E., Ovalle C. & Pontanier R., Restoration and rehabilitation of degraded ecosystems in arid and semi-arid lands. I. A view from the south, Restoration Ecology, 1 (1993): 8-7. https://doi.org/10.1111/j.1526- 100X.1993.tb00004.x Clément B. & Maltby, E., Quelques facteurs de la biodiversité végétale dans les prairies humides des corridors fluviaux, Acta bot. Gallica, 143 (4/5) (1996) : 309-316. https://doi.org/10.1080/12538078.1996.10515728 Huston M.A., Biological Diversity. The Coexistense of Species on Changing Landscapes, J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U. K., 75 (1) (1995): 261 p. Published by Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, 651p. https://doi.org/10.1017/S0025315400015393 Slimani H. & Aidoud A., (2004). Desertification in the Maghreb: A Case Study of an Algerian High-Plain Steppe. In: Marquina A. (eds) Environmental Challenges in the Mediterranean 2000–2050. NATO Science Series

Citation: SLIMANI S. and AÏDOUD A., 40 Years of Monitoring of Floristic Diversity and Arid Steppe of Algeria., In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 119-121. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities « Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Altitudinal Distribution of Spiders in Tikjda (Djurdjura National Park; Algeria)

Salma CHAIB1,*, Ahlem RAYANE1, Ourida KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS1, Lynda BELADJAL2

1Laboratory of Dynamics and Biodiversity, Biological Sciences Faculty, University of Sciences and Technology Houari Boumediene, BP 32 El Alia, Bab Ezzouar. Algiers-Algeria 2Ghent University, Department of Biology, Terrestrial Ecology Unit, K.L. Ledeganckstraat 35, B-9000, Belgium. Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

Spiders are an important group of invertebrates in all terrestrial ecosystems. They are the most abundant with very high species richness. They are known to lodge various ecological niches. In order to study the altitudinal distribution of Araneae, twelve plots were chosen in Tikjda region, a south slope of Djurdjura National Park. They differ by dominant vegetal specie and other abiotic factors. To collect spiders, pitfall traps were used. They are filled third with a formaldehyde solution (4%) as fixative. The traps were emptied monthly during 9 months between 2015 and 2016. In total 880 individuals were collected; the black pin forest is the most abundant plot (150 individuals) and the oak cork forest is the richest one. The abundance is different between the vegetal abundant specie plots, the cedar forest contains the high number. Eighteen families were collected, Linyphiidae is the most abundant family (24%) followed by Gnaphosidae (19%) and Dysderidae (19%). Dysderidae was chosen to study the relationship between altitude and species distribution. A total of 164 individuals were collected. They belong to 3 genera and 7 species. The abundance and richness rise with altitude and many species ecological preferences are found in relationship with some abiotically factors. Harpactea dumonti is the most represented in the region (82 individuals) followed by Harpactea sp1 (17 individuals) and Dysdera crocata (10 individuals). Harpactea dumonti is present in all biotopes of Tikjda region, it is ubiquist specie.

Keywords: Spiders; Altitude; Ecology; Tikjda; Forest

1. Introduction most affluent (Buschholz, 2009). Spiders are known to occupy a wide variety of ecological niches (Boreau de Algeria, a very large surface area has a Roincé, 2012). They are present in all terrestrial Mediterranean climate with mountain influences and ecosystems (Turnbull, 1973), in which they can be used environments characterized by irregular reliefs, rich and as indicators of the invertebrates’ diversity (Gravesen, specific vegetation. This nature is managed by agencies 2000; Cardoso et al., 2004). Some studies on the soil that keep living and not living entities throughout the fauna of Tikjda region, a sud slope of Djurdjura national territory. Djurdjura was declared a National National Park, were carried out. No recent study has Park in 1983 and Biosphere Reserve in 1997. It is involved the Araneides of this region. Therefore, the indeed known for its flora and fauna diversity choice of this study area and this zoological taxon was represented through large physiognomic units described made. The study aims at understanding the relationship as representative of habitats and a multitude of between altitude and the spider’s distribution. resources for fauna (Addar, 2013). Such environments are conducive to the development of many animal 2. Materials and methods species. Arthropoda are by far the most diverse animals and the most numerous. In fact, about 80% of the 2.1. Sampling sites known species belong to this phylum (Gambaiani, 1999). Among the Arthropoda, the Arachnida are the The Djurdjura National Park is located in northern most widespread class and spiders are the largest order part of Algeria about 150 km East of Algiers (Figure1), (Roberts, 2001). They are the most abundant and the confined between a very rugged mountainous area of

This is an open access article distributed under the Creative Commons Attribution License CC-BY, which permits

unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited. CHAIB S. et al. 123

Bouira and Tizi-Ouzou towns. Extending over an area abbreviations were used: 1: Eucalyptus pure (557 m); 2: of 18 550 ha, it is characterized by a Mediterranean Mixed Eucalyptus (557 m); 3: Oak Cork (810 m); 4: climate. Tikjda region is located in center mountains; Aleppo Pine(975 m); 5: Holm Oak (1280 m); 6: Akouker between Tizi’n’kouilal and Boulma (2305 m). Polluted Cedar Forest (closed) (1430 m); 7: Polluted In order to study the distribution of the araneofaune Cedar Forest (open) (1430 m); 8: Cedar Non-polluted according to the altitude gradient, twelve plots were (1500 m); 9: Black Pine (1560 m); 10: Cedar Forest chosen between 557 m to 1700 m. Their names come (1640 m); 11: Cedar Forest (1740 m) and 12: Lawn from dominant vegetal specie. The following (1740 m).

Figure1: Geographical location of the Djurdjura National Park (DNP) and the different sampling sites at Tikjda.

2.2. Sampling method 3. Results and discussion

To get an overall idea on presence and richness of 3.1. Total abundance the soil fauna, the appropriate sampling methods is very important (Southwood, 1978). At Tikjda region, 880 individual’s spiders were Pitfalls Barber traps were used in the present study collected, belonging to 18 families. They are given in as it is the main sampling method to study spider’s table 1. community (Maurer and Hanggi, 1990). Five traps were From the whole, Liniphiidae family is the most opered in each plot, they are plastic containers (10 cm abundant. 214 individuals belonging to this family were deep, 7.5 cm diameter) dug, levelled with the soil collected in all the different plots, followed by the surface, and 1/3 filled fixative solution (4% Gnaphosidae and Dysderidae with respectively 170 and formaldehyde). The traps were emptied monthly during 164 individuals each. These families were sampled in 9 months between 2015 and 2016. The identification the majority of plots. The families Araneidae, species level was performed using Ledoux and Canard Oonopidae, Palpimanidae, Pholcidae, Pisauridae and (1981), Bosmans and Abrous (1990), Bosmans and Theridiidae are represented by a very small number of Abrous (1992) and Word Spider catalog (2016). individuals (< 5) (Table 1).

Citation: CHAIB S., RAYANE A., KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS O. and BELADJAL L., Altitudinal Distribution of Spiders in Tikjda (Djurdjura National Park; Algeria), In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 122-125. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5 124 Altitudinal Distribution of Spiders in Tikjda (Djurdjura National Park; Algeria)

Table 1 Number of individuals of collected families in the different sites of the study. Familles/ stations 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 N Agelenidae 11 7 2 4 4 7 10 17 10 7 1 80 Araneidae 1 1 1 3 Clubionidae 2 3 3 1 4 9 7 9 2 40 Dysderidae 13 3 4 1 6 28 25 30 34 18 2 164 Gnaphosidae 14 8 24 8 7 10 43 8 25 16 6 1 170 Loxoscelidae 2 1 4 1 8 Lycosidae 2 3 2 1 4 12 1 25 Linyphiidae 35 8 3 1 2 9 13 40 44 55 1 3 214 Nemezidae 2 1 1 7 16 1 28 Oecobiidae 4 2 6 Oonopidae 1 2 1 4 Palpimanidae 2 1 2 5 Pholcidae 1 2 3 Pisauridae 1 1 2 Salticidae 1 1 3 1 1 1 8 Theriididae 1 1 2 Thomizidae 1 1 4 2 1 1 10 Zodariidae 2 34 22 5 12 17 15 1 108

Total 84 40 51 24 60 86 119 115 150 132 14 5 880

3.2. Site abundance respectively). This can be explained by the high altitude of this site “1740 m”. Twelve families were harvested Total abundance varies between 5 and 150 in the Oak Cork Forest (plot3), it is the richest plot, individuals by site (Table 1). The black pin forest (plot which provide a better ecological niche. 9) is the most abundant (150 individuals), this can be The Dysderidae are a family of large or medium- explained by the fact that the Pinus nigra is a rare, sized spiders, wandering with six eyes, heavily armed. endemic and classified protected species. The Usually hidden in the litter and plant debris. 164 Lyniphiidae is the most dominant, 44 individuals were individuals of Dysderidae were sampled in 11 plots, collected in this plot which provide a better ecological belonging to 3 genera and 7 species. With numbers, 125 where the fauna has a good condition. adults and 39 juveniles were collected. The number of The plots “Lawn” (plot12) and “Cedar Forest individuals grows in the same direction with altitude. (1740 m) (plot 11) located at the same altitude, present Up to 1560 m at black pine (plot 9), individual number the lowest number of individuals (5 and 14 decrease.

CHAIB S. et al. 125

Figure 2: Proportion of the total number of individuals of different species in 12 plots.

Among 7 species sampled, Harpactea dumonti is the Roy. Sci. Nat. Belg., Entomologie, 60 (1990): 19-37. Available most dominant specie in the region (65%). It’s presents on URL: http://biblio.naturalsciences.be/rbins- publications/bulletins-de-linstitut-royal-des-sciences-naturelles- in all selected plots, it is ubiquist specie and it’s de-belgique-entomologie/60-1990 followed by Harpactea sp1 (14%) and Dysdera crocata Bosmans R. and Abrous O., Studies on North Africa Linyphiidae VI. (8%). The other species are present with a lower genera Pelecopsis SIMON, Trichopterna KULCZYNSKI and number (Figure 2). Ouadia gen. (Araneae: Linyphiidae), Bull. Br. Arachnol. Soc., 9 (3) (1992): 65-85. Available on URL: Black pine is the most abundant plot (27 http://britishspiders.org.uk/bulletin/090301.pdf individuals), however Cedar polluted forest (open) plot Buchholz S., Community structure of spiders in coastal habitats of a (plot7) is the richest (7 species). The richness and Mediterranean delta region (Nestos Delta, NE Greece). Animal abundance of plant species as well as the altitude Biodiversity and Conservation, 32 (2009): 101-115. Available on URL: http://abc.museucienciesjournals.cat/files/ABC-32-2-pp- increase the number of ecological niches. 101-115.pdf Dysderidae species have not the same ecological Cardoso P., Silva I., De Oliveira N.G and Serrano A.R.M., Indicator requirements for their development. taxa of spider (Araneae) diversity and their efficiency in conservation, Biol. Conserv., 120 (2004): 517–524. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.biocon.2004.03.024 4. Conclusion Gambaiani S., 1999. “les principaux Arachnides élevés en captivité, physiologie et pathologie (the main arachnid reared in captivity, Our work is a contribution to knowledge of Araneae Physiology and pathology) » PhD Thesis. Lyon, 79p. fauna in Tikjda region. Spider’s abundance differs Gravesen E., Spiders (Araneae) and other invertebrate groups as ecological indicators in wetland areas, Ekol. Bratislava, 19 Suppl. between the different chosen plots. We deduce that the 4 (2000): 39–42. Available on URL: spider’s distribution depends on some ecological and https://pure.au.dk/portal/files/114688679/039_042_Gravesen.pdf especially abiotically characteristics. Ledoux J.C., et Canard A., 1981. Initiation à l’étude systématique des araignées (Introduction to the systematic study of the spiders). Ed. Domazan, Paris, 56p. References Maurer R., et Hänggi A., 1990. - Katalog der schweizerischen Spinnen. Documenta Faunistica Helvetiae 12, CSCF, Neuchâtel, Addar A. et Dahmani-Megrerouche M., 2013. Apport de la 412 p. ISBN 2-88414-001-8 , Available on URL: cartographie des habitats forestiers dans l’évaluation https://araneae.nmbe.ch/pdfs/53872_Maurer_&_Haenggi_1990_ d’indicateurs de biodiversité : cas du massif du Djurdjura. 4th Araneae_Catalog_Switzerland_OCR.pdf International Congress of the Populations and Animal Robert M.J., 2001. - Spiders of Britain and Northern Europe. Ed. Communities “Dynamics and Biodiversity of the terrestrial and Harper Collins publishers, London, 383p. aquatic Ecosystems" – ALGERIA, 19-21 November: 286-292. Southwood T.R.E., 1978. - Ecological methods. Ed. Chapman and Available on URL: https://fbiol.usthb.dz/IMG/pdf/paper_2.pdf Hall, London, 524p. Boreau de Roincé C., 2012. « Biodiversité et aménagements Turnbull A.L., Ecology of the true spiders (Araneomorphae), Annu. fonctionnels en verger de pommiers : implication des prédateurs Rev. Entomol., 18 (1973): 305–348. généralistes vertébrés dans le contrôle des ravageurs », PhD https://doi.org/10.1146/annurev.en.18.010173.001513 Thesis, AgroParisTech, 189p. Available on URL: World Spider Catalog, 2016. - World Spider Catalog. Natural History https://pastel.archives-ouvertes.fr/pastel-00952799/document Museum Bern, online at http://wsc.nmbe.ch, version 16.5, last Bosmans R. and Abrous O., The genus Typhocrestus SIMON 1884 in accessed on 12/10/2016. North Africa (Araneae: Linyphiidae e: Erigoninae), Bull. Inst.

Citation: CHAIB S., RAYANE A., KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS O. and BELADJAL L., Altitudinal Distribution of Spiders in Tikjda (Djurdjura National Park; Algeria), In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 122-125. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5 The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities: Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC’5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Ecology of Isopoda (Arthropoda, Crustacea) in Algeria

Ahlem RAYANE1,*, Salma CHAIB1, Ourida KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS1 and Lynda BELADJAL2

1Laboratory dynamic and biodiversity, Sciences Biology faculty, university of sciences and technology Houari Boumediene, BP 32 El alia, Bab Ezzouar, Algeria. 2 Ghent University, Department of Biology, Terrestrial Ecology Unit, K. L. Ledeganck straat 35, B-9000, Belgium. Corresponding author: rayane. [email protected]

Abstract

The aim of the present work is to study the ecology of the isopoda in 17 different sites located in Algeria from the north to the s out h. The sites are different by their bioclimatic stage (humid, sub humid, semi-arid and Saharan) and the soil of the regions. Aiming to develop research on the biological component of soils, many physicochemical test tools are used in order to define indicators complementing. The isopoda fauna are collected using pitfall traps, filled third with a formaldehyde solution (4%) as fixative. The traps were emptied monthly during one year. A total of 506 individuals were collected. They belong to 4 families and 5 different genera. Our study showed many ecological preferences for the different species collected relationship with some abiotical factors as altitude and recovery rate of vegetation.

Keywords: Isopods; Ecology; Altitude; Vegetal; Bioclimatic

1. Introduction paleogeography and ecological History of the country. In the present study, we intend to identify the isopod Isopods have been collected during the past more fauna, and to estimate some ecological parameters than one century ago in the world. In the North Africa including richness species, abundance, diversity, and region. This collect was started with some explorations dominance among habitat types in Algeria. like the journey of Gaston Buchet (Dollfus 1896a, 1896b) and extensively during the past 30 years in 2. Materials and methods some regions. Algeria has high diversity in biotopes and bioclimatic regions, the great area from the Rif to Sampling sites the Atlas could accommodate an important and interesting biodiversity in fauna and flora. However, During the sampling first year, seventeen stations no recent investigations have been done on the were surveyed in Algeria along a gradient of aridity. terrestrial isopod fauna when we compared this region They were ranging from the heights land at Djurdjura with the Middle East (Syria, Lebanon, Palestine and National Park to the s out h of Algeria (Table1) and Jordan), New investigations in Algeria could exhibit each region is represented by a typical bioclimatic many particularities such as a high percentage of stage (Humid, sub humid, semi-arid, Saharan - endemics and a high biodiversity in the terrestrial Figure1). isopods related to the complex topography,

This is an open access article distributed under the Creative Commons Attribution License CC-BY, which permits

unrestricted use, distribution, and reproduction in any medium, provided the original work is properly cited.

RAYANE A. et al. 127

Table 1 Description of stations chosen at different bioclimatic floors in Algeria Bioclimatic Geographic coordinates Stations Biotope and dominant vegetation stage altitude 36°26'47'' N high densities of stand Sand their high degree of closure Polluted Cedar forest (Closed) 4°7'30'' E Arboreal (Cedrus atlantica) Polluted Cedar forest (Open) 1430 m Shrub, bushes 36°27'15'' N (Pinus nigra ssp. Mauretanica) is a relict forest species Black pine 4°6'35'' E threatened with extinction 1560 m Humid 36°27'18'' N Cedar Forest at 1600m 4°6'52'' E Dominant specie:(Cedrus atlantica) not far from the hiking trail 1640 m 36°27'10'' N The high parts of this wall mountain Djurdjura. Arboreal Cedar Forest at 1700m 4°7'10'' E (Cedrus atlantica) Lawn at 1700m 1740 m dense grass carpet of granules Eucalyptus Pure 36°23'54'' N The forest of Bouira 3°53'2'' E Mixed Eucalyptus Abroreal Eucalyptus 557 m 36°23'53'' N Oak cork 4°5'32'' E Dominant species Quercus suber 810 m Sub-Humid 36°24'32'' N Aleppo pine 4°7'2'' E Dominant species Pinus halepensis 975 m 36°25'44" N Holm oak 4°7'41" E Dominant species Quercus ilex 1280 m Hamda1 33°51'22" N Semi-Arid 2°51'6" E Agricultural utilization, viviculture Hamda2 781 m Station Citrus 30°37'1" N agroecosystem Citrus limon 2°52'46'' E Station Olea agroecosystem Olea europaea 388 m Saharan Oasis not degraded 30°30'13" N Palm Phoenix dactylifera abandoned near the lake of El-Golea 2°55'25" E Date palm Phoenix dactylifera preserved near the lake of El- Oasis degraded 360 m Golea

Figure 1: Geographical location of region studied in Algeria and sampling sites.

Citation: RAYANE A., CHAIB S., KHERBOUCHE-ABROUS O. and BELADJAL L., Ecology of Isopoda (Arthropoda, Crustacea) in Algeria, In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Algeria, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 126-129. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5

128 Ecology of Isopoda (Arthropoda, Crustacea) in Algeria

3. Methods

Pitfall Barber traps (Barber, 1931) were used as it is the efficient method for collecting soil invertebrates. five pitfall traps were used for each selected habitat. The traps consist of plastic containers (10 cm deep, 7.5 cm diameter) dug, levelled with the soil surface and 1/3 filled with fixative solution (4% formaldehyde). The traps were separated at least 3 meters from each other, were operational between

November 2015 and December 2016 and monthly Figure 2: Family abundance at different studied regions. emptied. The collected isopoda were separated from the rest and identified using a Stereomicroscope and Our study show that Porcellionidae is the most Hopkin (1991) determination key. Abundance study, abundant family, it represents 78% (Figure 2), it is diversity and Evenness are following Ramade (2003), divided between Porcelio and Porcelionides. 20% of Dajoz (2006), Barbaut (2008). harvested isopods belong to Armadillidiidae family. Ten individuals of Philosciidae were collected (2%) 4. Results and only 2 represent Ligiidae family, it is the less sampled one. A total of 489 individuals of isopoda were sampled in the different bioclimatic stages (Table 2). They 5. Discussion belong to 4 families and 5 genera. In this study, we analyse the evenness and

Table 2 abundance patterns of soil arthropod communities Isopod abundance collected in the seventeen sampling sites (isopoda, Oniscidea) in a few contiguous study plots in in Algeria. Algeria. these groups have been demonstrated to be Number of stations Abundance good indicator of environmental (Paoletti and Hassal, Humid 7 23 1999; Pitzalis fish, 2005, 2010). The terrestrial isopod sub-humid 5 29 communities inhabiting mountains have not received much attention in the isopodological literature. Leaf semi-arid 1 315 litter decomposition is an important process in the Saharan 4 122 nutrient cycle of forests (Chew, 1974; Swift and N 17 489 Anderson, 1989). Feeding activity of saprophagous macro arthropods, such as isopods, and the associated 315 individuals were collected in the semi-arid fragmentation of plant litter material plays an essential plots; it is the most abundant region. The Saharan sites role in the incorporation of organic matter into soils. follow with 122 individuals. At humid and sub-humid Terrestrial isopods also feed predominantly on fallen region, number of individuals is lower (23 and 29 leaf litter and soft, decaying plant material (Gruner, respectively) (Table 2). 1966).

6. Conclusion

Isopods are very important part of soil fauna, their roles as bioindicators is not to be underestimated. Four families were recorded in the different bioclimatic regions; they are closely related to soil nature, vegetation degradation and other ecological conditions.

RAYANE A. et al. 129

References

Barbault R.2008. Ecologie Générale. Ed. DUNOD, Paris: 390p. Chew, R. M., Consumers as regulators of ecosystems: an alternative to energetics. Ohio Journal of Science 74 (6) (1974) : 359–370. Available on URL : https://core.ac.uk/download/pdf/76310584.pdf Dajoz R.2006. Précis d'écologie. Ed. DUNOD, Paris : 631p. Dollfus A., Les isopodes terrestres du Nord de l'Afrique, du Cap blanc à Tripoli (Maroc, Algérie, Tunisie, Tripolitaine), Mém. Soc. Zool. France, 9 (1896a) : 523-555. [HTML] : https://www.biodiversitylibrary.org/item/38554#page/7/mode/1 up Dollfus A., Voyage de M. Gaston Buchet aux îles Canaries et sur les côtes méridionales du Maroc. Mém. Société Zool. France, 23 (1896b) : 131-135. https://doi.org/10.5962/bhl.part.3476 Gruner, H. -E.1966., Krebstiere oder Crustacea, V. Isopoda, 2. Lief. In: Dahl, M., Peus, F. (Eds.), Die Tierwelt Deutschlands und der angrenzenden Meeresteile nach ihren Merkmalen und ihrer Leben sweise., 51. Gustav Fischer Verlag, Jena. Paoletti M. G., Hassall M., Woodlice (isopoda: Oniscidea): their potential for assessing sustainability and use as bioindicators. Agriculture, Ecosystems and Environment, 74 (1999): 157-165. https://www.csub.edu/~ddodenhoff/Bio100/literature/paper6.pdf Pitzalis, M., Fattorini, S., Trucchi, E., Bologna, M. A. Comparative Analysis of species diversity of isopoda Oniscidea and Collembola communities in burnt and unburnt habitats in Central Italy. Ital. J. Zool.72 (2) (2005): 127-140. https://doi.org/10.1080/11250000509356663 Pitzalis, M., Luis Elli, L., Bologna, M. A. Co- ocurrence analyses show that non-random community structure is disrupted by fire in two groups of soil arthropods (isopoda Oniscidea and Collembola). Acta Oecol., 36 (1) (2010): 100-106. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.actao.2009.10.009 Ramade F.2003. Eléments d'écologie. Ecologie fondamentale. Ed. DUNOD. Paris: 379p. Swift, M. J., Anderson, J. M.1989. Chapitre 31: Decomposition. In: Lieth, H., Werger, M. J. A. (Eds.), Tropical Rainforest Ecosystems, Biogeographical and Ecological Studies. Ecosystems of the World, 14B. Elsevier, Amsterdam, pp.547– 569. https://doi.org/10.1016/B978-0-444-42755-7.50037-7

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities: Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Flora and Fauna Organization of the Island of Agueli (Near the Coast of Réghaia), Algeria

Kamel HAMADI1,2,*, Adel HAMANI3,4 and Riadh MOULAI4

1Institut National de Formation Supérieure des Cadres de la Jeunesse – Alger, Algérie. 2Laboratoire Dynamique et Biodiversité, Faculté des Sciences Biologiques, Université des Sciences et Technologie Houari Boumediene, Bab-Ezzouar, Algérie. E-mail : [email protected] 3Faculté des Sciences Biologiques et Agronomique, Université Mouloud Mammeri Tizi Ouzou, Algérie. 4Laboratoire de Zoologie Appliquée et d'Ecophysiologie Animale, Faculté des Sciences de la Nature et de la Vie, Université de Béjaia, Algérie.

Abstract

Island systems typically appear as natural laboratories of evolution in which patterns and ecosystem processes can be tackled optimally, especially on small islands. Our study site is a small island environment located on the central coast of Algeria near Réghaia. The island of Agueli has an area of 212 m². It is located one kilometer off the coast. The prospected environment is included in the Réghaia lake nature reserve. The aim of the study is to take stock of biodiversity in this island environment. The floristic inventory carried out on the island of Agueli shows the existence of a monostratified vegetation composed of 6 species which are distributed over 4 different botanical families: Apiaceae, Chenopodiaceae, Fabaceae and Malvaceae. This study also revealed that the total number of animal species counted is 28. They are divided into 23 species of Arthropods, 3 species of birds and 2 species of reptiles. Among the recorded reptiles, an endemic species from north Africa of the Trogonophidae family was recorded.

Keywords: Agueli Island; Flora; Fauna; Trogonophidae.

1. Introduction have been working in Algerian islands and islets on specific species; we can cite the work of Jacob and Insular systems typically appear as natural Courbet, 1980; Moulai and Ramdane, 2006; and laboratories of evolution in which patterns and Bougaham, 2008. The aim of this work is to make an ecosystem processes, generally simplified in these inventory as complete as possible on the flora and fauna spatially reduced communities, can be tackled of the island of Agueli located in the central region of optimally, especially on small islands (Honer and Algeria, 30 km east of Algiers. Greuter, 1988). These ecosystems are known for their 2. Material and methods great vulnerability to disturbances of all kinds, and particularly to the introduction of animal and plant 2.1. Study site species. The various threats (Delanoë et al., 1996) that weigh on island ecosystems have various origins: Our site of study is the marine part of the hunting urbanization of the coast, pollution, agriculture and center of Réghaia. It comprises the small rocky island livestock, tourism development, water management, of Agueli with an area of 212 m² located one kilometer fires, invasive species. Similarly, the great vulnerability off the coast (Fig.1). The proposed area is included in of island endemic taxa is now universally accepted. the Réghaia Lake Nature Reserve. It is located 30 km Thus, most terrestrial endemic coastal species must be east of Algiers, on the northeastern limit of the Mitidja considered as endangered (Le Neidre, 2002). One of the plain: Longitude 3°19 and 3°21 E; Latitude 36°45 and peculiarities of the Mediterranean basin is its large 36°45 N, and 14 km from the wilaya of Boumerdes. number of islands (Greuter, 1995). There are The reserve is bordered from the north by the approximately 5000 islands and islets in the Mediterranean Sea, from the south by the national road Mediterranean, of which about 4000 are less than 1000 24 linking Algiers to Constantine, from the east by the hectares (Montmollin and Strahm, 2005). town of Boudouaou and from the west by the town of In Algeria, the faunistic and floristic systematics of Ain-Taya (Thibault, 2006). island ecosystems is not yet well assessed. Researchers

HAMADI K. et al. 131

The island of Agueli and the Réghaia region are coastal environment very close to the island which is classified in the sub-humid bioclimatic stage in mild the lake of Reghaia was carried out. winters, in general this region is characterized by maximum temperatures of 32.89 degrees in August and 4. Results of 16.94 degrees in the month of January. Minimum temperatures in this region are in the order of 5.97 The floristic inventory carried out on the island of degrees in February and 20.46 in August. Precipitation Agueli shows the existence of a monostratified is extremely variable, with January being the most vegetation composed of 6 species distributed over 4 watered month with an average of 53.1 mm (MATE1, different botanical families (Table1). 2005). Table 1 Floral composition of the island of Agueli Families Species Apiaceae Crithmum maritimum L. Atriplex prostata L. Chenopodiaceae Chenopodium album L. Salicornia sp. Fabaceae Lotus creticus L. Malvaceae Lavatera cretica L.

The table above summarizes the different categories and the number of species per animal family recorded in the study station. A total of 28 species have been recorded, including 23 species of Arthropods, 3 species

Fig.1 – Location of the study area of birds and 2 species of reptiles (Table 2).

3. Methodology

Before scheduling field trips, we check the weather data of the day which can give us information on the state of the sea. The purpose of sampling is to obtain from a given surface, as restricted as possible, a faithful picture of the whole stand. Various capture methods can be used to capture animals and especially insects based on their habitats. The sampling methods used in the field are either catching the animals by hand or catching the netting. This type of sampling only allows one to have an idea about the species existing in a given environment. The plant inventory at Agueli Island was carried out using systematic sampling, so that we sample one specimen of each species from the plant stand. The harvested species are placed in paper bags and transported to the laboratory for determination. A comparative analysis of the floristic stands with a

1 « Ministère de l'Aménagement du Territoire et de l'Environnement »

Citation: HAMADI K., HAMANI A. and MOULAI R., Flora and Fauna Organization of The Island of Agueli (Near the Coast of Réghaia), Algeria. In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 130-134. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC’5

132 Flora and Fauna Organization of The Island of Agueli (Near the Coast of Réghaia), Algeria

Table 2 The animal species inventoried in the Island of Agueli Categories Orders Families Species Salticidae Evarcha sp. Thomizidae Oxyptilia sp. Arachnida Araneae Scytodidae Scytodes sp. Dysderidae Harpactea sp. Theridiidae Theridon sp. Orthoptera Acrididae Aiolopus thalassinus Philon gibus Tenebrionidae Blaps gigas Pimelia sp. Coleoptera Alleculidae Heliothaurus rufficolis Adalia ducempunctata Coccinellidae Hippodamia variegata Lygaeidae Geocoris sp. Hemiptera Pyrrochoridae Pyrrochoris apterus

Insecta Lycaenidae Lampides boeticus Pieridae Pieris rapae Lepidoptera Arctiidae Utetheisa pulchella Noctuidae Noctuidae sp. Neuroptera Myrmeleontidae Myrmeleon formicarius Hymenoptera Apidae Apis mellifera Syrphidae Syrphidae sp. Diptera Callipharidae Lucilia sp. Sarcophagidae Sarcophaga sp. Sauriens Lacertidae Lacertidae sp. Reptilia Squamata Trogonophidae Trogonophis wiegmanni Suliformes Phalacrocoracidae Phalacrocorax aristotelis Aves Charadriiformes Laridae Larus michahellis Apodiformes Apodidae Apus pallidus

5. Discussion this plant has a wide distribution; it frequents crops, waste lands, wasteland, in saline environment both in The floristic richness recorded on the island of the land and on the coast. Medail and Vidal (1998) class Agueli reveals the presence of 6 species spread over 5 Crithmum maritimum among the most common different botanical families. The family of halophilic species. In the island systems of the regions Chenopodiaceae dominates with 3 species that are of Béjaia and Jijel, Benhamiche-Hanifi and Moulai Atriplex prostata, Chenopodium album and (2012), report that the invasive presence of the Larus Salicornia sp. The other families are represented by a michahellis influences its nesting sites, including the single species each; these are respectively Crithmum islands, vegetation, grubbing of plants during the maritimum for Apiaceae, Lotus creticus for Fabaceae making of nests, grubbing of buds, as well as by excreta and Lavatera cretica for Malvaceae. Among the and guanos which denature the soil. Similarly, botanical species listed A. prostata covers important Ghermaoui (2010) reports that grubbing, trampling, areas on the island. Gray-Wilson (1997), reports that intake of chemical compounds, salinization and excess

HAMADI K. et al. 133

enrichment of organic matter are the main causes of leaf Entomological species recorded at Agueli Island show damaging the vegetal cover. Thus, the increase in the remarkable numbers, except for the case of Aiolopus number of the Larus michahellis on the island can lead thalassinus, which is the only representative species of to nitrophication of the soils and an evolution of the the Orthoptera on the island, only two adult individuals vegetation cover with a development of the nitrophilous were caught. plants. In the reptile category two species were noted on The results of our surveys on the island of Agueli our study area, Trogonophis wiegmanni observed for revealed the presence of a fauna which consists mainly the first time on the island of Agueli, and this once we of 5 species of Arachnids, 18 species of Insects, 3 birds raised a few stones at the time of collection of and 2 reptiles. In the order of the Arachnids only Arthropod samples; and a species of Lacertidae Spiders were captured. All sampled individuals are at observed in situ. Contact with the last species was the juvenile stage, making their identification very insufficient to identify the genus and species. Currently, difficult. No work has been cited previously on the T. wiegmanni is considered the only representative of spiders of the insular environments in Algeria. Our the genus Trogonophis, occurs in North Africa. It is a results revealed the presence of 5 species of spiders northern Maghreb endemic species comprising two sub- belonging to 5 different families. Harpactea sp is the species T. w. elegans found in the northwest of the least observed species on the island because it was Moroccan Atlas and T. w. wiegmanni, the nominal caught only once, unlike other species that contain a subspecies spread from eastern Morocco to the Aures in considerable number of individuals such as the case of eastern Algeria (Peyre, 2007). Matz and Vanderhaege Evarcha sp and Schytodes sp. Kovoor and Muñoz- (2004) report that this Amphisbene, which inhabits Cuevas (2000), in their work on the diversity of eastern Morocco, Algeria and Tunisia, is less frequently Arachnids in the islands of Hyères (Porquerolles and observed, as it is a burrowing species of soft soils where Port-Cros, Var, France), indicate that some closure of it digs deep galleries and does not come rarely on the the environment results in the development of large- surface. Reptiles can serve as prey for gulls on the Spiders belonging to a limited number of species. island, making their presence discreet. Genovart et al. The entomological fauna recorded in the island of (1997) in Peyre (2007) report that the stomach contents Agueli is divided into 7 orders, 15 families and 18 analysis of Audouin's Gull and Leukophy Gull from the species. In general, not all orders of insects of which the Cherifian Islands shows non-negligible cases of entomological fauna is composed have been studied predation on reptiles Trogonophis wiegmanni and with precision, except for a few which have been chalcides ocellatus. inventoried or reported in the diets of a few species of The avifauna recorded on the island is represented birds. At the level of our study station the order of the by 3 species, Phalacrocorax aristotelis, Larus Coleoptera is the most represented with 6 species, michahellis and Apus pallidus. The study environment followed by the order Lepidoptera with 4 species, the is a biotope par excellence for the reproduction of Diptera with 3 species, the Hemiptera with 2 species Leukophy Gull, we noted the presence of several nests and finally the Orthoptera, Neuroptera and containing chicks of a few days. In spite of the small Hymenoptera with one species each. The family surface of the island, this Goeland colonizes in some Tenbrionidae presents three species which are Philon way this biotope where we found places completely gibus, Blaps gigas and Pimelia sp. Soldati (2009) contaminated with these excrements, and many of his recognizes the results of entomological surveys balls of regurgitas were picked up on the spot. In obtained in the Galite islands (Tunisia) that this addition, some individuals of the crested cormorant entomological fauna proves to be relatively poor in were observed on the rocks at the foot of the island. species. On the other hand, each specialist observes Holden (1996), reports that the crested cormorant rather quickly in his sphere that it always contains prefers rocky coasts and rarely penetrates into the elements remarkable either because of the existence of interior. Soldati (2009), reports that the richness of a endemic species and forms with very curious archaic fauna depends mainly on the relief, the ecological characteristics or marked biogeographic interest. stations, the constitution of the soil and for a large part

134 Flora and Fauna Organization of The Island of Agueli (Near the Coast of Réghaia), Algeria

of the flora, itself also dependent on the first conditions. Honer D. et Greuter W., 1988: Plant population dynamics and species turnover on small islands near Karpathos (South Aegean, The study area covers an area of 212 m² in which the Greece). Vegetatio, 77 : 129.137. inventoried species are organized so that they occupy https://doi.org/10.1007/BF00045758 the sunny places and the less exposed to the winds. Kovoor J. et Munoz Cuevas A., 2000 : Diversité des Arachnides dans les îles d’Hyères (Porquerolles et Port Cros, Var, France). Nouira (2004), states that the specific richness of an Modifications au cours du XXe siècle. Zoosystema, 22(1), pp island is related to its area and its remoteness from the 3369. [HTML version] on URL : http://sciencepress.mnhn.fr/fr/periodiques/zoosystema/22/1/divers continent. This rule has been verified in most of the ite-des-arachnides-dans-les-iles-d-hyeres-porquerolles-et-port- Tunisian islands. In general, the specific richness of an cros-var-france-modifications-au-cours-du-xxe-siecle Krakimel J. D., 2003 : Impact du tourisme sur la biodiversité marine island increases with the increase of its surface area et côtière de la Méditerranée. Projet pour la préparation d’un plan (Arrhenius, 1921). Similarly, Franceschi (1994) reports d’action stratégique pour la conservation de la biodiversité dans la région Méditerranéenne (PAS-Bio). PNUE, PAM, GEF, that the variations observed in the composition of the Nîmes, 108p. Available on URL : http://sapbio.rac-spa.org/ffr.pdf various Mediterranean island fauna are correlated with Le Neindre M., 2002 : Les espèces introduites et envahissantes dans considered geographical area. This essential factor does les îles méditerranéennes : Etat des lieux et propositions d’action. UICN., Université de Corse, Faculté des Sciences et Techniques, not explain everything, it is necessary to take into 82 p. Available on URL : account the distance that separates the island from the https://www.uicnmed.org/web2007/documentos/rapport_islands.p df nearest continent and the variety of its biotopes. We MATE, 2005 : Programme d’aménagement côtier (PAC) « zone have noticed on the island that among the factors likely côtière algéroise ». Activité : gestion intégrée des zones côtières. Action pilote : site du Lac de Réghaia. Ministère de to cause disturbances in the studied environment, the l’Aménagement du Territoire et de l’Environnement, 45p. overcrowding of the island by people and the pollution Available on URL : http://commissariatlittoral.dz/wp- due to solid waste. Krakimel (2003), reports that the content/uploads/2018/04/Rapport-final-integre-PAC-Algérie.pdf Mats G. et Vanderhaege M., 2004 : Guide du terrarium. Tous les origin of impacts on island environments may be due to conseils pour élever plus de 300 espèces. Les guides du hunting, egg collection, water pollution (not strictly naturaliste, Delachaux et Niestlé, Paris, 376p. Medail F. et Vidal E., 1998 : Organisation de la richesse et de la related to tourism), trampling, infrastructure, barbeque composition floristique d’îles de la Méditerranée occidentale (sud fires and pollution (not strictly related to tourist est de la France). Can. J. Bot. 76: 321331. https://doi.org/10.1139/b97-135 activity). Montmolliin B. et Strahm W., 2005: The Top 50 Mediterranean Island Plants. UICN/SSC, Mediterranean Island Plants Specialist Group, 109 p. References Moulaï R. et Ramdane N., 2006. Nouvelles données sur le statut du Goéland leucophée, Larus michahellis de la côte Jijélienne. 9éme Arrhenius O., 1921 Species and area. Journal of Ecology, 9 (1): 9599. Journées Nationale d’Ornithologie. INA El Harrach le 7 Mars http://dx.doi.org/10.2307/2255763 2005. Benhamiche Hanifi S. et Moulai R., 2012 Analyse des phytocénoses Nouira S., 2004 : Biodiversité et statut écologique des reptiles et des des systèmes insulaires des régions de Béjaia et de Jijel (Algérie) scorpions des îles Kneiss. Projet de préservation de la biodiversité en présence du goéland Leucophée (Larus michahellis). Rev. dans la réserve naturelle des îles Kneiss. Tun/98/G52/13, 8p. Ecol. (Terre Vie), Vol.67, 397p. Peyre O., 2007 : Diversité Herpétologique des îles Habiba. Delanoë O., De Montmollin B. et Olivier L., 1996 : Conservation de Conservatoire de l’espace littoral et des rivages lacustres. Notes la Flore des Iles Méditerranéennes1. Stratégie d’Action. IUCN, naturalistes 2004/2007, pp 2740. Gland, Switzerland and Cambridge, UK. 108p. Available on Soldati L., 2009 : Coléoptères et autres insectes de l’archipel de la ULR : https://www.iucn.org/fr/content/conservation-de-la-flore- Galite. Petites îles de Méditerranée 09, INRA, 7p. des-iles-mediterraneennes-1-strategie-daction Thibault, 2006 : Plan de gestion de la réserve naturelle du lac de Franceschi P., 1994 La faune de vertébrés Corse. Quelques remarques Réghaia (Algérie). Projet LIFE3, TCY/INT/031. Maghreb zone sur sa spécificité, son origine, son évolution. ADECEC- humide, Tour du Valat, 84p. Available on URL : CERVIONI, 12p. Available on URL : https://www.medwet.org/wp-content/pdf/NAWN_1.pdf https://adecec.net/parutions/pdf/la-faune-de-vertèbrés-corse.pdf Ghermaoui M., 2010 : « Bioécologie du Goéland Leucophée (Aves, Laridés) dans les formations végétales ouvertes du littoral de Rachgoum (Wilaya de Ain Témouchent) ». Mémoire diplôme Magister, Faculté des Sciences, Université Abou Bekr Belkaid, Tlemcen, 154p. Greuter W., 1995: Origin and peculiarities of Mediterranean island floras. Ecologia Mediterranea 21(1/2): 110. [HTML version] on URL : https://www.persee.fr/doc/ecmed_0153- 8756_1995_num_21_1_1750 Grey Wilson C. 1997 : Les fleurs sauvages. Le guide visuel de plus de 500 espèces de fleurs d’Europe tempérée. L’œil et Nature, Bordas, Paris, 320p.

The 5th International Congress of the Animal Populations & Communities: Ecosystems, Biodiversity and Ecodevelopment (ICAPC5), 03-05 November 2017 - TAMANRASSET – ALGERIA

Insecticidal Activity of Cymbopogon Scphoenanthus Scphoenanthus (L.) Spreng Essential Oil from Tamanrasset, Algeria, on Callosobrochus Maculatus (F.) (Coleopera, Bruchidae)

Wahiba AOUS1,*, Mohamed HAZZIT2, Samia SADAOUI YAHIA CHERIF3

1University M’hamed Bougara Boumerdes, Algiers-Algeria, Faculty of Sciences, Biological Department. 2Superior Agronomic National school (ENSA), El-Harrach – Algiers, Department of Food Technology. 3University of Sciences and Technology Houari Boumediene, Algiers- Algeria, Faculty of Biological Sciences. Corresponding author: [email protected]

Abstract

Callosobruchus maculates (Fabricius) is a major insect pest of stored-grain legumes in any countries. In the present study, fumigant toxicity of essential oils from Cymbopogon scheonanthus L. spreng was assessed on the adults of Callosobruchus Maculatus F. At a temperature of (28±2) °C, 75±10% relative humidity (r.H.). The essential oils vapors were effective and completely controlled the biological development of this insect. This oil was used in concentrations of 35.71, 71.43, 142.86 and 285.71 µL.L-1air. The mortality of adults increased with increased concentration and exposure time. LC50 values for oil from C. scheonanthus after 24h exposure was 337.58 µL.L-1air. Therefore, the results suggest that essential oils from the studied plants may be used against Callosobruchus Maculatus in grain storage.

Keywords: Biological-activity; Callosobruchus Maculatus F.; Essential oil; Fumigant toxicity; Cymbopogon Scheonanthus L.

1. Introduction against Callosobruchus Maculatus F. under Laboratory conditions. The work described here Synthetic chemical insecticides have been used extends the previous studies by investigating whether since past years to control stored grain pests. The the fumigant toxic effect of this oil on Callosobruchus continuous uses of chemical insecticides are the result Maculatus F. Adults might be enhanced by a second of serious situations, including the development of toxic effect involving inhibition of reproduction resistance by insects, pollution of environment and through disruption of oviposition, i.e whether a double side effects on human health. effect would be induced an immediate lethal effect on Essential oils and their derivatives are recognized the adults, complemented by inhibition of reproduction at an alternate means of controlling many harmful of any survivors such a combined effect would insects which are rapidly degradable in the increase interest in the use of essential oils in the environment and harmless to no target organisms. management of this beetle. Weaver and Subramanyam The insecticidal activity of a large number of (2000), suggested that fumigant activity in botanicals essential oils and other plant extracts has been assessed could have a greater potential use than grain against several major agricultural pests (Regnault- protectants in future on the basis of their efficacy, Roger fish, 1993; Regnault-Roger and Hamraoui, economic value and use in large-scale storages. 1993; Golob fish, 1999; Weaver and Subramanyam, 2000; Kéita fish, 2001; Lee fish, 2001; and 2. Material and method ronikashvili, and Reichmuth, 2002; Kalinovic fish, 2002; Papachristos and Stamopoulos, 2002; Kim fish, 2.1. Plant material 2003; Park I.K. fish, 2003). Therefore, the aim of the present study was carried out to determine the Plant material of the species were used in the insecticidal activity of the essential oil from experiments. Cymbopogon schoenanthus L. spreng Cymbopogon scheonanthus plant in Tamanrasset,

136 Insecticidal Activity of Cymbopogon Scphoenanthus Scphoenanthus (L.) Spreng Essential Oil from Tamanrasset, Algeria, on Callosobrochus Maculatus (F.) (Coleopera, Bruchidae)

(Poaceae) was collected in the southern region of Data of toxicity studies were corrected for control Algeria (Tamanrasset). mortality according to Abbott’s formula (Abbott, 1925), when mortalities in the control ranged between 2.2. Insect 5 and 20%. Probit Analysis according to Finney (1971) was employed in analyzing the dose-mortality Callosobruchus Maculatus F. Adults were collected response. LC50 and LC90 values. Significance of from stores and mass-reared on a local variety of mean differences between treatments and control were chickpea weevil under laboratory conditions Statistically compared using an Analysis of variance (28±2) °C, (75±10) % relative humidity (r. H.). This (ANOVA). insect is cosmopolitan and infests stored products of economic importance in Algeria, and may be easily 3. Results cultivated in laboratory. The results showed that insect mortality varied 2.3. Experimental procedure with the essential oil type, concentration and the exposure time. The essential oil extracted from C. Concentrations of 35.71, 71.43, 142.86 and scheonanthus were highly toxic after 24h against -1 285.71 µL.L air of Cymbopogon scheonanthus was Callosobruchus Maculatus at higher doses infused on the filter paper disk of 6 cm in diameter that (142.86 µL.L-1and 285.71 µL.L-1air) (Figure 1; 2). was attached to the caps of glass vials of 280 mL After 48h, the two oils had a very significant effect volume. Fifteen pairs of C. Maculatus adults were with 100% at a concentration of 142.86 µL.L-1. The introduced into each jar containing 50 g seeds. In LC50 and LC90 values presented in table 2. The control containers no essential oil was used. The statistical analysis showed a very highly significant experiment was replicated four times. Mortality was difference between the mortality averages of recorded after 24, 48, 72 and 96 h exposure time. The C. Maculatus (P<0.0001), regardless of dose and dose-response data were subjected to probit Analysis exposure time (Table 3). The number of eggs laid by to determine the LC50 and LC90 values for a 24h females under treatment conditions indicated that exposure under constant climatic conditions. Weevils essential oil affected oviposition during the treatment. Adult having survived the treatment oils are Essential oil inhibited the development of maintained on chickpea seeds until they die. The laid C. Maculatus eggs at 71.42 µL.L-1 (Figure3). The eggs were counted under a binocular microscope from essential oil exerted greater insecticidal activity and th the 5 day. ovicidal activity compared with that in the control.

2.4. Statistical analysis

Table 1 Mortality rate (mean±SE) among adult C. Maculatus after exposure to essential oil vapours for different doses and periods Cumulative mortality rate (%) Essential oils Exposure Doses Time (µL/L 0 35. 71 71. 42 142. 86 285. 71 (hours) air) 24h 0. 00±0. 00C 32.3±0.8b 80.0±2.9a 100.0±0.0a 100.0±0.0a 48h 0. 00±0. 00C 95.0±3.3b 18.3±3.78a 100.0±0.0a 100.0±0.0a C. Schoenanthus 72h 0. 00±0. 00C 100.0±0.0b 100.0±0.0a 100.0±0.0a 100.0±0.0a 96h 0. 00±0. 00C 100.0±0.0b 100.0±0.0a 100.0±0.0a 100.0±0.0a

AOUS W. et al. 137

Table 2 Table 3 Mean values of LC50 and LC90 of essential oils Analysis of variance on adults of C. Maculatus C. schoenanthus Plant Ddl F P -1 LC 50 (µL.L air) 41.48 C. Shoenanthus 7 242.166 <0.0001 LC 90 (µL.L-1air) 82.85 Tamanrasset

Figure1: Susceptibility of C. Maculatus adults to C. Shoenanthus oil after 24, 48, 72 and 96 h exposure time.

Figure2: Reduction of oviposition by C. Maculatus females during treatment with doses of C. Shoenanthus essential oil.

Citation: AOUS W., HAZZIT M. & SADAOUI YAHIACHERIF S., Insecticidal Activity of Cymbopogon Scphoenanthus Scphoenanthus (L.) Spreng Essential Oil from Tamanrasset, Algeria, on Callosobrochus Maculatus (F.) (Coleopera, Bruchidae), Algeria. In ICAPC’5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, 03-05 Nov., 2017, pp. 135-139. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC'5 138 Insecticidal Activity of Cymbopogon Scphoenanthus Scphoenanthus (L.) Spreng Essential Oil from Tamanrasset, Algeria, on Callosobrochus Maculatus (F.) (Coleopera, Bruchidae)

4. Discussion decrease fertility. The results obtained on toxicity of essential oil, they show have an insecticidal effect on The mortality of adult C. Maculatus has increased C. Maculatus studied, which varied depending on the with increasing of concentrations of Ocimum dose used oil and the exposure time. Basilicum, O. Gratissimum, A. Scoparia and A. The use of essential oil in suitable control insect Sieberioils (Kéita fish, 2001; Sanon fish, 2002. pests in countries developing could be a Negahban fish, 2006). similar results were reported by complementary alternative approach to conventional (Ketoh fish, 2005), the essential oil from Cymbopogon insecticides treatments. There have been numerous Schoenanthusb (Poaceae) showed development research studies on plant products as fumigants against inhibition in all stages of Callosobruchus Maculatus insect pests of stored products. Besides toxicity tests, (Coleoptera: Bruchidae). The essential oils from attention has been focused to elucidate their mode of Artemisia Annua, Artemisia Scoparia, Artemisia action in insects. Despite the achievements Selengensis and Artemisia Sieversiana (Asteraceae) encouraging, the effectiveness of these oils essential oils showed strong fumigant and contact activity remains to be demonstrated in real situations. Further against Callosobruchus chinensis (Coleoptera: experiments are needed to clarify the nature of (or) Bruchidae) (Yuan fish, 2007). A mortality of 100% compound(s) responsible(s) of this activity to optimize was obtained with essential oils of C. Martini, P. the effective doses because it is well known that the Aduncum and L. Gracillis at all concentrations, at 30 individual components and purified act at low doses. to 50 mL/20 g. The reduction in viable eggs and emerged insects was observed (Pereira fish, 2008). References The fumigant activity of Carum copticum (Apiaceae) and Vitex pseudo-negundo (Lamiaceae) essential oils Abbott W.W., 1925. A method for computing the effectiveness of an against eggs, larvae and adults of C. Maculatus insecticide. Journal of Economic Finney D.J., 1971. Probit analysis, third ed. Cambridge University wastested. The lethal concentration of the essential oil Press, New York Entomology 18, 265-267. to kill 50% of the population (LD50) for egg, larvae https://doi.org/10.1002/jps.2600600940 -1 Kalinovic I., Rozman V., Guberac & V., Maric, S., 2002. and adult was found to be 0.90, 1.01 and 2.5 µl.L air Insecticidal activity of some aromatic plants from Croatia of C. Copticum oil, followed by 2.20, 8.42 and against lesser grain borer (Rhyzopertha dominica F..) on stored 9.39 µL.L-1air essential oil of V. Pseudo-negundo, wheat. In: Credl and P. F., Armitage D.M., Bell C.H., Cogan P.M., Highley E., (Eds.), Advances in Stored Products respectively. (Sahaf and Moharramipour, 2008). The Protection, Proceedings of the Eighth International Working essential oils extracted of Ageratum conyzoides Conference of Stored Product Protection, 22–26 July 2002, York, UK. CAB International, Wallingford, Oxon, pp.768–775. (Asteraceae), Citrus aurantifolia (Rutaceae) and Kéita S.M., Vincent C., Schmit J.P., Arnason J.T., & Bélanger A., Melaleuca quinquenervia (Myrtaceae) was tested by 2001. Efficacy of essential oil of Ocimum Basilicum L. And O. Gratissimum L. Applied as an insecticidal fumigant and fumigation on the flightless form of the C. Maculatus. powder to control Callosobruchus Maculatus (Fab.) these oils presented an insecticidal activity and (Coleoptera: Bruchidae). Journal of Stored Products Research induced, in the females of C. Maculatus, a very 37, 339–349. https://doi.org/10.1016/s0022-474x(00)00034-5 Ketoh G.K, Koumagl OHK. & Glith OIA, (2005). Inhibition of significant reduction of laying (4.79±0.75) with Callosobruchus Maculatus (F.) (Coleoptera: Bruchidae) C. Aurantifolia, 3.75±0.28 with A. Conyzoides and development with essential oil extracted from Cymbopogon schoenanthus L. spreng. (Poaceae), and wasp Dinarmus basalis 1.81±0.53 with M. quinquenervia at the lower (Rondani) (Hymenoptera: Pteromalidae). Stored Prod. Res., concentration (6.7 µL.L-1) compared to that in the 41(4): 363-371. https://doi.org/10.1016/j.jspr.2004.02.002 Kim S. I., Park C., Ohh M.H., Cho H.C., & Ahn Y.J., 2003. Contact control (51.23±0.32). (Nondenot fish, 2010). and fumigant activities of aromatic plants extracts and essential oils against Lasioderma serricorne (Coleoptera: Anobiidae). Journal of Stored Products Research 39, 11–19. 5. Conclusion https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-474X(02)00013-9 Lee S.E., Lee B.H., Choi W.S., Park B. S., Kim J. G. & Campbell B.C., 2001. Fumigant toxicity of volatile natural products from The essential oil from the aromatic plant Korean spices and medicinal plants towards the rice weevil, Cymbopogon scheonanthus, have insecticidal Sitophilus oryzae (L.). Pest Management Science 57 (6) 548– 553. https://doi.org/10.1002/ps.322 properties which on the one h and exert a lethal effect Lee S.E., Peterson C.J. & Coats, J. R., 2003. Fumigation toxicity of on adults and also exhibit inhibition of reproduction: monoterpenoids toseveral stored product insects. Journal of

AOUS W. et al. 139

Stored Products Research 39, 77–85. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-474X(02)00020-6 Papachristos D.P. & Stamopoulos D.C., 2002. Repellent, toxic and reproduction inhibitory effects of essential oil vapours on Acanthoscelides obtectus (Say) (Coleoptera: Bruchidae). Journal of Stored Products Research 38 (2) 117–128. https://doi.org/10.1016/S0022-474X(01)00007-8 Regnault-Roger C., Hamraoui A., Holeman M., theron E. & Pinel R., (1993a). Insecticidal effect of essential oils from Mediterranean plants upon A. Obtectus (Say) (Coleoptera: Bruchidae) a pest of kidney bean (Phaseolus vulgar is L.). Journal of Chemical Ecology 19, 1231–1242. https://doi.org/10.1007/bf00987383 Regnault-Roger C. & Hamraoui A., (1993b). Efficiency of plants from the s out h of France used as traditional protectants of Phaseolus vulgar is L. Against its bruchid Acanthoscelides obtectus (Say). Journal of Stored Products Research 29 (3) 259– 264. https://doi.org/10.1016/0022-474X(93)90008-R Sahaf BZ & Moharramipour S (2008). Fumigant toxicity of Carum copticum and Vite pseudo-negundo essential oils against eggs, larvae and adults of Callosobruchus maculatus. J. Pest Sci., 81(4): 213-220. https://doi.org/10.1007/s10340-008-0208-y Sanon A, Iboudo Z, Dabire CLB, Nebie RCH, Dicko IO & Monge JP (2006). Effects of Hyptis sicigera Lam. (Labiatae) on the behavior and development of Callosobruchus Maculatus F. (Coleoptera: Bruchidae), a pest of stored cowpeas. Int. J. Pest Manag., 52(2): 117-123. https://doi.org/10.1080/09670870600619890 Weaver D.K. and Subramanyam B., (2000). Botanicals. In: Alternative to pesticides in stored product IPM. Ed. By Subramanyam BH, Hagstrum DW, Kluwer Academic Publishers, MA, 303-320 pp. https://scialert.net/abstract/?doi=rjmp.2020.1.7 Yuan HB, Shang LN, Zhao DX. & Ren BZ (2007). Insecticidal activity of extracts from four species of Artemisia against Callosobruchus chinensis. https://en.cnki.com.cn/Article_en/CJFDTotal- JLNY200706004.htm

Citation: AOUS W., HAZZIT M., YAHIA S. & SAADAOUI C., Insecticidal Activity of Cymbopogon Scphoenanthus Scphoenanthus (L.) Spreng Essential Oil from Tamanrasset, Algeria, on Callosobrochus Maculatus (F.) (Coleopera, Bruchidae), Algeria. In. ICAPC5 Proceeding, Tamanrasset, Nov. 03-05, 2017, pp. 135-139. https://www.revuenatec.dz/Proceedings/ICAPC5/Art_25